View Full Version : EU4 – Dynasty with Theodoro - FINISHED - Nov. 11, 1444 - Jan. 3, 1821
Abe Sargent
11-26-2022, 08:03 AM
Hello awesome people! Happiest of Days to you and yours! Today I wanted to try one of the hardest nations in EU4, Theodoro. This regularly hits the lists of the hardest possible starts, and I’ve recently done multiple hardest nations of the one province vassal of Muscovy Pskov, the Ayutthaya vassal of Sukothai, and the hard Athens, which I lost FOUR times before getting out from the aegis of the Turks and the Byzantine vassal.
Today I am taking on Theodoro, a one province minor at the end of the peninsula of Crimea, next to many issues. Other small landlocked nations like Belgium Netherlands and Portugal in this era colonized, but we are far from the colonial area, and I cannot easily expand up the peninsula militarily.
I need to figure out how to deal with the area.
I am next to Catholic Genoa’s two holdings and Muslim Crimea’s 7, and I am Orthodox, so they have eligible Holy War options. The Ottomans want my province.
https://i.ibb.co/0MmCt9M/20221124124620-1.jpg
As you can see, our one provinces of Theodoro is 9 dev, plains, Wine Makers, Orthodox, makes us 0.40 gold monthly.
We have 4k military, 3k infantry and 1k cavalry, and 10 ships, 2 Barques and 3 Cogs and 5 Galleys. I have a military forcelimit of 6k so I can build 2k more before massive expenses, and my naval forcelimit is 12 so I can build 2 more ships for my navy.
I have 50 ducats and am making 0.11 monthly, so I cannot really push myself much.
I have 3/3/3 tech
I make Admin Power my national focus.
Ruler:
Prince Alexis of Gothia, 53 years old, 2/5/4, nice
Heir:
Manuel of Gothia, 1 year old, 3/4/5 – also nice
Power Development:
7/7/6
I need 5 ADMIN Tech for my first slate of ideas
Crimea is a Center of Trade, and one merchant is there.
Abe Sargent
11-26-2022, 08:33 AM
My goals for Theodoro:
1. Make nice with Genoa, and see if I can ally with them.
2. Ally with others nearby if possible.
3. Poach land when needed from an ongoing war with Crimea to bite off more than I can chew. Also don’t be afraid to expand elsewhere in the Black Sea like one province holding Orthodox Trebizond or the two province Muslim holding Candar.
4. Create friendly relations with Portugal
5. Let Portugal act as a place for fleet basing rights
6. Expand colonially to establish myself financially and militarily
7. Build a Thalassocracy that has a huge navy, and places like islands in the Mediterranean, colonies, and loads more.
8. Control the entire Black Sea region.
9. Repeat!
Ready?
Abe Sargent
11-26-2022, 09:45 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Prelude
Ready?
I send my other Trader to collect trade from Constantinople
I send a Diplomat to Genoa to make nice, and one to Lithuania to build up relations with them as well since they are next to Crimea and a fellow Orthodox nation.
15 November – I get an offer to become a Tributary State of Crimea, which I accept to keep them off my back. I did this in my Sukhothai dynasty with Chinas as well as soon as I got my freedom if you’ll recall.
I sell titles and choose to gain a Stability, it moves to 1
21 Dec – We set up in Constantinople and make 0.21 here
12 Jan, 1445 – I accept an alliance offer from Trebizond
14 Mar – I name Candar as my rival
11 June – I send my Barques to protect trade in Crimea
18 Aug – I recall my diplomat from Lithuania
5 Sept – Royal Marriage with Trebizond
We marry:
Photine Komnenos, 23, 2/3/4
I continue to make nice with Genoa and send a Diplomat back to Lithuania.
18 Nov – We get a Boundary dispute event with Genoa, I choose not to press it and our relations don’t drop and I don’t get a claim on Cafa.
3 Dec, 1446 – We get an event – State Appointed Lay Ministers? I can appoint them and gain 50 ADM Power and lose 5% patriarch authority and 10% church loyalty or let the church appoint them and gain 5 authority and gain 10% loyalty, I choose that.
1 Jan, 1447 – Our stability rises to 2
1 June – Our relations max with Genoa at 90, and I pull back my diplomat and send them to build a spy network in Crimea.
1 Sept – Relations maxed with Lithuania, and I send this diplomat to Byzantium to establish a royal marriage
15 Sept – RM Byzantium, then to build a spy network in Genoa
Abe Sargent
11-26-2022, 11:05 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 1 - Setting the Stage
1 Aug – 1448 – I claim the adjacent holding of Crimea from Crimea. I pull my diplomat to make nice with Poland.
1 Sept - I get an event to build a Palace, and I build it for 5 ducats, and gain 20 legitimacy and 10 restige
11 Sept – The Ottomans have declared war on Candar
1 Nov – I expel a spy from Candar
1 Jan, 1449 – I fabricate a claim on Genoa’s Cafa next to us and pull back these diplomat
24 Jan – I sell my 1st Army to Wallachia to use as a Condierrotti. They will pay for it’s upkeep and 1.57 cash per month and 50 gold now.
I order 1k cavalry and 1k infantry built with my Wallacjhia money
1 Feb – Our Stability rises to 3
23 Feb - The Ottomans remove half of Candar from the map.
I order my diplomat to make nice with Byzantium
11 July – I can finish a mission to Build to my Force Limit which lets me get a boost but I don’t until I need war. I make my leader a General and hand him my 2k holding back in Theodoro.
1 Jan, 1450 – The Renaissance Institution arrives
7 Feb, 1450 – I order a transport ship and nearly carrack the big ship.
July 1 –
Dip Tech 4 - I can build Marketplaces
1 Sept – event – unhappiness among the clergy – I choose an option that raises my patriarchy authority by 5 and +10% clergy estate loyalty
1 Oct –
Admin Tech 4 – I can build Temples, and I order one in Theodoro
1 Feb 1451 – Maxed relations with Poland at 90, I pull my diplomat and send it to Georgia to build up our relations
22 Feb – Wallachia lost their war with Poland. I get my army back
25 Feb – Byzantium is annexed by the Ottomans.
Abe Sargent
11-26-2022, 12:20 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 2 - Doubling Their Size
1 Jan, 1452 – I claim Candar’s Sinop province
1 July, 1452 – I declare war on Candar
I call Trebizond. They have 5k to our 6k plus Trebizond’s 5k
10 July = We win a naval battle in the Eastern Black Sea
1 Aug – Mil Tech 4
3 Feb, 1453 – We capture Sinop!
https://i.ibb.co/Fz4dy4Q/20221124150305-1.jpg
We take Sinop, cash, and then win the war!
Sinop – 8 dev, Turkish, Sunni, Naval Supplies, level 2 castle, natural harbor, core ordered
I’ll leave my army back here in Sinop to defend against rebellions
I name Circassia my new rival
I order my open diplomat to make nice with Portugal
Abe Sargent
11-26-2022, 01:48 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 3 - Pushing for the Future
28 Dec – Royal Marriage with Georgia
27 May, 1454 – Alliance with Georgia who is allied with Trebizond
13 Aug – I order another Early Carrack
I improve relations with Imerti
1 Sept, 1455 – Max relations with Portugal at +90,I pull back my diplomat
Government Reform:
Tier 2 – Noble Privileges
I have 5 options, I choose:
Curtail Noble Privileges: +15% tax revenue, -10% nobility loyalty
7 Oct - Sinop is now a core, I state it and I am now making 0.19 monthly from it, I cannot convert it it’s negative 1.1% possible.
I hire a level 1 Inquisitor that increases my Missionary strength by 2%. I order a Missionary to Sinop
1 Sept, 1456 – Our Prince dies,
Our Heir is 12 so he cannot lead yet and we are in a Regency.
RMs with Georgia and Trebizond
1 Dec, 1457 – We max relations with Imerti
I begin to fabricate claims on Circassia
1 August, 1458 – I claims Circassia’s Adyghe and stop claiming as that’s the only province I can claim
Admin Tech Idea #5 –
I choose Exploration Idea, a Dip group of Ideas
I grab Exploration Idea #1 – Quest for the New World
I get fleet basing rights with Portugal.
I create an Explorer for my fleet
Abe Sargent
11-26-2022, 03:35 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 4 - Doubling their Size Again
22 Sept – Genoa is deep at war with Castille and has no forces in the Black Sea.
I order my army back home in case we can declare war against Genoa.
2 Nov – Our new Prince takes over!
9 Nov – I declare war for Caffa from Genoa
20 Dec – We capture Caffa
31 Jan, 1559 – We capture Matrega
20 Mar- I capture Azov from Genoa, that’s all three Genoan Black sea holdings that are ours
I have a war score of 16% but they aren’t in a place to take peace yet
1 Feb, - 1560 – Mil Tech 5
I upgrade to Eastern Militia
3 March – I win a naval battle against Genoa in the Mediterranean Sea and the war score heads up to 20, and I capture a ship. I send my navy to Portugal to heal.
10 Oct – I take Caffa and Matrega
Caffa - Wine, Crimea peninsula, next to Theodoro, Orthodox faith, Pontic culture, 0.22 made here, 10 dev, 4.8% unrest, 40% autonomy, Steppes, core ordered
Matrega – Next to Caffa by strait, 6 dev, steppes, livestock here, Pontic culture here too, Orthodox, in a state with my capital, core ordered, 90% auto, 5.8% unrest, 0.02 made here.
Ready?
Abe Sargent
11-26-2022, 05:02 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 5 - A New Heir
1 Dec – Genoa names me as a rival, and I do the same
4 Mar, 1561 - Caffa core finished! It’s now making us .40
15 Mar – Genoa peace with Castille.
April 4 - My explorer fleet in Portugal has healed, but cannot do any expeditions, so I apparently am out of range for exploring and then opening up colonies using Portugal for naval bases won’t work, so I need to rethink my dynasty since I cannot expand colonially right now.
I have invested in One Idea, so I need to rethink what I am doing. I cancel my fleet usage of Portuguese bases which is losing me money as I thought I would set up a colony pretty soon and then cancel it.
I abandon the Exploration idea. I gain some DIP power back from my investment and then I take Quality in the Military group.
1 May – I purchase DIP TECH 5, bonus Trade range, efficiency, but I get pricier ship upkeep.
1 July – Rebellion in Sinop where I am converting, and I keep my 6k army here, and then I am here to pushback
13 July – Rebels defeated
I order Spy Networks built up again in Genoa and Crimea
26 June – We have a new heir!
Georgios, 3/2/4
My Crimea trade is now at 0.61.
18 Feb, 1562 – Caffa now a core!
16 April – Matrega now a core
1 May – Crimea have embraced the Renaissance institution
12 July – I claim Azov from Genoa and then pull back my diplomat and send it to make nice with Poland again
19 Sept – Event – Should I let this very powerful Muslim Turk into our council? I keep him local and increase Sinop’s money by 10% for the next 10 years
1 June, 1563 - I claim Kuban from Crimea next to me in Matrega
1 Oct – I max relations with Poland and next is Moldavia
Abe Sargent
11-26-2022, 06:39 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 6 - Building for War
1 Jan, 1564 – Quality Idea #1 – Private to Marshal, +10% army morale
1 April – Land Theft Event – I side with the clergy, they get +15 loyalty, +10 influence and the nobility lose both.
1 Dec – I fabricated a claim on Crimea’s Yedishul
I order the spy network built up in Cyprus
1 June, 1565 - I build up Sinop’s development and then move Turkish to being an accepted culture. Sinop raised from making .22 to 0.44.
1 Aug – ADM TECH Raises – 6 – I can build Farm estates that are manufactories for grain and livestock and wine, and then workshops. I order a Workshop in Theodoro.
1 Jan, 1566 – I built up my spy network in Cyprus to 20 but I cannot claim them.
10 April – I order two more troops, 1k inf and 1k cavalry built which gets me to my max forcelimit and I order my troops from Sinop to Matrega, next to four province Circassia dealing with rebels
I move my giant fleet into the Eastern Black Sea
Abe Sargent
11-26-2022, 09:15 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 7 - The Trinity War
1 Oct – I declare war on Circassia for Adyghe, and Georgia and Trebizond join us.
5 Oct - I win a minor battle in the Eastern Black Sea
15 Nov – I capture Adyghe I move inward to Circassia, the fleet flees to the Eastern Black Sea.
29 Nov – I win again in the Eastern Black Sea.
1 Jan, 1467 – I max relations with Moldavia, next is Muscovy
11 Jan – Sinop takes political refugees, and gains +10% production efficiency for 10 years
Sinope has gained too much and cannot be converted, I cancel the missionary and my inquisitor advisor
1 Feb – Quality Idea #2 – Private Military Education- Boosts to annual growth of military and naval traditions,
10 March - I get a Consort of the People, I spend 50 ADM and 25 ducats and she gives us -2% unrest for the rest of her life
Georgia captures two Circassian minor holding
6 Sept – Our truce with Genoa is up
16 Oct – Our siege in Circassia is over and us and Georgia have all four holdings
I have a 100 percent warscore
I take the two holdings I capture, Georgia doesn’t want what they took, so I cannot give them to them, I force them to be our vassal
https://i.ibb.co/PFSPZcK/20221126074411-1.jpg
See how I get the two holdings I captured highlighted in green and then vassalize Circassia? Just a war score of 31
I order up cores:
Adyghe – Black Sea, next to Matrega and Circassia, 6 dev, Livestock, Circassian culture, Orthodox faith, 0.08 made here, 40% autonomy, 6.5% unrest, Steppes terrain
Circassia – The capital of Circassia, also Livestock and Steppes, 7 dev, 0.01 made here, Orthodox faith, Circassian culture, 90% autonomy, 6.5% unrest, next to Great Horde’s Majar, uh oh.
I order my diplomat to make nice with our new vassal Circassia, who just has two wool provinces left
Abe Sargent
11-27-2022, 07:32 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 8 - The Prince is Dead, Long Live the Prince
1 Dec – I name Shrivan the Caucasus Mountains Sunni nation our new rival.
1 Sept, 1468 Our ruler gains the greedy trait and we get -10% tax revenue
1 Oct – I get a diplomatic insult event from the Turks, but I decide to ease tensions and increase our relations by 60.
25 Oct – I send my Muscovy improving diplomat to Great Horde to built up our spy network and claim Majar.
27 Jan, 1469 – Royal Marriage with Circassia
1 Feb – I host the Last Jousting Tournament – 15 gold, 50 ADM power, +10% morale of armies, +0.5 annual prestige
20 April – Our Prince dies:
Our new Prince:
Georgios, Age 7,3/2/4
Princess Agape is 3/3/3 and regent for now
Our stability dropped, I spend ADM Power to raise it again
I accept a RM offer from Georgia
That means I cannot declare war until he comes of age
I order another 1k cavalry and infantry, my land forcelimit is 13k that will put me at 10k
1 July - I accept a RM offer from Trebizond
10 Sept- Aq Qoynulu has declared a war of Conquest against Trebizond, and I accept a call to arms
I order my forces from Sinop to them
1 Oct - I fabricate a claim on Majar from the Horde
29 Oct – I arrive in a minor holding of AQ
15 Nov – The Ottomans declare war on Genoa
28 Nov – I capture the minor holding
14 Dec- I arrive in and begin a siege of the Fort of Diyarbekir
20 Jan, 1470 – I choose to send back criminals to Crimea and raise our relations
3 April – they recapture the minor I took
25 July – Adyghe is a core!
25 Oct – Circassia is now a core! I am now making 0.09 from each holding.
Abe Sargent
11-27-2022, 09:42 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 9 - The Bureaucracy Considered
1 Mar, 1471 – I max relations with Muscovy
15 Mar – We capture the fort, and I move to Mush
1 May – Mush is ours
22 May – Peace! Trebizond takes Ezurum from them. They release Syria as a one province state.
1 Feb, 1472 – Quality Idea #3 – Finest of Horses, +10% cavalry combat ability
I finish my first Theodoro Idea – Principate Guards - -15% Military Maintenance
1 May – Cyprus fell to the Turks
18 Jan, 1473 – I get an event – A Great Synod, I choose to grant privileges and gain 5 patriarchy authority and 10 loyalty from my clergy.
1 July – Dip Tech 6 – I can steal maps, and build Docks
1 Aug – I lose my claim on the holding of Crimea from Crimea
I order the spy network built back up again
1 Oct – I can enact a new government reform:
Chapter 3 – Bureaucracy
I have 7 options. I choose Decentralized Bureaucracy, which gives me - +2 promoted cultures, minimum 5% autonomy in territories, all estates loyalty +5%
Abe Sargent
11-27-2022, 11:22 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 10 - Polish Influences
6 Feb, 1474 – Genoa lost her war to the Ottomans and lost a bunch of islands. All that is left is Azov, Corsica, Genoa and Albenga.
2 May, 1475 – I order my spare diplomat to build a spy network in Portugal, maybe I can steal maps of open colonial areas since I cannot explore with an explorer and I am close to getting my next Ideas, and this could lay out the area to colonize into a different way
1 Sept – I claim Crimea again
I use this diplomat to send a gift to Circassia
1 March, 1476- Crimea raids Theodoro
21 June – Georgios is now Prince and the regency ends
He gains the Conqueror ability.
5 July – Royal Marriage with Poland. Meet our new princess:
Anna, 6/4/0. Age 24
26 Sept -We get an event Grant Privileges, I choose to grant, and I get boosts with Imerti, 200 cash, boosted nobility estate by 10% minus burgher estate by 10%, I use the money to order Workshop in Caffa and Church in Sinop.
22 Dec – I get an event a a Soiree and I get a +1 Dip Advisor that helps my trade +10% and costs 50% of the normal cost, so I hire him.
My Crimea trade rises to 1.06 monthly
Abe Sargent
11-27-2022, 01:20 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 11 - Farm Estates
18 Feb, 1562 – Caffa now a core!
16 April – Matrega now a core
1 May – Crimea have embraced the Renaissance institution
12 July – I claim Azov from Genoa and then pull back my diplomat and send it to make nice with Poland again
19 Sept – Event – Should I let this very powerful Muslim Turk into our council? I keep him local and increase Sinop’s money by 10% for the next 10 years
1 June, 1563 - I claim Kuban from Crimea next to me in Matrega
1 Oct – I max relations with Poland and next is Moldavia
1 Jan, 1564 – Quality Idea #1 – Private to Marshal, +10% army morale
1 April – Land Theft Event – I side with the clergy, they get +15 loyalty, +10 influence and the nobility lose both.
1 Dec – I fabricated a claim on Crimea’s Yedishul
I order the spy network built up in Cyprus
1 June, 1565 - I build up Sinop’s development and then move Turkish to being an accepted culture. Sinop raised from making .22 to 0.44.
1 Aug – ADM TECH Raises – 6 – I can build Farm estates that are manufactories for grain and livestock and wine, and then workshops. I order a Workshop in Theodoro.
Abe Sargent
11-27-2022, 03:21 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 12 - Against Fellow Orthodoxy
1 Jan, 1566 – I built up my spy network in Cyprus to 20 but I cannot claim them.
10 April – I order two more troops, 1k inf and 1k cavalry built which gets me to my max forcelimit and I order my troops from Sinop to Matrega, next to four province Circassia dealing with rebels
I move my giant fleet into the Eastern Black Sea
1 Oct – I declare war on Circassia for Adyghe, and Georgia and Trebizond join us.
5 Oct - I win a minor battle in the Eastern Black Sea
15 Nov – I capture Adyghe I move inward to Circassia, the fleet flees to the Eastern Black Sea.
29 Nov – I win again in the Eastern Black Sea.
1 Jan, 1467 – I max relations with Moldavia, next is Muscovy
11 Jan – Sinop takes political refugees, and gains +10% production efficiency for 10 years
Sinope has gained too much and cannot be converted, I cancel the missionary and my inquisitor advisor
1 Feb – Quality Idea #2 – Private Military Education- Boosts to annual growth of military and naval traditions,
10 March - I get a Consort of the People, I spend 50 ADM and 25 ducats and she gives us -2% unrest for the rest of her life
Georgia captures two Circassian minor holding
6 Sept – Our truce with Genoa is up
16 Oct – Our siege in Circassia is over and us and Georgia have all four holdings:
https://i.ibb.co/Z6zyfST/20221126074411-1.jpg
I have a 100 percent warscore
I take the two holdings I capture, Georgia doesn’t want what they took, so I cannot give them to them, I force them to be our vassal
See how I get the two holdings I captured highlighted in green and then vassalize Circassia? Just a war score of 31
I order up cores:
Adyghe – Black Sea, next to Matrega and Circassia, 6 dev, Livestock, Circassian culture, Orthodox faith, 0.08 made here, 40% autonomy, 6.5% unrest, Steppes terrain
Circassia – The capital of Circassia, also Livestock and Steppes, 7 dev, 0.01 made here, Orthodox faith, Circassian culture, 90% autonomy, 6.5% unrest, next to Great Horde’s Majar, uh oh.
I order my diplomat to make nice with our new vassal Circassia, who just has two wool provinces left
Abe Sargent
11-27-2022, 04:40 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 13 - Regency Arrives
1 Dec – I name Shrivan the Caucasus Mountains Sunni nation our new rival.
1 Sept, 1468 Our ruler gains the greedy trait and we get -10% tax revenue
1 Oct – I get a diplomatic insult event from the Turks, but I decide to ease tensions and increase our relations by 60.
25 Oct – I send my Muscovy improving diplomat to Great Horde to built up our spy network and claim Majar.
27 Jan, 1469 – Royal Marriage with Circassia
1 Feb – I host the Last Jousting Tournament – 15 gold, 50 ADM power, +10% morale of armies, +0.5 annual prestige
20 April – Our Prince dies:
Our new Prince:
Georgios, Age 7,3/2/4
Princess Agape is 3/3/3 and regent for now
Our stability dropped, I spend ADM Power to raise it again
I accept a RM offer from Georgia
That means I cannot declare war until he comes of age
I order another 1k cavalry and infantry, my land forcelimit is 13k that will put me at 10k
1 July - I accept a RM offer from Trebizond
10 Sept- Aq Qoynulu has declared a war of Conquest against Trebizond, and I accept a call to arms
I order my forces from Sinop to them
1 Oct - I fabricate a claim on Majar from the Horde
29 Oct – I arrive in a minor holding of AQ
15 Nov – The Ottomans declare war on Genoa
28 Nov – I capture the minor holding
14 Dec- I arrive in and begin a siege of the Fort of Diyarbekir
Abe Sargent
11-27-2022, 07:22 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 14 - Helping an Ally
20 Jan, 1470 – I choose to send back criminals to Crimea and raise our relations
3 April – they recapture the minor I took
25 July – Adyghe is a core!
25 Oct – Circassia is now a core! I am now making 0.09 from each holding.
1 Mar, 1471 – I max relations with Muscovy
15 Mar – We capture the fort, and I move to Mush
1 May – Mush is ours
22 May – Peace! Trebizond takes Ezurum from them. They release Syria as a one province state.
1 Feb, 1472 – Quality Idea #3 – Finest of Horses, +10% cavalry combat ability
I finish my first Theodoro Idea – Principate Guards - -15% Military Maintenance
1 May – Cyprus fell to the Turks
18 Jan, 1473 – I get an event – A Great Synod, I choose to grant privileges and gain 5 patriarchy authority and 10 loyalty from my clergy.
1 July – Dip Tech 6 – I can steal maps, and build Docks
1 Aug – I lose my claim on the holding of Crimea from Crimea
I order the spy network built back up again
1 Oct – I can enact a new government reform:
Chapter 3 – Bureaucracy
I have 7 options. I choose Decentralized Bureaucracy, which gives me - +2 promoted cultures, minimum 5% autonomy in territories, all estates loyalty +5%
Abe Sargent
11-27-2022, 09:20 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 15 - From Regency to Conqueror
6 Feb, 1474 – Genoa lost her war to the Ottomans and lost a bunch of islands. All that is left is Azov, Corsica, Genoa and Albenga.
2 May, 1475 – I order my spare diplomat to build a spy network in Portugal, maybe I can steal maps of open colonial areas since I cannot explore with an explorer and I am close to getting my next Ideas, and this could lay out the area to colonize into a different way
1 Sept – I claim Crimea again
I use this diplomat to send a gift to Circassia
1 March, 1476- Crimea raids Theodoro
21 June – Georgios is now Prince and the regency ends
He gains the Conqueror ability.
5 July – Royal Marriage with Poland. Meet our new princess:
Anna, 6/4/0. Age 24
26 Sept -We get an event Grant Privileges, I choose to grant, and I get boosts with Imerti, 200 cash, boosted nobility estate by 10% minus burgher estate by 10%, I use the money to order Workshop in Caffa and Church in Sinop.
22 Dec – I get an event a a Soiree and I get a +1 Dip Advisor that helps my trade +10% and costs 50% of the normal cost, so I hire him.
My Crimea trade rises to 1.06 monthly
Abe Sargent
11-28-2022, 06:44 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 16 - Bringing in Circassia
1 Feb, 1477 New Tech – Admin 7 I get a new group of ideas, and I don’t choose anything, I want to see if stealing maps gives me an open space
18 April – We get a new heir -
Alexios, 1/5/6 – not bad
7 Aug – Crimea captures two provinces from the Great Horde
18 Oct – I begin to annex Circassia
15 Nov – Influenza outbreak in Sinop, I quarantine them
1 Feb. 1478 – Qual Idea #4 – Corvettes – Ship durability +5%
22 Sept – We get another diplomatic insult event and I choose to make nice and boost our relations.
1 Nov –
Circassia is annexed!
Kalbardia – Orthodox, wool shepherds, 4 dec, 0.10 made here, 0 unrest, 60% autonomy, 4 dev, steps, Circassian culture
Alania – 4 dev, highlands, wool shepherds, 0.21 , made here, Circassian culture, Orthodox people
I promote Circassian to an accepted culture All four of my Circassian holdings are in a state called Circassia and that’s easy to administer. Accepting their culture bounced how much I am making to 0.14 and 0.25 respectively.
I begin to order a claim to be in adjacent one province Avaria with a Sunni nation next to Alania
22 Nov – Our Royal Marriage with Trebozond is no longer as the ruler dies.
1 Dec – We have built up over 50 in Portugal, enough to steal maps. What region do I want to see?
I choose the Magreb and I get some colonies like Tenerife, Gran Caneria and Madeira showing up on my list, but they are all controlled
Chas in Cinti
11-28-2022, 09:30 AM
there are some double posts and strange year progressions here... but I think I'm following here... :)
Abe Sargent
11-28-2022, 04:36 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 17 - Quiet Years
1 Feb, 1479 – I accept a royal marriage offer from Trebizond
17 April- I get an event, Anti-Clericalism, I choose the church over the burghers and gain cash as well as boosts to my clergy of +15% support and +10% loyalty and minuses to burghers for that amount.
I order a Church in Matrega.
5 May – Crimea wants ADM Power for their annual tribute, not cash, which is pretty nice actually
1 Nov – We claim Khundzia next to my newest holdings
4 Mar, 1480 – I begin to make nice with Trebizond to see if they will accept vassalage
31 Mar, 1481 – I max relations with Trebizond but they are not interested. I pull these and send them to build up my spy network in Moldavia to build up a claim sine they are now free of their lord Poland.
Abe Sargent
11-28-2022, 04:36 PM
there are some double posts and strange year progressions here... but I think I'm following here... :)
Sorry about that!
Abe Sargent
11-28-2022, 05:48 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 18 - For Moldavia
23 Jan, 1482 – I order two thousand more troops in Sinop,1k each cavalry and infantry
1 April – We embrace the Renaissance institution that reduces my tech increase issues
1 June – Another 50 plus built up in Portugal, I order a stealing maps of North Atlantic, but they don’t reveal any land, just 15 sea spaces
1 Nov – I claim Moldavia’s Black Sea holding Besserabia. I pull back my diplomat
10 Nov – I declare war for Moldavia’s Besserabia!
I don’t call on my allies, Moldavia is on her own, and has 5 provinces
My main fleet is in the Gulf Of Odessa next to Besserabia
15 Jan, 1483 – My first 5k lands in Besserabia
1 Feb – Quality Idea #5 – Naval Drill - +10% morale of navies
24 March - Another5k arrive at Besserabia and push the siege
2 June – My last 2k arrive at the siege
17 Aug - Siege over.
19 Sept – I defeat their army in Birlad
21 Oct – Birlad is ours
10 Nov – Another victory against their army
11 Dec – I capture Tighina
31 Dec – I rout their army in their capital and I begin a siege
7 Feb – 1484 – I capture the minor holding of Iasi with my cavalry.
26 Mar- I decline a peace offer that only gives me Besserabia
6 July – I capture their capital, I have a 100% warscore against Moldavia
All five of her holdings are 48 warscore, so I toss in cash
Here
https://i.ibb.co/JcJ0mC9/20221126111815-1.jpg
I am getting 95 cash, and 34.4 badboy
Ready? Let’s bring in Moldavia!
I can only order a core for Besserabia and then no the others until it’s done, I order a core for it.
All five are Orthodox faith and Romanian culture, and other than Besserabia they have 50% autonomy and 7.6% unrest, all but the former capital and Birlad are next to Lithuania
Besserabia – Port, Black Sea, Steppes, 11 dev, 0.31 made here, castle, church and marketplace here, Danube estuary, wool shepherds, next to turks,
Bender – North of Besserabia, Tignina on the map, wine growers, 0.02 made here, 6 dev, grasslands. Next to Polands.
Birlad – Next to Turks, grasslands, wine makers, 4 development, 0.01 made here
Iasi - Farmlands, 5 dev, wine growers, 5 dev, 0.01 made here, next to Poland
Suceava – Former capital, 11 dev, Farmlands, livestock growers, church here, 85% autonomy, 0.06 made here. Next to Poland
I’ll keep my army here.
I send this diplomat to build up a spy network in Castille to steal maps
Abe Sargent
11-28-2022, 07:50 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 19 - The Route of Trade
1 Oct, 1484 – Walachia is warring against the Turks so I agree to let them get military access through my stuff.
22 Dev – I get an event to Anatomical Theater. Our doctors have been dissecting and the locals don’t like it. I have three options. I choose to let them continue, gain 1 innovativeness and then get +5 rebel risk in my three Crimean state provinces by 5% for five years.
1 May, 1486 – Quiet 1485. I have 50+ spy network in Portugal so I steal maps from…it won’t let me steal from the Caribbean or American East Coast or Canada. I hold up and pull out my ship and send them out, since it says “I have no units next to that region”
26 June – I accept a Royal Marriage offer with Muscovy
7 Sept - Muscovy offers an alliance, I accept
1 Nov – My fleet arrives off the coast of The Azores in the North Atlantic, and now can I steal? Yes! I steal the Caribbean maps. 33 things are revealed, but no lands, just seas. I cannot get the things anyway, I could create a Conquistador from Expansion and do this the hard way, but even with the Portuguese naval bumps, it’s too far away
I choose as my new idea group Trades Ideas, a Dip group, and then I take Trade Idea #1 – Shrewd Commerce Practice, +20% global Trade power, and that unlocks my next Theodoro Idea that gives me +50% chance of a new heir.
27 Nov – I get a boundary dispute issue and gain a claim on the Ottoman’s holding at Tolcu at my two holdings I just took in Moldavia
Abe Sargent
11-28-2022, 10:06 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 20 - Copper and Courthouses
2 Jan, 1487 – I pull my diplomat from Castille and send to Genoa to build up a spy networks since my claim on Azov is about to go out.
26 May - My first core is finished in Moldavia, next are the other four cores
1 Aug – I lose my claim on Azov
1 Dec – I claim Azov again
I order a spy network built in Nogai Horde for their holding Kuma next to our take one in Circassia
1 Jan, 1488 – Quality Idea #6 – Copper Bottoms - -25% Naval Attrition
I pull my spies from Portugal and send them to the one province Sunni holding called Gazikumukh which is a tributary of Nogai and next to our holding in Alania and Kabardia from our Carcassian vassalage
1 Feb – New Tech – ADMIN 8, I can build Courthouses
24 April, 1489 – I get an event called “Tyrannical Nobles” I can choose to ignore him, gain 15% loyalty from my nobles and lose a tax base in my capital provinces or chastise and lose 15% loyalty from the state but nothing else. I don’t like either, but I choose chastise
1 July – I claim Terek from Gazikumukh.
I order this diplomat to build in Crimea
1 August – I claim Kuma from Nogai Horde, and then I move these diplomats to raise our relations with Poland
1 Dec – I lose my claim on Crimea’s Yedishyll
Abe Sargent
11-28-2022, 11:00 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 21 - The Opportunity of War
28 May, 1490 – Our four cores in Moldavia are now finished
These five provinces are part of one state called “Moldavia” and I turn it into a state. They are now making 0.80; 0.24; 0.20; 0.16 and 0.67.
I order these troops to Theodoro and two thousand more infantry built.
16 June – I cancel my tributary status with Crimea that drops my stability and I send ADM power to rise it back up.
11 July – I choose the Nogai Horde as my next rival as Shrivan is no longer eligible.
I launch my fleet into the Gulf of Odessa.
1 Mar, 1491 – I claim Crimea’s Yedishkul
1 June – Trade Idea #2 – I get another merchant which I send to Astrakhan and steer to Crimea
10 Sept – I declare war on Crimea for their capital holding and I call on Georgia and Trebizond but Muscovy is at war with them already and cannot join me, they are allied with Shrivan and Kazan.
15 September – I win a naval battle in the Gulf of Odessa
23 Sept – I begin my siege of Crimea
24 Jan, 1492 - I capture Majar and Azaraba next to me with 1k calvary
1 Mar – Trebizond captures Manych
1 May – Our heir is now righteous
19 May – I capture Yedishkul
22 July – I spend MIL Power to put down harshly future rebellions since my army’s at war
23 Sept – I capture Crimea
We have a 39 warscore
10 Oct – I win a battle in the Gulf of Odessa
Taking the 5 holdings that we captured is a warscore of 50 and they won’t do it. I can take three:
https://i.ibb.co/YfMMMtQ/20221126135512-1.jpg
As you can see, we are taking two of my claims that we captured in Crimea and Yedishkul as well as the captured Azaraba and then that gives me a 38 warscore and they’ll pay cash to get to 39, but no higher. I gain a massive 58.1 badboy because of how good Crimea is.
I core them all for 250 ADM power 185 for Crimea alone. All three are Sunni.
Crimea – Center of trade, salt trade, castle and church here, Crimean culture, 21 dev, they are part of a state of Crimea we have already, just 40% autonomy, and giving us 0.44 right now, Steppes
Yedishkul- 10 dev, Steppes, Crimea culture, 85% autonomy, 0.05 made here, next to Crimea captured by Muscovy in their individual war and Lithuania
Azaraba – Livestock here, 9 dev, steppes as well, Crimean culture, 50% autonomy, 0.06 made here. Next to Crimea, Muscovy, Genoa
I promote Romanian to an accepted culture.
Abe Sargent
11-29-2022, 07:13 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 22 - Helping the Caucasus Ally
1 Nov,1492 - I choose capturing ships to be my naval doctrine
I choose a new decisions:
The Act of Uniformity,+1 Missionary Strength and +10% Institution embracing
My event pumping up Sinop’s missionary bonus has dropped, and now I have a 1.1strong Missionary in Sinop, so I send in Orthodox Missionary
1 Jan, 1493 – I give Muscovy military access
20 Feb – Georgia declares war on Qara Qoyunlu which I join.
I order my Crimean army to Turkey. QQ are at war with Mamluks and have most of their stuff taken, so this is Georgia’s War of Opportunity.
8 May – Muscovy takes most of Crimea only two holdings are left
11 May - I arrive in QQ
8 Aug – I capture a minor holding called Khoy
28 Aug – I join a giant siege
27 Sept – I use MIL power to quash rebellions remotely
21 Nov- Big rebels in Crimea, I reject their request for military access.
6 Jan, 1494 – I discovered America and get justified wars boost until the Age of Discovery ends
1 April - I claim Kuban from Crimea
26 May – We capture the Fort of Tabriz from QQ
4 August – Peace in the War with QQ – Georgia gets 4 provinces – Yerevan, Nakhivan, Bayazid and Van. Our alliance split 495 cash.
New Government Reform
Level 4 – State and Religion – I get 4 options.
I choose Curtail Clerical Privileges - my clergy estate declines 10 in loyalty, but my ADMIN Tech drops by 10% permanently
I order my 18k army back to Crimea from QQ
24 Aug – QQ announced me as a rival.
Abe Sargent
11-29-2022, 07:50 AM
50 Year Review
11 Nov, 1494 -
Maps
Picture of Black Sea Area
https://i.ibb.co/kDHyBYR/20221126145042-1.jpg
As you can see we are continuously from ourselves two Genoa, 3 Crimea, 4 Circassia in one big bob, and then one in Turkey and 5 in Moldavia are not connected. Muscovy is to our north and have moved down into the region. That’s probably why the Ottomans haven’t picked on me yet. You can see our allies Trebizond doubled from AQ, Georgia’s red adding 4 from QQ, and then Georgia’s lesser partner Imerti on the Black Sea proper in the blue to the West.
Here's a map of the world we know of focusing on the Black Sea zoomed out
https://i.ibb.co/m4nMdFX/20221126145547-1.jpg
The big winners are Muscovy, England who united the Isles and are al over France, and then the Ottomans who really expanded into Europe.
We have 18k troops 9k cavalry, 9k infantry, and forcelimit of 18 until those cores are up.
We have 18 ships and our forcelimit is 21, we have 3 Early Carracks, 2 trade ships, 7 transports, and 6 galleys.
Our techs are 8/6/5. We have embraced the Renaissance institution. I am currently losing .76 after hiring a new Missionary for Sinop which costs 2 ducats per month.
Abe Sargent
11-29-2022, 12:23 PM
Ledger
The Ottomans have the most development of those we know of at 738, we have 154 and are tied with our rival QQ.
The Ottomans make the most cash at 62.99 each month, we make 11.25.
Liege has the most techs at 24, we have 19
For Ideas, Portugal and Anhalt 11, we have done 8
Great Powers:
#8. Muscovy
#7. Poland
#6. Castille
#5. France
#4. Mamluks
#3. Ottomans
#2. England
#1. Ming China
There are just 9 Orthodox nations with 198 provinces.
Top Five Theodoro Tax Makers:
1. Bessarabia – 8.72
2. Suceava – 7.79
3. Theodoro - 7.40
4. Caffa – 6.80
5. Sinop – 6.39
Top Five by Production Value
1. Sinop – 4.58
2. Theodoro – 3.69
3. Caffa - 3.69
4. Crimea – 2.56
5. Suceava – 2.46
Crimea already a top prior to the core being done!
I have 16 provinces, 3 with cores on their way
At 18k our army is the 12th largest we know of, Muscovy is first with 65k
Our navy is the 13th best we know of, the biggest is England at 52 ships
We are:
75% Orthodox, 25% Sunni
32.4% Romanian
17.5% Pontic
18.4% Turkish
18.4% Circassian
Top Ten Trade Nodes by Trade Income:
1. Genoa
2. English Channel
3. Rheinland
4. Sevilla
5. Champain
6. Persia
7. Venice
8. Alexandria
9. Wien
10. Lubeck
Crimea is 17th best.
Current Value of Trade Goods:
5.0 - Gems
4.5 – Copper
4.37 – Paper
4.0 - Dyes, Cocoa, Silk, Ivory
3.0 – Glass, Tobacco, Sugar, Cotton, Coffee, Spices, Chinaware, Iron, Salt, Cloth
2.5 – Incense, Wool, Wine, Fish, Grain
2.0 - Livestock, Tea, Slaves, Tropical Wood, Naval Supplies, Fur
Remember, I only have one holding with one 3 good (Salt) the rest are 2.5 and 2.0. I have a bunch of Livestock if you’ll recall.
Abe Sargent
11-29-2022, 05:23 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 23 - Bloodying the Caucasus
20 Nov, 1494 – Crimea is fully captured by rebels
1 Feb, 1495 – Crimea’s rebels break the nation
12 June – I join a war with Georgia declared for Conquest against Samtkhe
They are between Georgia and Trebizond, 2 provinces Orthodox
23 July – Two of my holdings are now cores.
I order a Workshop in Crimea
Since my army is heading out I spend MIL power to quench rebellions harshly
24 Aug – I arrive in Tao and begin attacking the local army here.
7 Sept - We win in Tao.
14 Oct – Tao is ours, I order to the siege of their capital
27 Oct – Azaraba is now cored.
I promote Crimean to an official culture
12 Feb, 1496 -The Ottomans declare war on QQ.
16 July – Lomsia falls the capital. I order my army back home
22 July – Georgia takes Lomsia in peace
Abe Sargent
11-29-2022, 08:12 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 24 - War for Muscovy
1 Jan, 1497 – We fabricate a claim on Crimea’s last holding
17 Feb – Liturgical Reform event gives me +10 clergy loyalty and 5 authority
1 May – Rebellion in Bessarabia I order my army there from next door, 11k strong.
6 June – Rebellion defeated I order my army to Crimea, which is the site of my next rebellion
25 Sept – Lithuania is at war with the Turks I give them access
23 Oct – I join Muscovy in a war against Nogai, I order my army from Crimea to Kuma which we have a claim on.
27 Dec – We arrive in Kuma
10 Jan, 1498 - I sell titles, get hundreds of gold, gain bonuses from the burghers and minuses from the nobles.
I order a Farm Estate in Theodoro – manufactories cost 500 to make, 5 years to build, and then double your production from your trade good, in this case wine
25 Jan – Kuma is ours, I order next to the Fort of Astrakhan.
18 Feb – We begin the siege in Astrakhan - it’s a center of trade and I could grab Kuma and this I’d be pretty happy
1 July – I get Quality Idea #7 and finish the group – Massed Battery - +10% artillery combat ability, for finishing this Idea I get +5% discipline, and then we unlocked the next Theodoro Idea -+1 Dip Reputation.
11 Oct – I bail out a bankrupt merchant and spend DIP power and cash and prevent my trade from dropping by 10 percent for a decade.
11 April,1499 – Astrakhan is ours!
I only have a war score of 7,so I could grab Kuma at a warscore of 5 with it’s 3 development but it’s a pricey Iron mine. Most of the nation is under Muscovy control so we don’t have a lot of options to buildup to take Astrakhan, I just keep on the war maybe they’ll hand me something in peace.
28 May – I capture Ryn next to Astrakhan
11 July – A 13k army from Chagatai Khanate has arrived in Sinop and I order my army back to relieve the siege.
29 Dec – I arrive in Sinope to push against the sieging forces
1 Jan, 1500 – The Colonialism institution has begun
19 Jan – My 18k lost in Sinope to their 13k.
1 Feb – Trade Idea #3 – Merchant Adventures - +25% Trade Range
7 April – Peace with Nogai for Kuma:
https://i.ibb.co/ZKJnKW5/20221126163321-1.jpg
There is Kuma, the 3 dev, Sunni, Astrakhani culture, Iron, next to Nogai, making us 0.02 in cash I order a core here.
Abe Sargent
11-29-2022, 10:43 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 25 - Between Wars
8 May, 1500 – I order a new spy network built in Nogai
The Age of Discovery will be ending in 120 months
26 June – Sinope converts, and we get 0.90 there now from the accepted culture, and Orthodox faith
I order a Missionary to Azaraba
1 October – My manpower is exhausted, so I’ll need to rebuild before going back to war.
20 Nov- I decline a request for military access from the Turks.
1 Jan, 1501 - New Tech – ADMIN TECH 9 – The Scythe, we get +2% production efficiency
1 May - I claim Astrakhan
19 May – Event called “The Families Left Behind” after the draft, I have three options, I choose “Ease their tax burden” and drop taxes by 15% for five years in our capital
29 May – Trebizond’s ruler died, new Royal Marriage agreed to
1 June – Our prince is now Craven and our army morale drops five percent
Revolt in Crimea of 8k
29 June = Put down
1 Oct – Our truce with Crimea ended…
1 Nov - - I grant military access for Poland
Abe Sargent
11-30-2022, 06:42 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 26 - Finishing Crimea
1 Jan, 1502 - New Tech – MILITARY 6 – Arquebus - I have better cavalry and upgrade mine, better tactics
7 April – I declare war on Crimea’s Kuban, their allies are Shrivan and Avaria
I call Georgia only since we have tons of favors with them.
26 April – I rout the Crimean 6k forces in Kuban
27 May – Kuban is mine
1 July – Avaria arrives in our holding of Alania
24 July – We arrive in their capital and begin a siege
1 Aug – I claim Nogai’s adjacent holding of Sarai
2 Aug – They captured Alania, I splinter off my cavalry from my siege to hit their small army and makea general
14 Sept – They capture Kabardia
22 Oct - Kuma is theirs
31 Oct- Muscovy takes all of the surrounding Nogai Horde holdings in peace
30 Nov – We defeat their army in Kuma
1 Jan, 1503 – We lose our trader advisor
5 Jan – Kuma is ours again
20 Feb – Kabardia is ours again
9 April – Alania is ours
23 August – Kuma is a core!
21 Oct – Azarba converts, next is Kuma
4 Nov- I capture the capital of Crimea, I order my force to the capital of Avaria
20 August, 1504 – I capture Avaria:
Peace
I take Crimeas two holdings
Georgia takes two holdings they captured from Shirvan, Shaki and Shamakhi,
Avaria is vassalized by me
We get 50 cash
https://i.ibb.co/ZxJpQk0/20221126172227-1.jpg
Thanks Georgia!
I order two cores and start making nice with my new vassal
Kyzyl-Yar – Salt trade, Crimean Sunnis, 11 Dev, Steppes, church here, 0.05 made, next to Lithuania, Genoa and Muscovy
Kuban – Crimean Sunnis here as well, just livestock here, 9 dev, Steppes, 0.01 made here.
Abe Sargent
11-30-2022, 04:13 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 27 - Rebellion Interlude
20 Oct, 1504 – I get a quality wool event and get some cash
1 Nov, 1505 – Our truce with the Nogai Horde and friends is up
22 Feb, 1506 – I gain an event that gives me +10 legitimacy
1 May – 8k Rebellion in Kuma
16 May – Defeated, I move to Crimea for the next rebellion
1 Dec – Cores are finished!
I order a church in Kuban
1 Jan, 1507 – Our truce with QQ is up
14 March – I decline an offer of exchanging favors with Georgia for cash.
1 Dec – Rebels in Kyzyl-Yar
6 Dec – I join a Georgia war of aggression on QQ
Abe Sargent
11-30-2022, 05:49 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 28a - Helping Georgia Again
17 Jan, 1508 – We win against the rebels and I send my army to QQ
New Tech – MILITARY TECH – 7 We can build artillery!!! I order 2k cannon.
1 Aug – Trade Idea #4 – National Trade Policy - +10% Trade Efficiency
3 Sept- I capture a minor holding in QQ
30 Aug, 1509- Georgia’s King dies. I send another RM
2 Jan, 1510 – Peace – Georgia takes Ganja
I order my troops back to meet up with my brand new cannon
1 Feb – At 153 relations, our improving relations with our vassal have ended and I pull back the diplomat.
Abe Sargent
11-30-2022, 07:18 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 28b - Helping Georgia Again Redux
15 April – Georgia attacks Tao in Samtshinje, and I order my army back from Crimea
1 June – The Age of Reformation Begins
I pass the Blasphemy Act - +1 Missionary Strength, -1 Tolerance of Heathens
4 Aug - I begin the siege of Tao along with Georgia and Trebizond
27 Oct – I get an event and gain mercantilism and friends with the burghers
10 Dec – Kuma converts
Next is Crimea
7 Feb, 1511 – Tao falls, Georgia takes it, I order my army back
I declare Ajam as my rival
1 Nov – Trade Idea #5 – Overseas Merchant - +1 Merchant!
I send this merchant to collect from Alexandria
1 Feb, 1512 – I lose 5 prestige to an event
1 April – I claim Canik from the Turks that connects us up Sinop to Trebizond
20 August – My aggressive expansion is mostly done. What next?
Venice is currently at war with the Ottomans so I could try and snag Crete or their ally in Rhodes The Knights, but I don’t have a claim. They are really big and have taken tons of Italian provinces, that would be unlikely.
Genoa has added Lucca in Italy for taking Azov, and they are allied to their rival Venice.
1 Sept – I offer an Alliance to the one province Coptic nation of Karabakh next to Ajam and Georgia
2 Oct -Royal Marriage with Karabakh
3 Nov – I send Karabakh a gift
1 Dec – I lose my claim against Azov from Genoa
I order my diplomat to build back up
Abe Sargent
11-30-2022, 10:43 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 29 - Another Prince Dies
1 Feb, 1513 – I proclaim a guarantee on Karabakh
1 Dec – New tech – MILITARY TECH 8 – Pike and Shot – bonus infantry fire, cavalry shock and I can build regimental camps
1 Jan, 1514 – New Tech – ADMIN TECH 10 – Modern Theocracy – I can get another Group of Idea s- I select Religious
22 Jan – I get an event – Royal Patronage – I choose to endorse them I lose ducats, power, and gain 3 innovativeness
1 Feb – I fabricate a claim on the Ottoman’s province of Kastamonu next to Sinop along the Black Sea
1 April - I claim Azov again
21 April – I begin to improve relations with Karabakh
25 July – Crimea converts! Next is Kuban
1 Aug – I love my claim on Terak.
27 Oct – Our Prince dies!
Alexios IV is our new ruler, 1/5/6, age 37
Princess – Agape – 1/1/2
Heir – Alexios V, 3/3/5 age 0, weak claim
Our Princess is from the Crimea province and we get boosts.
Our stability dropped and I raise it again
18 Nov – RM with Trebizond
1 Jan, 1515 – RM With Karabakh
1 Mar – RM with Georgia
I force Avaria to change their faith to Orthodox
1 Aug – RM with Avaria
Abe Sargent
12-01-2022, 07:09 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 30 - Avaria Annexed
1 Jan, 1516 – Claim of Terak again
1 Feb – Ottoman claim on Tolcu is ours again
1 June – Religious Idea #1 – Missionary schools – Another Missionary. I send it to Yedishkul
I pass another acts
The Declaration of Indulgence Act – Stab Cost 5%; +1 tolerance of heathens
I order my army to Alania
9 June – We announce the annexation of Avaria
16 Dec – Kuban is converted, next is Kyzyr-Yar
1 May, 1517 – Avaria is ours!
Khundzia – Sunni, Dagestani Culture, 90 autonomy, Livestock, Highlands, Castle, 0.01 made here
I annexed 2k infantry
Chas in Cinti
12-01-2022, 11:00 AM
Enjoying this... I've never been able to "get" EUIV, but played Imperator Rome a ton before they "improved" it to unplayable a ton... and play other Paradox games (AoW3, Stellaris, CK, etc)(
Abe Sargent
12-01-2022, 01:19 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 31 - More Blood in the Caucasus
I declare war on Terak from Gazikumukh.
I called up Trebizond, Muscovy and Karabakh
Nogai joined them and they are allied with Soran
2 June – I begin a siege of Terak
12 June - I capture Tarki
24 Aug – I capture Lakia
4 Oct – I capture Daghstan
24 Oct – I get a reform the navy event and gain 200 DIP Tech
DIP TECH 7 – Naval Ambitions – 115 Colonial Range, Better naval morale
Mosul in Soran is captured by Trebizond
7 Jan, 1518 – More Soran is falling
6 March – Terak is ours
I have a war score of 41, can I get all four holdings in Gazikumukh?
It’s a 32 warscore but they aren’t doing it so I order my army to the capital of Soran
28 Mar – Trebizond routs the Soran army and our warscore raises to 47. Now? Nope
16 May – I arrive at Soran’s capital
15 Aug – Two Nogai holdings have been captured by Muscovy
8 Nov – Arbil in Soran falls and all Soran holdings are ours and I have a warscore of 68.
I can get these 4 holdings and annex the nation!
https://i.ibb.co/1807WWj/20221127001859-1.jpg
I am getting four provinces from Gazikumukh. All are Daghastan culture.
Terek – Castle, Church, Sunni, 11 dev, 0.01 made here from 90% autonomy. Next to Caspian Sea, Astrakhan in Muscovy. Drylands, Livestock
Tarki – Fishers, Sunni, Caspian Sea, Drylands, 7 dev, nothing made here,
Lakia - Internal holding, Highlands, 7 dev, iron works, Sunni, church, nothing made here
Dagestan – Caspian Sea, next to Georgia, rival Ajam Shia, Church, drylands, 8 dev, fishers, 0.03 made here.
I send Missionaries to Khundzia
Abe Sargent
12-01-2022, 01:19 PM
Enjoying this... I've never been able to "get" EUIV, but played Imperator Rome a ton before they "improved" it to unplayable a ton... and play other Paradox games (AoW3, Stellaris, CK, etc)(
Cool cool!!!!
Abe Sargent
12-01-2022, 04:06 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 32 - Government Reform
14 Dec, 1518 – Karabakh agrees to be our vassal
I start building a spy network against adjacent rival Ajam
I order my army to Tarki
16 Mar, 1519 – Our Princess died
29 May – Event – the Burghers Estate needs help, I spend 100 cash to bail them out and gain influence and loyalty
1 July – Kzyyl-Yar converts to the one true faith of Orthodoxy!
1 Oct – Faith Idea #2 – Church Attendance Duty - -25% Stability Cost Modifier
1 Nov – New Tech – MILTARY TECH 9 – Professional Officers – I can upgrade my infantry into Pike infantry, bonus tactics. I update my army
I can enact a new Government Reform!
Level 5 – The Administrative Cadre
I have a few options, and I choose:
Meritocratic Recruitment – Boosts to Burgher loyalty and influence, -10% Advisor costs
1 Dec – I claim the province of Shrivan from Ajam
1 Sept, 1520 – I accept an offer of institution sharing from Frankfurt
2 Nov – Event – Serfs are moving from Matrega to Theodoro, what do I want to do? I side with the nobles that want to curtail it, gain 10% loyalty from nobles, and 25% autonomy in Matrega.
1 Dec - I claim Astara from Ajam
Abe Sargent
12-01-2022, 07:24 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 33 - The Theodoran Ousting from Turkey
11 Sept,1521 – Core done in Terek, I am now making 0.52 here, Missionary ordered
13 Oct – I pull Turkish off an accepted Culture to make space for Dargestan Culture, which I promote, I order Sinop’s culture to change to Gothic, our main one.
27 Nov- The leader of Muscovy dies, I offer a new Royal Marriage
We get a new Princess, 2/4/2, Agafya, 30 years old
22 Jan, 1522 - The other three cores are done! All four of these plus Khundzia are in one state called Dargestan.
1 Mar – Claim in Ajam for Rasht
14 Mar – The Ottomans declare war on us for Sinop, all of our allies Muscovy too are in
I order my army from Tarki to Turkey
The Ottomans have begun a siege in Bessarabia with a force 8k in size
I raise war taxes
I hire a mercenary company and dispatch them to Bender next to Bessarabia
30 March – The Trebizond army is routed in their capital.
The 16k unit arrived, and I’ll give them a few months to build up their forces morale and I hire a general for them.
22 May – They begin a siege of Sinop with a force of 29k
1 Aug – Religious Idea #3 – Divine Supremacy, +3 Missionary Strength, that unlocked our next Theodoro holding, +25% fort defense
19 August – We capture Canik from the Ottomans
7 Sept – Our mercs lose in Bessarabia after they brought 57k more troops to fight
13 Sept – Bessarabia falls
I capture Tokat in Turkey
Khundzia converts, next is Dagestan
13 Oct- My main army loses in Turkey
29 Nov – Sinop falls
21 Dec – My 1st army arrives in Crimea and rebuilds
22 Dec -They rout the Pskov army
3 Jan 1522 – Georgia’s ruler dies,
19 Jan – Battle in Caffa
15 Feb – We win!
26 March -A 26k strong army under Muscovy’s control arrives in Turkey
1 April – Trade Idea #6 – Trade Manipulation - +25% Trade Steering
20 June – My combined mercs and Army defeated a 25k army of the Turks moving from our holdings to Bessarabia in Lithuania
5 August - I begin a siege of Bessarabia
Tarki my next Missionary target
8 Dec – Dagestan coverts, next is Lakia
I fabricate another claim against Ajam
1 May, 1523 – Trebizond’s capital falls
3 June – Trebizond peace with the Ottomans and they lose their capital
23 July – We recapture Bessarabia
7 Sept - I capture three minor holdings in Eastern Europe next to Moldavia
29 Oct – My combined mercs and main army lose in Giergiu to 80k in forces
22 Dec – Imerti and Georgi begin a siege of Trebizond.
We have a -22% Warscore.
January 26, 1524 - I send my main army from Crimea to Trebizond to help the siege
19 Mar – Lakia converts
11 April – I arrive in Trebizond
28 June – It falls
I order my main army to Sinop to raise the siege
1 Sept – They are resigning Bessarabia
8 Dec- My Georgian and main army lose in Sinop to a 50 army
11 Dec -Our mercenaries relieve the siege in Bessarabia and defeat the 10k army
9 Jan, 1525 – Our mercenaries lose again
They begin another siege of Bessarabia
21 Feb – I fabricate another claim in Ajam
1 May - They recapture Bessarabia
7 May – I win a battle in Theodoro with my first army
I have a warscore of -37%
I offer them peace for Sinop and they accept
I disband my mercs
Abe Sargent
12-02-2022, 06:49 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 34 - Theodoro: Defender of the Faith
1 June, 1525 – New Tech – DIP TECH 8 – Shipyards – I can build Shipyards and get bonus naval morale.
2 August – I embrace Colonialism
I become Defender of the Faith – I complete a Mission
23 August - I order my army to Dagestan
1 Jan, 1527 – Spain has formed from Castille and Aragon
1 Mar – Our truce with Nogai and Soran has ended
1 June - I name Transoxiana as my rival
1 Dec – Religious Idea #4 – Devoutness - +2 Tolerance of the True Faith, Yearly Authority +0.5
1 June 1528 – New Tech – Military Tech 10 – Reiter – I get better cavalry and cannons. I upgrade my forces,
Abe Sargent
12-02-2022, 01:00 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 35 - The War for Silk
19 Dec, 1528 – I declare war for Ajam’s very valuable next door holding Shrivan, which has Silk. I call in my allies. They are allied with Nogai, one province Syria, and Oman
1 Jan, 1529 – I arrive in the Fort of Shrivan and begin a siege
22 Mar -The Two Sicilies announce me as arrival
4 May – Shrivan is ours
3 July – Astara is ours
Ardabil is ours
22 August- I begin a siege of Tabriz
23 Oct – The minor next to Georgia named Khoy is mine
2 Nov – Our heir gained the Righteous trait
15 Jan.1530 – I begin to build up spy networks in Poland
1 May – Ajam has landed12k in Crimea to besiege the castle
11 may – Tabriz falls
4 June – I win a battle in Maragheh
23 July – I capture it
7 August – I accept a peace offer from Syria with War Reparations
6 Sept – I begin to siege Ilam
4 March, 1531 – I choose Positive War score for our era’s ability
25 March – 5k Nogai forces arrive at Crimea
1 May – Trade Idea #7 – Fast Negotiations - +25% Caravan power; for finishing the group I get another Merchant which I send to Venice to collect
I get the next Theodoro Idea - +10% National Tax
31 May – I capture Ilam
7 June – I claim from Lithuania Edisanas
I have a 47% warscore, what can I get?
Here’s what I can take:
https://i.ibb.co/5XDXn11/20221127092235-1.jpg
I am getting 6 holdings, 5 of which have wealthy goods, and then 261 cash. I order cores in all 6 holdings.
Ready?
Shrivan – Next to us in Dagestan – Silk makers, Caspian Sea, Shia faith, Azerbaijani culture, this has a church, marketplace castle and the great building “Baku Ateshagh”, Drylands, 9 dev, 85% autonomy, makes us 0.04 cash, Kura Estuary
Ardabil – Inlands, next to Shrivan, Tabriz, and Ajam, Dyes, Highlands, 9 dev, Shia, Azerbaijani, 0.07 made here,
Tabriz – Emporium Center of Trade, Silk makers here, castle, 17 dev, Highlands, inland next to Ajam, Ardabil, Shia and Azerbaijani, 0.04 made here
Astara - - Fishers, Caspian Sea, 3 dev, Highlands, Sunni, Azerbaijani, nothing made here
Rasht – Caspian Sea, next to Astara, Ajam, Lahijan, Silk makers, 12 dev, church, highlands, 0.25 made here, Sunni faith, Mazandarani culture.
Lahijan – Caspian Sea, next to Rasht, Ajam, castle, Silk makers, Coal later, Shia, Mazandarani culture, grasslands, 12 dev, 0.16 made here.
Nice trade goods!
I order my army to Rasht to hold out here
Abe Sargent
12-02-2022, 08:57 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 36 - Quiet Rebuilding
8 July, 1531- I order my spy network here again in Ajam.
I order a Farm Estate in Caffa
1 Aug – I pass the Cloth Quality Act after finishing trade and quality, and gain +20% trade efficiency
1 Aug, 1532 – I claim Ajam’s paper internal province next to us called Mianeh
1 Sept – I fabricate a claim on Lithuania’s Black Sea holding Ingilas
18 Oct- The Commonwealth has formed and Poland and Lithuania merge
22 Nov – Event - I get +10 clergy loyalty and 5 authority
1 May, 1533- Our truce with the Ottomans is over
13 Aug – We announce the annexation of Karabakh!
1 Nov – I claim Amol from Ajam, on the Caspian sea, next to us and with Silk
Abe Sargent
12-03-2022, 06:37 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 37 - A Time of Rebellions
1 June, 1534 - Rebellion in Ardabli of 9k
16 June – We win
1 Aug – Next Tech – MILITARY TECH 11 – Matchlock Musket – I can build Weapons Manufactory that double Iron and Copper mines, bonuses to cavalry fire and infantry shock.
21 Nov – We get an Excellent Vintage event and get some cash, I order a Weapons Manufactory in Kuma
1 Jan, 1535 – Rebellion in Shrvani
11 Jan – 3 cores finished
5 Feb – We defeat the rebels
9 Feb – Another core finished
1 May – Rebellion in Lahijan of 9k
8 May – Last two cores are done
Shrivan, Ardabiz, and Astara are in a state called Shirvan that I elevate to state.
I order Missionary to Shrivan and Ardabiz
Rasht and Lahijan are in a state called Tabarestan that I elevate, I order Missionary to Rasht
23 May – We defeat the rebels
1 June – We finish integrating Karabekh
Melikates – Armenian culture, Coptic faith, Highlands 9 dev, Livestock, 85% autonomy, castle, church, livestock raised here, 0.06 made here.
14 June – They capture my spy network in Ajam and kick out our spy
1 July – Revolt in Rasht of 9k
17 July – Defeated
I order a church in Tabriz
15 Feb, 1536 – Event – Religious Resistance - 8k troops raise in Shrivan
23 March – We win in Shrivan
1 May -Religious Idea #5 – Religious Tradition – Yearly Prestige +1
1 Aug – 10k QQ Rebellion in Tabriz
17 Aug – Defeated
1 Dec – New Tech – Dip Tech 9 – Carracks and Caravels – Max colonial range increases, I get Carracks and Caravels ships.
I order an upgrade of my three Early Carracks.
Abe Sargent
12-03-2022, 01:02 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 38 - Spies and Conversions
12 Feb, 1537 – We convert Ardabil, next is Tabriz
14 March – Schrivan converts, next is Lehijan
21 March -Tunis are at war with Genoa and request military access, sure thing
1 April – Fabricated claim in Commonwealth’s Zaporoze
14 April – Rasht converts ,next is Astara
2 Feb, 1538 – I begin building a spy network in Soran
31 Oct – Astara converts
22 Nov – Event - +.2 Corruption
16 Jan, 1539 – Lahijan converts!!!
15 Mar – Tabriz converts!!
1 April – I lose my claim on Azov and Genoa
I claim the Commonwealth’s Bracaja, and then I pull back and head to Genoa
11 May- Event – Quality Troops, +10 prestige
1 July – I claim Soran’s Urmia, they are allied with Syria and Mamluks, and my next war is Ajam again, so I won’t push this right now.
I head back to Ajam to build up more claims
1 Oct – Our prince is now a Bold Fighter
3 Nov – I accept an offer to share maps with Muscovy
12 Feb, 1537 – We convert Ardabil, next is Tabriz
14 March – Schrivan converts, next is Lehijan
21 March -Tunis are at war with Genoa and request military access, sure thing
1 April – Fabricated claim in Commonwealth’s Zaporoze
14 April – Rasht converts ,next is Astara
2 Feb, 1538 – I begin building a spy network in Soran
31 Oct – Astara converts
22 Nov – Event - +.2 Corruption
16 Jan, 1539 – Lahijan converts!!!
15 Mar – Tabriz converts!!
1 April – I lose my claim on Azov and Genoa
I claim the Commonwealth’s Bracaja, and then I pull back and head to Genoa
11 May- Event – Quality Troops, +10 prestige
1 July – I claim Soran’s Urmia, they are allied with Syria and Mamluks, and my next war is Ajam again, so I won’t push this right now.
I head back to Ajam to build up more claims
1 Oct – Our prince is now a Bold Fighter
3 Nov – I accept an offer to share maps with Muscovy
Abe Sargent
12-03-2022, 10:55 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 39 - The Second Theodoro-Ajam War
1 Jan, 1540 – Religious Ideas #6 – Inquisition – We get boosts to prestige for conversions, and Missionary Maint. Cost is halved
1 Mar – Our truce with Syria is up.
1 June – I claim Azov again
1 Aug – Muscovy has become Russia
27 Dec – Event – Trusted Merchants + we get boosts to burgher estate stuff
1 Feb, 1541 – I lose my claim on the Ottoman’s Tolcu
1 April – I claim Ajam’s spice holding Zanjan
I order a workshop in Tabriz
1 June – New Tech – MILITARY TECH 12 – Spanish Square, I get better infantry, and a boost to my tactics I order my men improved
1 Nov – Our truce with Nogai, Oman and Ajam is up.
I declare war for Ajam’s Amol and I bring in my group
10 Dec – Two minors next to Tabriz are mine
15 Dec – Amol and Mianeh are mine
13 Jan, 1542 – I begin the siege of Qazvin
13 Feb - Zanjan is mine
1 Mar – Another minor falls to me.
20 March – My general dies
27 July – We capture the fort of Qazvin
4 Aug – They begin sieging Bessarabia with 8k Omani troops
15 Aug – We defeat a 10k strong Nogai army in Qom
We begin a siege
15 Sept – 17k Ajam forces are besieging Shrivan
1 Dec = We have a few more minors falls
20 Jan, 1543 – Qom falls to us
27 Feb - I have a 57 warscore, what can I get?
The 6 holdings I want have a 41 score, and that’s not accepted right now so I push forward
I move my army to the Fort of Ilam
11 March- More minors have fallen, Russia defeats Nogai army I have a warscore of 62. Now
https://i.ibb.co/cFJQdLK/20221127115938-1.jpg
I do peace for the 6 provinces in two states, two in ones I already have, and five that are pretty valuable, and gain 278 cash to share.
I order cores
Amol – Silk, Caspian Sea, 10 dev, in state with my other two Sea holdings, next to Ajam, Shia faith, Mazandarani culture, Mountains, 0.02 made here.
Sari – Caspian Sea. Also in the same state, Silk, next to Amol, our rival in Transoxiana, Ajam, Shia faith, Mazandarani culture here as well, 13 dev, Grasslands, Trade Emporium, 0.22 made here.
Azerbaijani State, internal
Mianeh – Paper made here, 6 dev, Mountains, 0.12 made here, Azerbaijani culture, Sunni faith,
Zanjan – Spice trade, 7 dev, Mountains, Sunni, Azerbaijani, 0.10 made here, next to Maineh, Soltanieh
Soltanieh – the bad holding, next to Zanjan, Qazvin, and Ajam’s Hamadan,Mountains, wine, 7 dev,Sunni and Azerbaijani,0.02 made here
Qazvin – Next to Soltanieh, 3 Ajem holdings, Silk, fort, Sunni faith, Azerbaijani culture, Drylands, 8 dev, .10 made here.
These have five great trade holdings and a solid Wine and decent but not spectacular development.
Abe Sargent
12-04-2022, 11:13 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 40 - Deus Vult
I had built up my spy network during the war, I claim Teheran next to Qazvin which has 16 dev, Silk, and a center of trade.
I promote Azerbaijani as an accepted culture
I claim the Kingdom Rank!
1 April, 1543 - I get another diplomat send to Commonwealth for more claims
1 May – I fabricate a claim on Savah from Ajam
4 May – Trebizond agrees to be our vassal
1 Nov – Religious Idea - #7- Deus Vult – We can declare a Holy War against any adjacent person of a different faith. That’s why I grabbed this track.
For finishing I get -25% Culture conversion cost and bonus clergy loyalty +10%
I also get my last Theodoro Idea, +1 Tolerance of the True Faith,
I choose this Policy:
The Religiously Sponsored Guilds – Needs Trade and Religious –
+1 Missionary Strength, +10% goods produced
I choose this Policy:
The Military Zeal Acts- Needs Religious and Quality
+5% army morale, +10 % Siege ability
I just tried and I cannot declare war holy war against Christians, just Muslims
I order a spy network built against Transoxiana
1 May, 1544 – I can get a new Age ability, I choose Institutional Spread
Abe Sargent
12-04-2022, 12:00 PM
The 100 Year Review:
Maps
Here’s the Black and Caspian Seas Area
https://i.ibb.co/QK9HQkQ/20221127123948-1.jpg
As you can see, I have lands from Crimea to the Southern Caspian Sea all connected. Georgia is between those holdings, and you can see the last holding of Trebizond and our junior partner Imerti on the Black Sea and our ally of Russia and the Commonwealth, and I lost Sinop on Turkey.
Here’s a zoomed out map centered on the area
https://i.ibb.co/c1qBRmb/20221127124341-1.jpg
Here is the Zoomed out map. Russia is in Scandinavia, Denmark has removed multiple holdings, the Ottomans keep pushing further and further, you can see how great the advancing Mamluks are, as well as India is now shown. Great Britain has formed.
I am making 7.17 monthly after costs, and I am saving to build a Manufactory
Abe Sargent
12-04-2022, 01:08 PM
Ledger:
I have 30 units out of a max of 32, 4k cannon, 8k cavalry and 18k infantry.
I have 16 boats out of a forcelimit of 22 I lost some ships to the Ottomans when they attacked me out of nowhere. I have 3 Carracks, 7 transport Cogs, and 6 Galleys
Tech – 10/9/12 – 31 total
Ideas – All 21 are done
The Ottomans are making the most cash at 160, and we are making 29.22 since most of my area are low dev and poor resources. I am making:
14.04 Tax
8.97 Production
6.05 Trade
The Ottomans are the most developed at 1033 total development, we have 329
The most techs is Two Sicilies with 36, 5 more than us
The Great Powers
1. Ming
2. Ottomans
3. Great Britain
4. France
5. Spain
6. Mamluks
7. Russia
8. Commonwealth
At 9 is Portugal
We are ranked a solid 14th.
Religious Stuff –
Orthodox is 5 nations, 239 holdings
We are the Defender of the Faith
I have 36 holdings, and only lost one, Sinop.
Top Ten Provinces by Taxes:
Crimea – 13.65
Terak – 9.75
Bessarabia – 9.75
Suceava - 9.75
Tabriz - 8.85
Theodoro- 7.80
Yedishkul – 7.80
Kyzyl-Yar – 7.70
Rasht - 7.27
Caffa - 7.20
Our Top Ten Provinces by Production:
Suceava – 10.05
Crimea – 8.52
Theodoro- 8.30
Caffa – 8.30
Tabriz – 6.22
Yedishkul – 5.89
Kyzyl-Yar – 5.81
Iasi – 5.31
Kuma - 5.24
Birlad – 4.55
With 140k the Ottomans have the largest army, Russia has 82k
Venice has the largest navy with 85 ships. UK has 84 one behind
Our nation is 80.5% Orthodox, 2.7% Coptic, 5.5 Shia and 11.1 Sunni
Our cultures with at least 5%
Crimean 21.1
Circassian – 7.3
Dagestani – 14.5%
Turkish – 7.3
Mazandarani – 8.4
Azerbaijani – 14.4
Romanian – 13.3
Pontic – 7.0
Gothic – 5.2
Top Ten Trade Nodes by Total Traded Value
1. Genoa
2. Sevilla
3. Venice
4. English Channel
5. Rheinland
6. Champagne
7. Lubeck
8. Constantinople
9. Wien
10. Caribbean
Our holding Crimea is 12th best
Trade Goods Current Value:
4.50 – Coffee, Copper
4.37 – Paper
4.0 - Dyes, Silk, Cocoa, Ivory
3.75 – Sugar
3.60 – Cloth
3.30 – Salt
3.00 – Gems, Glass, Tobacco, Cotton, Spices, Chinaware, Tea, Slaves, Iron
2.7 – Fur
2.5 – Livestock, Wine
2.12 – Incense
2.0 – Grain, Fish, Tropical Wood, Naval Supplies, Wool
I have so much grain and wool, livestock and wine
There are no coalitions against us.
Because of how rare Coptic is I am not converting them
Abe Sargent
12-04-2022, 07:15 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 41 - Buying Land from Russia
I fabricate another claim for war #3 against Ajam.
1 Feb 1545 – New Tech – DIP TECH 10 – The Flute – Increased trade range, trade efficiency and we can build Flutes and War Galleys
I upgrade my six Galleys to wars for 60 cash
The Commonwealth is deep into a war with the Ottomans and they are losing
1 April – I grant a Great Synod and gain 5 authority and 10 relations with the clergy
27 April – I claim Golestan from Transoxiana
1 June – I order a Manufactory Farm Estate in Bender
18 Dec – Four cores finished
I order a Church in Amol
1 Feb, 1546 – Russia is offering to sell us the next door province Ekaterinoslav for 50.
https://i.ibb.co/jhY8nsD/20221127134245-1.jpg
I agree and buy it. I’ve pulled it up so you can see where it is.
Mansur – We rename it – 8 dev, Crimean culture which is accepted, Orthodox, accepted, this is in a state we already have, 90% autonomy, 0.03 made here, Livestock
Thanks Russia! I’ll do that all day long.
I order Mieneh, Zanjan and Sari to be converted
28 March- Two last cores are done, I raise Azerbaijan to a state
13 April – Our Commonwealth spy is discovered, I pull him
5 Aug – I order a Workshop in Iasi
15 Oct – Another claim on Ajem
Abe Sargent
12-05-2022, 12:19 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 42 - A New King
20 Jan, 1547 -I declare the last possible holding of Transoxiana and then pull my diplomat
16 March - Conversions in Zanjan and Mieneh; I order Missionaries to Amol
Workshop ordered in Kuma which has a Weapons Manufactory
22 Aug – Sari converts! I order a Workshop here
I’m now making 13 cash a month after bringing in coring, stating and converting those holdings.
1 Feb, 1548 – I max relations with Russia and called back my diplomats and make nice with Venice.
Genoa has expanded into North Africa and has four holdings there.
1 April – New Tech – ADMIN TECH 11 – Textile Manufactory – I can build them to increase my cloth, dyes, or silk provinces.
1 May – Our leader the King has died.
Our stability drops and I raise it.
Alexios V is the new King, 3/3/5 abilities, 33 years old, Righteous ability which increases legitimacy +1 annually
Queen Sotiria, 21 years old, 1/3/3
Heir – Skantarios, 0 years old, 3/0/4
We get an event that Sotiria is from Crimea and it gets boosts until her death.
I renew our marital vows with Russia
4 May - Mansur is now a core!
14 May – RM with Georgia
26 May - Ajam discovers our spy network so I pull out and make nice with Portugal
I am building up for a Textile Manufactory in my new area
10 Aug – Amol converts
1 April, 1549 – I order a Textile Manufactory in Silk holding Rasht.
1 Oct - I max relations with Venice at 55 and I pull back my diplomat, next is making nice with Austria
Abe Sargent
12-05-2022, 04:41 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 43 - Friends with the Turks
1 Jan, 1550 – the Printing Press Institution is here
50 maxed relations with Portugal next is France
5 Mar –Event - I ease tension in an event with the Turks and raise them to just -3.
I promote relations with the Ottomans
I have enough for another Manufactory, but I’ll hold off on my next Manufactory as I am about to get to Dip Tech 11
1 Nov – Government Reform #6 – Deliberative Assembly, I have 7 options. I can create a parliament, install clergy, create a republic, become a theocracy, etc.
I don’t like many of these. I choose the generic Estates General, and we get 10% all estates loyalty, +5 autonomy and +10% monthly reform progress.
1 Dec – New Tech – DIP TECH 11 – The Wharf - I can build Naval Equipment Manufactories that double Naval Supplies, Fish and Salt. I also get a boost to colonial range by 100.
I build this in Crimea with it’s salt.
1 April, 1551 – New Tech – MIL TECH 13 – Trunnians – better artillery fire, shock and better cannon, I order a upgrade.
1 June - With a relation of 50, I max my relations with Austria and pull back my diplomats
14 Aug – The ruler of Trebizond has died, another RM is offered
1 Sept – Relations maxed with France at 50, next is Denmark
1 Jan, 1552 – Naval Equipment Manufactory for Salt in Yedischul ordered.
1 June – We maxed relations with the Ottomans at 112. They accept military access. They cannot declare war on us while we have access.
Next is Imereti
1 Nov – New Tech – ADMIN TECH 12 – Early Modern Administration – I can build state houses and I get bonus governing capacity.
Abe Sargent
12-05-2022, 06:47 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 44 - The Third Theodoro-Ajam War
1 April, 1553 – Relations maxed with Denmark at 55, next is UK
1 August - Our peace treaty with Ajam, Oman, Syria and Nogai is up. I declare war for Teheran
1 Sept – I arrive in their capital and begin battle with an 11k size army
10 Sept – We win and begin the siege of Qom
2 Oct- Three minors have fallen
10 Dec – Qom is ours I order to the Fort of Ilam
22 Dec – 11k Syria forces arrive in Bessarabia and begin sieging me
30 Mar, 1554 – We capture Ilam, I have a warscore of 29 I keep pushing
I order myself to join the siege at the Syria capital
19 July – Battle begins in Ardakan
22 July – We win
19 Oct – I have a warscore of 47 – what can I get?
I can get my next six targets:
https://i.ibb.co/fHHvfKT/20221127155137-1.jpg
As you can see, I am getting three cheap holdings next to Tabriz that was already made a state and then four together in the state Iraq-e-Ajam that is able to be made into one state.
War ends. I order up cores.
Tabriz State
Khoy – Next to Georgia, Tabriz,Soran, 5 dev, wool, Mountain, Sunni, Azerbaijani, 0.11 made here
Maragheh – Next to Tabriz, Soran, Ajam, Mountainous, Wool, 5 dev, 0.01 made here
Iraq-e-Ajam State
Teheran – Silk, Entrepot, center of trade, Drylands, 17 dev, workshop. 0.11 made here, Sunni faith, Persian culture, internal
Savah – Grain, Drylands, 7 dev, Sunni and Persian here as well, 0.02 made here, next to Ajam
Qom – Former capital -Drylands, Cloth makers, 12 dev, Persian and Sunni here, 0.05 made here, next to Ajam
Semnan – Next to Ajam and Transoxiana, Desert, 6 dev, Gems, Persian, Sunni, 0.2 made here,
I order a Textile Manufactory for the Dyes in Ardabil
I stop relations improvement in Imereti and will begin a spy network in Transoxiana.
Abe Sargent
12-05-2022, 08:45 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 45 - A New Rival
1 Nov, 1554 - Ajam is not a good rival anymore. I order another spy network with it.
My new rival is Two Sicilies
1 March, 1555 – We max relations with the UK
1 March, 1556 – I order a Textile Manufactory for Silk in Sari. I cut my land maintenance to really rain in cash. I am making 18.86/month,
1 Aug – I claim from Ajam the silk in Kashan
23 Oct – Cores finished in Khoy and Maragheh
1 Dec – We claim a 3rd holding in Transoxiana and I pull my diplomat and send it to Soran
1 March, 1557 – Tabriz increased dev to 20 by investing 150 mil, and then that creates space for a Textile Manufactory.
21 June -Savah and Teheren are cores!
I order a missionary to Teheren and Savah
1 Sept - Tech Increase – DEP TECH 12 – Man o War – We get better naval morale, engagement and we can build Coastal Batteries
21 Oct – Qom and Semnan are cored! I upgrade these four to a state, Missionary ordered to Qom
Abe Sargent
12-05-2022, 09:42 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 46 - A New Ally
1 May, 1558 – Naval Equipment Manufactory for Salt in Kyzyl-Yar.
1 June – I claim another holding in Soren
I pull this diplomat back for making nice with Spain.
The Ottomans are all over the Commonwealth right now
1 Oct – New Tech – ADMIN TECH 13 – Improved Drainage - +2 Production
6 Oct – The Ottomans made the Commonwealth release the Orthodox holding of Kiev. They agree to our alliance and are next to our Moldavian holdings and Mansur.
8 Nov – Royal Marriage
16 Nov – Savah converts! Next is Semnan
11 Jan, 1559 – I spend some MIL to drop a rebellion risk, since I have cut my army maintenance.
17 Feb – Teheren converts! Next is Soltanieh
11 Mar – Qom converts!
The last three recently converted and cannot be converted again this quickly.
8 May – I make nice with Kiev
1 July – Textile Manufactory in Lahijan
Big war with Ajam and Soran.
14 Jan, 1560 – Our other two conversions are complete.
Georgia annexed Imerte
1 April – I max relations with Spain!
6 June – Event – 60 DIP Power
1 Sept – I order a Textile Manufactory in Amol for it’s Silk
1 Dec – I fabricate another claim in Ajam
Abe Sargent
12-06-2022, 06:01 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 47 - The War for Kashan
1 Feb, 1561 – Another Rebellion ended with MIL power.
21 March- We kick out Soran building a spy network
1 May – Pretender rebellions in Kiev
12 May - Soran took much of Ajam, and made them release a bunch of vassals
We have back:
Two provinces unconnected called The Timurids we have a claim on next to us in the Silk province Kashan, allied with three province Fars.
Khorasan next to us, with a core since we cored them.
Yazd – One province, paper, we do not have a core
I raise my military maintenance back up
1 Aug – I declare war on the Timurids for Kashan, do not call on my allies.
23 Sept – Kashan is mine
14 Oct – I win a battle against Fars
17 Dec – I begin a siege on Fars’ capital
15 Jan, 1562 – I order a Silk helping Textile Manufactory in Teheran
22 Jan, Shiraz falls to us
17 Feb – I grant the Mamluks military access
I have a 67 warscore, I take:
Kashan and War Reparations
Here’s my new holding:
https://i.ibb.co/kqTH8N4/20221127175426-1.jpg
Kashan - It’s 7 dev, Mountains, Silk, Persia, Sunni, 0.17 made here, next to Ajem and Khorson
I send Missionaries to Qazvim
I maxed relations with Kiev and I pull them back
Abe Sargent
12-06-2022, 11:39 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 48 - The Inter-War Period
19 Mar, 1562 – Event- I choose +2% missionary strength
22 Nov – Qazvim converts!
I order a Church in Sari and a Workshop in Bender
1 Dec – Rebellion in Maragheh
14 Dec – Defeated
26 Feb, 1563 - I claim Ajem’s Isfahan south of Kashan
1 May – My heir has developed Loose Lips
Workshop for Mianeh and Zanjan
1 June - I begin the Golden Era! This will last for 50 Years and give us loads of boosts including +10 naval morale, army morale, -10% Power costs, and more
Soran is deep in a war with the Ottomans.
1 Feb – 1564 - I order:
Workshop in Qazvin, Church in Qom
1 May – Our peace treaty with Nogai, Syria and Ajam is over
22 May – Event Business is Booming - +5% trade efficiency
19 Aug – Fars takes two holdings from Ajam in peace
Isfanhan that was Ajam was released in peace and is now the one province holding Isfahan, with independence guaranteed by Fars
22 Aug – I accept an offer for military access by Syria
I claim Ajam’s Hamadan next to me which is a cloth province.
1 Sept – Peace with Soran and The Ottomans – they lost 4 provinces
I move my army over
21 Oct – Kashan is now a core! I order a Missionary here, I do not enstate it
Abe Sargent
12-06-2022, 04:18 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 49 - Removing Soran and Khorasan from the Map
8 Dec – I declare war for Soran’s Urmia which is in my Tabriz state
Their ally Khorason joins them, I call in mine
9 Feb, 1565 - I win two minors and move to the Fort of Ilam
10 Mar – I rout the Khorason army in Kashan and I move into their capital with my other army.
25 May- I decline an offer for Military access for the Turks for their war against the Mamluks
1 June- I lose my claim on Azov
1 Aug – New Tech – DIP TECH 13 – Chartered Companies – We can build the Brig ship and get +2% trade
5 Sept – Ilam falls to us!
9 Nov – Every Soran holding is ours, I order my main army to join my siege in Khorason’s capital
1 Dec – Iraq has formed from rebels in QQ and it’s no longer
6 Jan, 1566 - I order Workshop in Lahijan, Amol, Textile Manufactory for the Silk in Qazvin
14 Jan – Kashan converts!
15 Mar- We capture Khorason’s Ardakan
I have a 100% warscore, shopping time!
My warscore to take both Khorason and Soran off the map is 66, and I can get them all for 75 DIP power. That’s 10 provinces and gives me a massive 85 badboy which would need great cleaning, and create a potential warmongering queue of Ajam, Fars, Transoxiana, Isfahan and Syria. I want to do it, but many of these holdings are pretty minor, like two grain farmers.
Alright, let’s do it:
https://i.ibb.co/6ysrk4z/20221128074123-1.jpg
Here they are, but I’ll need to be a big boy, I also share 170 cash. I order cores.
Ardakan – Incense, 4 dev, Mountains, next to Transoxiana, same state as Khasan, Persian Sunnis here, make 0.01
Urmia – Also Mountains, church, wine growers, Tabriz state Kurdish culture, Sunni faith,makes us0.03
Suleilymainiyah – Wool, highlands, 6 dev next to what the Turks took from Soran, 0.06, Kurdish an Sunni
Ardalan – Inner,7 dev, cloth, mountains, Kurdish, Sunni, 0.03 made
Kirmanshah – Next to Ajam, cloth makers here too, mountains, 5 dev, Sunni, Luri culture
Ilam - Castle, wool growers, highlands, 5 dev, Kurdish, Sunni, 0.01 made here,
Khorramabad – Next to two Ajam holdings, 7 dev, Mountains, Luri, Sunni, 0.04 made here.
Hoveyah – Next to Iraq, Basra, Ajam, swamp, grain, 9 dev, Sunni, Mashriqi culture
Qayaniyah – Next to Turks and Iraq, grasslands, 7 dev, Cotton growers, Shia and Mashriqi culture, makes 0.02
Wasit – Next to Iraq, Basra, 12 dev, Farmlands, grain farmers, 0.03 cash, Sunni and Mashriqi culture.
I begin building up a spy network in Basra
Abe Sargent
12-06-2022, 07:32 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 50 - Russia's War Against Qasim
1 May, 1566 – New tech- MILITARY TECH 14 - Tenaille – We get bonus combat width, infantry power, and better cavalry and I can upgrade castles to bastions. i order my troops upgraded
I order a Bastion in Bessarabia and Crimea
1 oct – I claim Azov again and pull these and begin building up a spy network in Iraq
23 Dec – Event, I gain 100 DIP
1 Feb, 1567 – I order: Weapons Manufactory for Iron in Lakia
1 Nov – Another claim in Transoxiana; I pull this diplomat
20 Jan, 1568 – I begin working on a second army, I have 10k in Ardakan and 19k in Ilam. And I want to build up each into threats, I have a forcelimit of 46k and I only have 29k
1 Feb – I claim Baghdad in Iraq, which is next to me and pull these folks outs
13 March – I get a Noble Families Feud event and I spend 33 DIP power to stop the battle.
4 Sept – Our peace against the Timurids and Fars has finished
14 Sept – Russia has declared war on Qasim and their ally Nogai calls for us for aid, which I give, I order my army from Ilam to the border
23 Dec – Three cores done, Missionary ordered to Urmia
1 Jan, 1569 – New tech – ADMIN TECH 14 – Scientific Experimentation – We get the ability to build Plantation Manufactory that doubles the production of things like Sugar, Cotton and Coffea and Tea. Then I can get another Group of Ideas - what do I want?
Economic?
Naval or Maritime?
Offensive?
I do Offensive, we could use boosts to my military for my many battles.
10 Jan We arrive in Qasim’s capital and help the ongoing siege
2 Feb – I have a 25k large army in Ardakan
I am still making 17.58 cash
7 April – We capture the capital of Qasim
I order this army to Nogai
18 April – Cores finished
I create the State of Luristan which has four of these that we took
I order Missionaries for Qaziniya’s Cotton and Ilam’s fort
2 July – I have capture two minor Nogai holdings, they have been beat by Transoxiana
19 Aug – Event – I gain 50 DIP
3 Sept – Another Nogai is ours and I order my forces to join a siege by Kiev
30 Sept- I downgrade Circassia as an accepted culture, order my 4 provinces to change to Gothic, and then promote Persian
1 Oct – I claim Basra’s Ahvaz on the Persian Gulf
5 Oct – I begin our siege in Nogai
15 Nov – Captured
21 Nov – Urmia converts! Next isWasit
Abe Sargent
12-07-2022, 12:04 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 51 - Another Russian Purchase
9 Jan, 1570 – We capture Siber
10 Feb – With a 92 war score Russia goes to peace and takes one holding from Qasim and 6 from Nogai
I order my army back home
1 March – Claim against the second and last holding of Ajam
I order:
Farm Estate in Azarba for it’s Livestock
Church in Teheren
Workshop in Qom
25 Mar – Ilam converts – next is Khoy
27 March- Event – Foreign Mercenaries, I choose to hire them and then my army professionalism rises by 5 but my relations with Genoa drop 50
1 April – Offensive Idea #1 – Bayonet Leaders – We get Land Leader Shock +1
1 May – I lose a claim on Transoxiana called Golestan, I order my spy network built back up
13 July – Conversion is successful in Qazaniya and next is Maragheh
1 Oct - I send a gift to Kiev to max our relations
2 Nov – It won’t join me as a vassal, we have 77 points against and 57 in favor
19 Dec – Our army arrives back at Ilam
31 Dec -Khoy converts, next is Ardakan
24 Jan, 1571 – Our first three provinces in Carcassia are now Gothic
28 Feb – I get another offer to buy a Russian province next to me this time for 200 gold. Here I’ll show.
https://i.ibb.co/FzG7N85/20221128174515-1.jpg
They are offering 200 cash for Novocherkassk. I agree.
I order a Core. We rename it it’s Crimean Name:
Tyn- 12 dev, livestock, Azov state which I already have made a state, church, an accepted Crimean cultus and Orthodox, they make us 0.08 in cash with 90% autonomy.
1 Mar- I purchase with my leftover cash a Manufactory in Kuban a Form State for it’s Livestock
26 March - Wasit converts, next is Ardalan
22 April – Maragheh is converted, next is Kirmanshah
16 Nov – Circassia is now Gothic, all have changed
1 Dec – Ardakon converts, next is Hovezah
Abe Sargent
12-07-2022, 04:58 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 52 - The Interlude Between the Stars
1 Mar, 1572 – I order a Manufactory for Qom’s Cloth a Textile Manufactory
27 Mar – Kirmanshah converts, next is Khorrambad
29 April – Event - Liturgical Reform – I choose to support and boosts with muh c;ergy and 5 authority
1 May – Rebellion in Sulaimaniyah of 9 k, I have 19k next door
21 May – We arrive and oust them
I claim my holding from Transoxiana again
21 June – We convert Ardalan next is Sulaimaniyah
1 Sept- I claim Basra’s Shatt
1 Feb, 1573 – I order a Farm estate for Matrega’s Livestock
8 Mar - Conversion in Hoveyah and Khorrambad
1 May - Our King gains the Well Advised trait
Offensive Idea #2 – National Conscripts – I get -10% recruitment time
1 June- Tyn is now a core! The amount I am getting here is now .69
20 June – Our diplomat in Transoxiana was found and they kick him out. I Send him to improve relations with Russia.
Yazd was absorbed by Transoxiana
1 Sept – Sulaimaniyah has converted and every holding we grabbed from the last war is cored and faithed.
Iraq’s ally is now at war with the Turks, Syria, so I move my army over, I want Baghdad
23 Oct – I have 24k in Wasit and my 26k army from Ardakan is enroute
Abe Sargent
12-07-2022, 12:28 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 53 - The War for Baghdad
17 Dec, 1573 – I declare war for Iraq’s Baghdad.
Their other two provinces are wool and Livestock, but Baghdad is a center of trade, cloth making holding.
Ready for war?
I move my 26k Ardakan army into Baghdad
5 Jan,1574 – We rout the 6k Iraqi army in Karbala
6 Feb – We capture the minor holding of Karbala
17 Mar – The minor holding of Haditha is ours, and I order my 24k army to Syria
7 May – The minor holding of Sinjar in Syria is ours and I head next door to the Fort of Ar-Raqqah that Georgia is already besieging
7 June – I decline a request for access by Basra to fight The Mamlusk since they are likely my next foe after Baghdad.
25 June – Baghdad is ours and I have a war score of 26. Can I get what I want?
Yup, I want Baghdad and the province that connects it and the unpassable desert to prevent the Ottomans or the Mamluks to slip past us.
https://i.ibb.co/N3FS09M/20221128183503-1.jpg
Both are in the same state as Qazniya. I got for peace and order two cores.
I pull my army back from Syria but leave my big one here in Baghdad.
Baghdad – 11 dev, farmlands, Shia faith, Mashriqi culture, cloth makers, next to Iraq and us and the Ottomans and Basra, They have a center of trade, level 1 emporium, church, marketplace, and make for us 0.06 wit 85% autonomy
Karbala – Next to wasteland, Iraq, Basra, 8 dev, desert, Shia, Mashriqi, 0.04 made here in the wool trade, it has a church and a unique building called “Imam Hussein and Al-Abbas’s Holy Shrines.”
Abe Sargent
12-07-2022, 05:46 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 54 - Joining the Great Powers
1 July, 1574 – I order with my money I didn’t spend during the war:
Farm Estate for Soltanieh’s Wine
Farm Estate for Mansurs’ Livestock
11 July -Event – Anticlericalism – I side with the clergy, gain 163 cash, influence and loyalty from them but lose it from the burghers.
17 July - Shia rebels have risen in Basra
I order my diplomat to build up spy network in Iraq, for their last holdings, but it’s next to Mamluks, the Ottomans and low value, so this is just an excuse to war with Iraq if I need to.
3 August – Kiev is now a vassal of Russia.
1 Sept – At 114 our relations improvement with Russia finishes, next is making nice with Denmark who views us as friends
1 April, 1575 – I give military access to Yas in the Arabian peninsula
I order a Farm Estate for Livestock in Matrega
I finish a mission to build manufactories and I get 1116 ducats and +10% production for 25 years
1 Sept – I embrace the institution of the printing press and drop my tech minuses
New tech:
DIP TEC 14 – The Galless – I can build that ship and Trade Station which is a manufactory for traded goods like Fur, Spices, Slaves and Ivory.
I order a Trade Station in the Spice holding of Zanjan which will increase my cash there by 1.04 monthly
I upgrade my ships to Galless’s for 84
1 Oct, 1575 – Ready?
https://i.ibb.co/WFwx04g/20221128213454-1.jpg
We have become a great power! We get four enhanced abilities:
1. Taking on another nations debt
2. Making them break alliances
3. Influence them to raise their tech and love of me
4. Intervene in a war
Get ready for the next era of this dynasty!
1 Nov - I max relations with Denmark at +65 and pull my diplomat
I claim Iraq’s last province
16 November – I spend 60 cash to Influence Nation on Trebizond
26 Nov – I spend 67 to influence Kiev
7 Dec – I order a diplomat to build a spy network against The Timurids
Abe Sargent
12-07-2022, 10:38 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 55 - A New King
2 Feb, 1576 – I order an Adyghe Farm Estate for Livestock
21 March – The Mamluks took out Basra in their war save for one holding next to me at Samawat a Spices province.
31 Mar – The Mamluks have announced us as a rival
1 April - I claim Samawat
1 Nov – Offensive Idea #3 – Superior Firepower - +1 Land Leader Fire
1 Jan, 1577 – I order a Farm Estate in Circassia for Livestock
10k Iraqi Separatist rebellion in Baghdad
8 Jan – Done
26 Feb – Core finished in Baghdad
It’s Shia conversion is too recent and new Missionaries won’t take for a while
27 June – Karbala is a core, I raise a state with it, Baghdad and the previously taken Qazinya, and they are now ready.
Missionary ordered for Karbalal
1 Jan, 1578 – I order a Farm Estate for Livestock in Khundzia
I claim the Commonwealth’s Jedysan on the Black Sea again as all of my cores dried-up
4 Feb – Our King has passed.
Our New King:
Skontarios with a 3/0/4 skillset, age 29, Loose Lips
Queen:
Photine, 2/1/5, Age 32,
Heir:
Alexios, 3/5/3, age 0
Royal Marriage renewed with Trebizond , Russia and Georgia
1 May – I fabricate a claim on the Timurids’ Abarquh, next to me, in a state I already have, but just 4 dev and Livestock so not really a target of key interest.
I send these dfiplomats back to Transoxiana
23 May – Event – Interest in the Military, I invest it in the army and gain 200 MIL Power
Offensive Idea #4 – Glorious Arms – I get +100% prestige for wining battles
Abe Sargent
12-08-2022, 07:29 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 56 - A New Ally
1 Jan, 1579 – I order Textile Manufactory for Cloth in Baghdad
13 May – I don’t know why, but Gujurat announced us as a rival
30 Sept – Karbala converts!
1 Jan, 1580 – I order a Farm Estate for Livestock in Terek.
New tech: ADMIN TECH 15 – Military Administration – I can order my forces to do a forced march and I can build Soldier’s Households
1 Mar – I claim the Commonwealth’s Oczakow on the Black Sea
1 April – I claim Transoxiana’s Yazd, which has paper
19 June – I send a gift to Basra
20 July – I spend 60 to Influence Basra
24 Aug – We enter into an alliance with Basra
25 Sept – I begin to improve relations with Basra
1 Jan, 1581 – Transoxiana is at war with some folks and I offer military access to:
Isfahan
Syria
Ajam
I order a Naval Equipment Manufactory for Fish in Astara
1 April – I claim The Commonwealth’s Zaporze
1 May – Our truce with Iraq and Syria is up
Offensive Idea #5 – Engineer Corps – I get +20% siege ability
10 May – Event – Reduce the Admin of the Church - I choose Protect their Independence and gain 5 authority and 10 influence.
2 June - How is my badboy looking? I took Baghdad in 1564, 17 years ago.
We still need to give it some time. Everyone left the anti-Theodoro coalition.
Abe Sargent
12-08-2022, 12:17 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 57 - Bringing in Basra
My next war is likely to be Transoxiana, right?
Their armies: 79k,
I have 51k, and my forcelimit is 51k exactly
Their allies are far away Afghanistan, Kashmir and then Oirat.
We have Russia on their flank with 80k
We have Georgia nearby with 27k
They have near me armies of 10k, 2 at 21k and 27k right be me with their war.
The Mamluks have just 33k, so that’s more doable, and then we can grab the old Basran holdings that include the Center of Trade Basra, a Spice province, Sugar, and more, and then their allies are Yemen, Tunis, Mahra, Mogadishu
The Mamluks, that makes sense next. I could just take the two I have claims on from Basra and then the former capital itself which is the COT.
I also need to cut off the Transoxiana blob from coming further west, and they are next to the former Basra and now Mamluks.
I order my 26k army from Baghdad to Hoveyah next to Basra’s two holdings I have claims on and then my 25k army from Aradakan on the Transoxiana border to Wasit next to my new ally of Basra in Samawat and the Mamluks’ holding of Shatt.
2 Aug, 1581 – I recall my diplomat from building up a spy network in Commonwealth to get ready for our war
3 Oct – My 51k troops are ready, I declare War for The Mamluks’ holding of Shatt. I call Georgia and Russia, but not Basra, since our alliance is too new and I don’t have enough favors and I want to keep it out of the war for future vassalization. Georgia is close enough to help out, and Russia can war with central Asian powers like the Oirat Horde and Afghanistan.
I order my forces over into Shatt and Ahvaz
4 Nov - I capture Shatt and head to the COT in Basrah next.
7 Nov – Ahvaz is ours and I order this army to help with the siege in Basrah
13 Nov – We arrive and the siege of Basrah has begun. I spend 40 MIL power to breach their walls with a cannon fusillade to speed this up.
13 Dec – Basrah falls. I order my armies next door to Grane.
24 Dec – I leave behind my 25k army to capture Grane and my 26k one next door to the Fort of Qatif
5 Jan, 1582 – The siege of Qatif has begun. I order a military barrage for this one as well.
18 Jan – Grane is ours, I order this army to help in the siege of Qatif
28 Jan – I accept an offer for military access from Syria at war with Transoxiana
1 Feb – Qatif falls!
I order my armies to take on minor holdings
We have a warscore of 7, but my three holdings that I want only have a 15 warscore.
19 Mar – Two Arabian minors are mine
21 May – Georgia is besieging the main area of the Mamluks in the Levant and they have taken 5 minor holdings.
8 June – Two more minors fall to us and I order my two armies to besiege the fort of Makkah
1 July – The siege of Makkah has begun, I order an artillery barrage
17 July – Our spy network in Transoxiana is found and I pull it back.
2 Nov – I max relations with Basra at a nice 128
1 Feb, 1583 – A rebellion of 12k hits Ahvaz
7 Feb – Makkah falls!
I have a warscore of 28% is this enough for peace?
https://i.ibb.co/CtphVhy/20221129072629-1.jpg
Yes it is, plus some cash as well! I get my three holdings.
I order my armies to Ahvaz to help with the rebellion here. I order up cores for the two that I can, I cannot to Ahvaz under siege.
Shatt – Spice trade, next to Basra and a wasteland, marsh, arid, Shia faith, Mashriki culture, 7 dev, 0.03 made here. In the State of Basra.
Ahvaz – Under siege, 11 dev, Sugar grown here, drylands, Shia and Mashriki people here as well, 0.04 made here. Next to four Transoxiana holdings. Persian Gulf. In the state of Khuszestan,
Basra – The real thing – Center of Trade, castle, church, marketplace, marsh, natural harbor, Euphrates Estuary, 11 dev, Shia faith, Mashriki people, Salt trade, they give us 0.05 and Basra State too.
Abe Sargent
12-08-2022, 08:44 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 58 - Empowering Economic Theory
Nice! Basra as a Center of Trade was the real target here. I pull my merchant from Alexandria only making me 0.14 and send it to Basra to collect trade.
We now have a connected line from the central northern part of the Black Sea in Crimea west to the Caspian Sea and then south to the Persian Gulf.
With my cash and stuff I order:
Textile Manufactory for Silk in Kashan
Textile Manufactory for Wool in Kabardia
13 Mar – Basran Separatists capture Ahvaz
31 Mar – Sensing weakness the Ottomans have declared war on the Mamluks.
1 Apr – I order a spy network built up in The Mamluks
I am getting 4.39 in trade from trade in Basra.
27 April – We defeat the rebels in Ahvaz; I order one army back to Ardakan on the Transoxiana border.
19 May – We capture Ahvaz and order a core here
26 June -I send a diplomat to make nice with Venice.
1 Jan, 1584 – I order a Farm Estate for Grain in Savah
11 Jan – Event – Improve the capital? If I want, I can spend 2500 manpower to increase the taxbase in Theodoro by one. I do so.
22 Feb – Transoxiana no longer declares us as a rival.
26 July – Event – Supplies needed for the Cossacks, I choose to send them 250 and get boosts to relations
1 Aug – I claim Grane by the Mamluks next door to us. It’s only 3 dev Fishing, but that gives me a Conquest casus belli.
1 Nov – I can enact another Government Reform:
Level 7 – Economical Matters – I have seven options. I can embrace free trade or curtail the burghers. I really like two:
Embrace the Economic Theory - +10% production; +0.10 inflation reduction
Or
Empower the Burghers - +5% Trade Efficiency and Global Trade Power; +5% Burgher loyalty and +10 to their influence
Either of those works for me. Let’s look at the math:
Current Revenue Streams:
Taxes – 24.92
Production - 42.29
Trade after Basra – 12.54
Well that tells to do the production boosting one.
We embrace the economic theory.
Abe Sargent
12-09-2022, 04:02 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 59 - Coring Away
1 Jan, 1585 - I order Textile Manufactory for Wool in Alania
1 Feb – At 65 we max relations with Venice and I head next to make nice with Austria
12 Mar – I find and expel a spy from The Mamluks
1 April – Our truce with the Timurids and Qasim has ended
1 Dec – Our influence on Kiev ends and I extend it
8 Dec – Shatt’s core is done; it cannot take Missionaries until 1597.
28 Dec – Russia has declared war on Nogai and their ally Qasim, I join them Nogai are in war with the Oirat Horde, so this is an attack of opportunity, I order my 26k in Ardakan to head to Qasim.
11 Jan, 1586 – I get an event that loses 10 prestige
1 Mar – I claim The Mamluks’ holding of Qatif, it’s just 4 dev fish port with a fort, but it does have a natural harbor.
26 March – Ahvaz is a core! I order a Missionary here. I have kept my 25k army here. I update it to a state and join in Hoveyah.
1 April- 12k revolt in Basra, I order my army over from Ahvaz
28 April – We arrive and put down the rebellion
30 April – Basra is now a core! I state-ify Basra with Shatt and Wasit, and then I order the castle upgraded to a Bastion.
22 May – We arrive in Qasim’s capital and join the small siege.
1 August – New Idea – Offensive #6 – Grand Army – We get +15% land force limit and +10% special force limit
1 Sept – Genoa is no longer a valid rival for me, but I cannot grab another at war
28 Sept – Event – Cossack Aggression, I choose to ask for aid Russia sends me Admin power
1 Oct – With a 70 rating I max relations, and next up I begin to make nice with France.
16 Nov – The Capital of Qasim falls, every Nogai holding and Qasim one is ours, Russia’s, or Oirats’
I order my army back to Ardakan
27 Nov – Peace, Russia Peace with Qasim - They take Qasim’s two holdings off the board
Abe Sargent
12-10-2022, 08:27 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 60 - The Conquerer
2 Jan, 1587 - Peace with Nogai, Russia takes 6 provinces, and we get some war cash and favors from Russia.
1 Feb – My new rival is Gujarat since they rivaled me
I order:
Livestock in Tyn for Farm Estate
Naval Equipment Manufactory in Dagestan for fish
Workshop in Solitanieh and Mansur
The Ottomans have captured all of Arabia, the Levant and Egypt from the Mamluks and have a massive warscore
2 April – I grant military access to Kiev
21 April – My army arrives back from Qasim
12 June – The Tsar of Russia has died and we enter into a new Royal Marriage with them
30 June – Russia accepts our offer to knowledge share the Printing Press for cash each month
1 July – Our truce with Yemen ends
1 Aug – Ahvaz has converted! It is now making 0.46.
I promote the Mashriqi to an accepted culture
1 Sept – New tech – DIP TECH 15 – The Galleon – I get Galleons, Early Frigates, increased settler growth and colonial range.
My army force limit is 65 and I have 51 so I start building up to it. I’ll start by adding 9k to my two mains armies in the Middle East to get to 30k each
4 Nov – Russia annexes Kiev, leaving just them, Georgia, us and Trebizond following the true faith
1 Jan,1588 – Our King gains the Conqueror trait
1 Feb – I claim a third and final Mamluks and pull them to build up spy network in Transoxiana
I order:
Trade Station in Shatt for Spices
Workshop in Terek for Livestock; in Baghdad for Cloth
14 Feb – Event – Trusted Merchants we gain temporary buff of +10% Global Trade Power
1 March – We lose our claim on Isfahan and I order my spy network built up from my diplomat making nice in France. The one province holding has Paper, is allied with Ajam’s last province and Syria, and is in a state we already have invested in.
1 April – My armies are al built
1 July – Russia embraces the Printing Press.
The Ottomans took a ton of holdings in Egypt and Israel.
Abe Sargent
12-10-2022, 10:27 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 61 - Metallurgy Discovered
1 Jan, 1589 – I order:
Farm Estate for Wine in Urmia
Workshop in Kashan for it’s Silk; Tarki for it’s fish
17 Feb – The Georgian ruler has died, I offer a RM.
Russia now has 93k troops, we have 60k, Georgia has 30k, and Transoxiana has 68k. They are allied with Oirat which Russia could check, Afghanistan one province, and Kashmir with two provinces. Is it time for the big war?
I order another 10k built as a reserve and sieging unit to grab things and clean them up, 2 artillery, 3 cavalry and 5 infantry
26 July – Event – Declining Power of the Nobility, they lose 10% influence
1 August – Offensive Idea #7 – Espirit de Corps – I get +5% discipline for finishing this group I can get a boost of 5% to my army recovery speed.
1 Sept - I lose my claim on the one province of Ajam and order it built back up again.
New Tech – ADMIN TECH 16 – Metallurgy – I can build the Manufactory called the Mill that doubles produced goods like Tropical Wood, Gems, and Paper. I get +2% boost to production
1 Jan – 1590- Our truce with Tunis, the Mamluks and Mahra has ended. Anything else in Arabia that I wanna grab? A few provinces away on the Persian Gulf are a Spice and two Gems. That would be two to connect the Fishers I have holdings on, and then those five total all in the Bahrain state. All of the internal ones next to them are low value and dev grain and livestock. And then Fish and Livestock on the Gulf after the Bahrain state. It would be an easy war to grab those five from the Mamluks though. None have a dev higher than 5 and that’s Qatar.
On the other hand, Transoxiana has two silk provinces next to me and one paper, two Spices on the Gulf one down from me, so if I am going to pay for the badboy for five provinces, let’s make them count, right? I shouldn’t have done my by 10 provinces earlier since I got 80 badboy from them, but that would be a be a longer harder war.
I order:
Mill in Mieneh for Paper which will give me a massive monthly boost of 1.34
Workshop for Saveh’s Grain
I hire a two star general and hand him my army growing currently at 5k forces
15 Jan – Event Harsh Life on the Ocean – I lose 1256 sailors at sea
1 Aug – I reup our Influence Nation on Basra
1 Sept - I am shocked that no one has declared war on or absorbed Iraq’s last holding. I order them to be influenced.
2 Oct – I send Iraq a gift
3 Nov – I claim Isfahan and pull back this diplomat and send it to make nice with Iraq.
30 Nov - The Commonwealth announced us as a rival.
Abe Sargent
12-10-2022, 01:25 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 62 - The First Theodoro-Transoxiana War
1 Jan, 1591 – I order:
Mill in Semnan for Gems that increases by 0.57
Workshop for Ahvaz’s Sugar; Fish in Astara
2 April – All of my armies are in their places and built up.
Ready for the war we’ve been building for a for a while? I hope to finish it by the 150 Year Review in Nov 11, 1594.
I declare war for Transoxiana’s Paper holding of Yazd. I call in Georgia, Russia, but not Basra.
I order my 10k army into the Silk province of Shushtar, my 30k army from Ahvaz into the 14k army defenders of Yasuj and then my 30k from Arzabad into Qumis to face a 1k army just built here and then take the fun stuff. My goal is to take minor holdings with the 10k one, and then protect it with the Persian Gulf 30k army.
24 April – We rout the army in Yusuj
30 April – We take Shushtar
20 May – Qumis falls; I head to the Fort of Bojord next door
29 May – I begin the siege and order a barrage
6 June – Two more minors fall
11 July – the Silk province of Fasa falls to us
15 Aug – One minor and the adjacent Silk province of Dashtishten are ours
16 Aug – Bojord falls. I order to Golestan,a tea province on the Caspian Sea I have a claim on and it in a state I already made
25 Aug – Another minor falls
13 Sept – Russia has captured some Oirat holdings.
16 Sept – the Spice Siraf falls, Golestan too
26 Sept -The Spices of Darab fall
I order this army to the Fort of Zaranj
23 Oct – Two more minors fall
30 Oct – I rout an army in Karakum
1 Nov – I lose my claim on Azov
I order my Caspian Sea army to the fort of Bukhara
22 Nov- The Siege of Zaranj has begun and I order a military barrage
7 Dec – A 3k force of foes has slipped around and are trying to take Karbala from me, I order my 10k army back to face them.
10 Dec – the Siege of Bukhara begins
15 Dec – Zaranj falls
8 Jan, 1592 – They capture Karbala
15 Jan – Another minor falls
28 Feb – We defeat the army in Karbala
19 Mar- Yazd is ours
21 Mar – We retake Karbala and i order this army back home
I have a warscore of 18
10 April – The Tsar of Russia dies and I send a RM to his heir
15 April – The Siege of Bukhara ends and we took it
I order this army next door to Samarkhand
3 May – The Siege of Samarkhand begins
6 May - Two more minors are mine
7 May – Georgia has captured the capital and only holding of Afghanistan.
Now I have a warscore of 29
13 May – I begin the Siege of Ghor
Russia has captured two holdings near the Caspian Sea
1 July – Samarkhand is ours! I order to the Bastion next door in Kish
8 July – Two more minors fall
14 July – The Siege of Kish begins
11 Aug – Apparently Russia are at war with Delhi
1 Sept- relations with Iraq Max and I pull the diplomat
I begin to make nice with Delhi, they have a 47 friendly rating with me already as they are rivals to two of my rivals, Transoxiana and Gujerat.
20 Oct – The Russians win the siege of Nogay on their border with Transoxiana on the northern coast of the Caspian Sea
13 Nov – We capture Ghor!
I have a 43 warscore
What do I really want?
Yazd – Paper, target 4 warscore
Shushtar – Silk, 4 score
Dashtisian, Persian Gulf, Silk, next to me, 5 warscore
Siraf, next, Spices, 4 score
Bandar, Spices, next to Siraf, Persian Gulf, 5 warscore
22 score total and that is doable with a badboy of 37. What else could I grab?
Golestan, Tea, Caspian Sea, 5 score, I gain 44 badboy, again doable
How about:
Larestan, Iron Mining, inland and in state of the Silk and two Spices we have listed above, badboy of 50,
Brings total to 31 warscore
Now what else could I get?
War Reparations is 41.
Ready?
https://i.ibb.co/3BDVjtV/20221129231841-1.jpg
Here, as you can see, they are the highlighted in green ones.
That’s a nice amount of awesomeness. I order Cores
I order my armies to return
Yazd – Paper makers, Marketplace, Center of Trade, Emporium, in the center of that map, in Isfahan state, Mountains, 8 dev, the accepted Persian culture, Zoroastrian faith, they make 0.38.
Golestan – Caspian Sea, Tea, in the same state as four other Caspian Sea takings, Drylands, 8 dev, Shia, Mazandarani culture, 0.02 made here.
Shushtar- Solo green on the left, - Silk trade, Grasslands, 5 dev, Persian, Sunni, 0.14 made here
Dashtistan – Persian Gulf, next to Avrah, Silk makers, workshop, church, regimental camp, Drylands, 7 dev, Persian and Sunni, making us 0.31
Siraf – Next to Dashtistan on the Gulf, Spices natural harbor, workshop, marketplace, Mountainous, 5 dev, 0.06 made here
Bandar Langeh – Next to Siraf, Gulf, Spices, 6 dev, Drylands, shipyard and church, Persian, Sunni, 0.18 made here
Larestan – Inland, mountains, iron mining, church, 6 dev, makes 0.04, Sunni and Persian.
I took all of my claims, so Ii order up more from Transoxiana
Abe Sargent
12-10-2022, 02:47 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 63 - Midas Touched
1 Jan, 1593 – I claim Ajam’s Hamadan and pull it back
I order:
Textile Manufactory in Khoy for Wool
Textile Manufactory in Ardalan for Cloth
Workshop for Tyn’s Livestock; for Dagestan’s Fish
Church for Wasit
21 Jan – I accept military access for Tunis in their war against Genoa
1 Feb – Our heir has gained the Midas Touched trait
11 July – I influence Delhi
27 July – I decline an offer from Venice for military access as they are at war against neighbors of mine.
20 Aug – I do accept it from Yemen in that war
1 Jan, 1594 – I order:
Textile Manufactory for Kirmenshah’s Cloth
Workshop for Spices in Shatt
19 Jan – Event -Build a Great Palace? I do!
1 Aug – With a relations of 128, I Max relations with Delhi and pull my diplomat and send it to Spain to make nice
19 Sept – I claim Transoxiana’s Silk province.
11 Nov, 1594 – 150 Year Review!!!!!!
Abe Sargent
12-10-2022, 04:07 PM
Maps
Zoomed in -
https://i.ibb.co/p113cvQ/20221129235518-1.jpg
Here you can see all of my stuff, like my many recent captures including Baghdad, Basra, and the ones I just grabbed around the Persian Gulf area.
Zoomed Out:
https://i.ibb.co/pXWx882/20221129235728-1.jpg
Here I have zoomed out for everything that I know about, the Ottomans are everywhere. They are the big winners of this dynasty
Abe Sargent
12-10-2022, 08:01 PM
Ledger
We have 71 troops out of a forcelimit of 68.
We haven’t invested in the navy like I had hoped, and only have 16 ships out of a forcelimit of 24
I am making:
27.66 Tax
52.60 Production
18.63 Trade
Monthly
With 57.98 expenses, so I have 46.80 after (including war reparations)
Tech – 16/15/14 so a total of 45
Ideas – All 28
Our income is 7th best
Our development at 578 is 8th best
We are 3 behind the most techs
We have the most prestige and 2nd most power projection
There are 4 Orthodox countries but between Russia and us a massive 301 holdings; Catholics are the only Christian with more
Our Top Ten Holdings by Tax:
1. Teheren, 13.30
2. Crimea, 13.30
3. Tyn, 10.75
4. Tabriz, 10.24
5. Theodoro, 9.5
6. Qom, 9.5
7. Terek, 9.5
8. Besserabia, 9.5
9. Rasht, 9.42
10. Baghdad, 8.5
Our Top Ten Holdings by Production
1. Teheren, 28.89
2. Tabriz, 24.43
3. Crimea, 23.80
4. Qazvin, 23.64
5. Sari, 22.27
6. Lahijan, 22.27
7. Zanjan, 22.20
8. Ardabil, 22.20
9. Rasht, 20.07
10. Amol, 20.07
We have 67 provinces
Our army is the 12th largest.
Russia now has built up to 160k just 6k less than the Ottomans
Faith:
83.5% Orthodox
5.9% Shia
7.4% Sunni
Cultures of More Than 5%
Dagestani, 7.7
Gothic, 6.8
Mashriqi, 13.9
Persian, 10.6
Azerbaijani, 15.4
Mazandarani, 8.4
Crimean, 14.7
Romanian, 6.9
Top Ten Trade Nodes by Trade Value
1. Constantinople, 72.39
2. Sevilla
3. English Channel
4. Genoa
5. Venice
6. Caribbean
7. Gujarat
8. Lubeck
9. Wien
10. Champagne, 36.12
Crimea – 23.71 Total
Basra – 11.47 Total
Trade Good Current Price:
5.4 - Cocoa
5.25 – Paper
4.5 – Tobacco, Coffee, Spices,Copper
4.0 – Dyes, Silk, Ivory
3.75 – Sugar
3.60 – Cloth
3.5 – Fur
3.30 – Salt
3.0 – Gems, Glass, Cotton, Tea, Slaves, Chinaware, Iron
2.5 – Livestock, Wine
2.12 – Incense
2.0 – Wool, Fish, Grain, Naval Supplies, Tropical Wood
Great Powers
1. Spain
2. Ottomans
3. Great Britain
4. Portugal
5. France
6. Commonwealth
7. Russia
8. Theodoro
Abe Sargent
12-10-2022, 10:17 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 65 - Incorporating Transoxiana, Part One
12 Nov – Genoa is now in Pisa, 6 holdings in North Africa, and are still allied with France and the Italy gobbling Venice, so I am unlikely to get Azov any time soon, but I’ll begin fabricating a new claim here anyway.
24 Dec -Yazd and Shushtar are cores! Conversion ordered for Shushtar, but not Yazd, I want to keep my rare Zoroastrian holding. I am now making 0.80 from Yazd post core and with a state and accepted Culture.1
1 Jan, 1595 - I order
Mill for Yazd’s Paper
Trade Station for Isfahan’s Incense
I spend MIL tech to update Yazd 10 dev and can build a Workshop when the Mill is finishing in5 years
21 Mar – All of my other cores save for Golestan are done, I upgrade the Gulf Coast to a State order Missionaries to Dashtistan and Siraf
20 July – Event -Family Secret – our heir has been acting poorly in public. Keep it a secret and he loses legitimacy or scold him public and I lose prestige, I do the latter.
18 Aug – Golestan is now a core!
1 Nov – Almost every Mamluks holding is under Venetian control in their war.
26 Nov -Shushtar converts and next is Larestan.
1 Jan, 1596 -New Tech - MILITARY TECH 15 – Maurician Infantry – I get better infantry, +0.25 tactics, and land morale +1. I order my army upgraded.
I order:
Textile Manufactory for Shustar’s Silk
I’ll save the rest for two next year
21 Feb – Sarif converts, next is Bandar Langeh
3 March – Dashtittan converts, next is Golestan
19 April – Event - I lose 50 ADM power
21 Oct – Larestan converts! That’s our last one!
Abe Sargent
12-11-2022, 07:50 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 66 - Converting Baghdad
1 Jan, 1597 – I order:
Textile Manufactory for Maragheh’s Wool
Farm Estate for Melikates’s Livestock
29 Jan – Bandar Langeh is now Orthodox!
31 May – Golestan converts and we are all cored, and converted, save for Yazd.
1 June – I claim Azov from Genoa and the adjacent Spice province of Darab from Transoxiana
1 July – Shatt’s conversion to Shia is done and I send a Missionary here
1 Dec - Baghdad’s conversion to Shia is finished, and I order a Missionary here as well
1 Jan, 1598 – I order:
Trade Station for Bandar Langeh’s Spices
Weapons Manufactory for Larenstan’s Iron
1 Feb -New tech – DIP TECH 16 – Development of Maritime Law - I get boosted trade range and +2% efficiency
1 Mar- I now have a landlimit raise with my new stuff, so I order 4k troops to bring my 11k force up to 15.
15 May – Event – Cossack Aggression -I lose a taxbase in Mansur
28 June – Shatt converts! With an accepted culture and faith, they are now making 1.26 monthly, I use MIL and ADM power to raise them to level 10 for more development.
21 Oct – Our general of the army in Baghdad dies and I hire another one
1 Jan, 1599 - I order:
Trade Station in Siraf for it’s Spices
Textile Manufactory in Dashtitian for it’s Silk
14 Feb – I order my 4k new troops to merge with my 11k in Yazd
27 March – Baghdad converts! It’s now making 2.01 but that’s with a manufactory.
Venice won their war against the Mamluks and took a few provinces
12 Aug – Event – Clergy Political Struggle – I can side with a young promising candidate for a leadership or stay out of it. I choose the latter and gain influence and power with them.
Abe Sargent
12-11-2022, 12:15 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 67 - Converting Basra
1 Jan, 1600 – The new Institution of Global Trade has arrived, and the Age of Reformation is ending in 10 years, and we got the boosts to warscore if you’ll recall from that, so that’ll be sad to say goodbye too.
I order:
Textile Manufactory for Ilam’s Wool
Workshop for Semnan’s Gems; Ahvaz’s Sugar; Ardalan’s Cloth
1 Feb – New Tech – ADMIN TECH 17 – University – I can build Universities and I get +10% admin efficiency, -10% dev cost modifier in my holdings
1 March – Our conversation on Basra has now happened so far that I can convert it. So I send in a Missonary
1 May – 9k Yazd Separatists rise up
13 May – Defeated
1 Sept – I reup the Great Power Influence Nation for Basra
1 Oct – Ditto for Iraq
1 Nov – New Tech – MIL TECH 16 – Standardization of Calibre – We get better combat width, artillery fire, shock, and I can build training fields and upgrade my artillery which I do now.
1 Jan, 1601 – I order
Plantation for Golestan’s Tea
Workshop for Yazd’s Paper, Kirmanshah’s Cloth
3 March – Basra converts! I now make 0.74 in it’s Salt but it does not have a Manufactory if you’ll recall
1 May – I lose my claim on Iraq.
1 Dec - I claim Transoxiana’s Persian Gold Spice holding of Mogostan which is next to Bandar Langeh
Abe Sargent
12-11-2022, 02:36 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 68 - Contemplating War
1 Jan, 1602 – Our truce with Nogai is up.
I get a message that my Great Power-hood is in danger of being lost.
I order:
Textile Manufactory for Wool in Sulmainiyeh
Workshop for Arkadan’s Incense; Shushtar’s Wool
1 Feb – My truce with Transoxiana and their allies like Afghanistan and Kashmir is up. I could go to war to keep my Great Power-ness. I still have my anti-Theodoro coalition from the last war – Timurids, Ajam, Isfahan, Mamluks which I don’t care about but the Ottomans I do care about. I have a badboy of 33 right now with the Ottomans. But they are busy with a war against Venice, so I might be able to grab some stuff.
I order 5k more troops in Yazd to bring them to 20k overall
1 June – Event – The Non-Possessor Movement – I choose to support the church and gain authority and loyalty.
1 July – Here are my potential wars for getting more land and stuff for keeping my Great Power:
1. Transoxiana - The obvious. I took 7 holdings last time, grab another wealthy group to keep up appearances.
2. The Mamluks – They are beaten down by three straight losses, I could grab those five provinces next to me, two fish,two gems, one spices, keep the warscore low and hopefully not too many badboys from those.
3. Isfahan and it’s Ally Ajam – These each have one holding next to it, cloth and paper. Just two, but taking out two entire nations might in a single war might give me more badboy that just a few from the first two options.
Targets for Transoxiana might include the Copper mines next to Yazd, the three I have claims on, and maybe the higher dev 15 Wine trading post of Shiraz, but that’s a bit high for badboy with that development.
1 Dec – My King has gained the Strict trait which gives us +5% discipline
1 Jan, 1603 – I have lost my claim on Jedysah in the Black Sea Commonwealth holding.
I order:
Farm Estate for Livestock in Qazaniya
Workshops in Urmia’s Wine; Azaraba’s and Kuban’s Livestock;
7 Feb – My armies have finished building giving me 20k in Yazd, and I finish a Mission to Assemble a Great Army and I get for 25 years +10% boosted manpower recovery speed.
I move this army from Yazd to Ahvaz to siege things and capture minors and my 30k Baghdad army to Ardakan
1 May – I lose my claim on the Timurids and I order it rebuilt
19 July – All of my people are in place! But Transoxiana is part of the coalition against my badboy, so I think that they would all join me, and that includes the Turks. That also includes Isfahan, Ajam, and Timurids, all near me that I could war on, and The Mamluks.
I could declare war on The Commonwealth, but they are allied with heavies Austria and Spain, and have 104k troops and that would be a problem, but the Muslim aren’t going to care about me beating fellow Christian leagues away, just like I don’t have any badboy from my Middle Eastern wars showing up in my relations with Europe.
All seven of the adjunct holdings are poor and have Livestock, Wool, or Grain.
What about Genoa’s Azov? Their key ally Venice is losing a major battle right now with the Ottomans. Could I grab it? But I’d to be able to land multiple fleets in Italy, and I don’t have the naval infrastructure for that. They have just 26k forces and then if Venice joins them they have just 18k right now in the middle of their war with the Ottomans. If I got military access with a local, I could land one 30k army next to Genoa in Italy and then war for Azov, and the take it and start blasting their force from the land. They are also allied with The Papal states, down to just Roma, and Tuscany’s Siena is next to both. I probably wouldn’t get much badboy for just Azov.
That’s a lot of work for one 13 dev Slave trading holding.
Let’s see if I get make nice with Tuscany first and get military access.
I move to influence their nation.
21 Aug – I send Tuscany a gift
They are rivals to Genoa so they like us more than most.
22 Sept – I start making nice with Tuscany.
1 Jan, 1604 – I order:
Farm Estate for Grain in Khorrambad
Workshop in Bander Langeh for Spices; Khundzia for Livestock; Maragheh for Wool
Church in Ahvaz
16 July – Event – Cooperation with the Merchant Class, I get boosted loyalty with the burghers, +5% trade efficiency, for 10 years
16 Aug - Venice is now at a truce with the Ottomans so that’s off the table to distract them.
20 Nov – Event- I choose to make nice and gain 50 relations with Syria
Abe Sargent
12-11-2022, 06:12 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 69 - The Second Theodoro-Mamluks War
14 Jan, 1605 – I order:
Farm Estate for Hoveyah’s Grain
Workshop for Ilam’s Wool, Khoy’s Wool,
1 Mar – I lose a claim on the Commonwealth
1 April – I claim the copper holding of Rafsanjan next to Yazd in Transoxiana, and the Island of Hormoz from the Timurids.
21 April – The Mamluks left the coalition
I give military access to Yemen fighting against the Ottomans
I move next to The Mamluks, I can grab the 5 that we talked about before, two gems, one spices and two fish to get us there, all low dev.
They are at war with the Ottomans and their allies right now.
1 Oct – I declare war on the Mamluks’ Grane next me they only have 2500 troops right now.
I don’t waste my allies favor
4 Nov – Grane is ours and I move next door to the Fort of Qatif
19 Nov - I begin the siege
17 Mar, 1606 – Qatif falls
I order my 30k to the Fort of Tabouk and my 20k to capture minors
1 April – We lose another claim on the Commonwealth
I claim the Timurids’ Abarquh
Tabouk fell to the Ottomans so I order more base captures
1 June – Qatar is ours
20 June – I defeat a minor Mamluks army
19 July – Two more minors falls
18 Aug - The Island of Awal is ours, and the five I was hoping to bring in are ours, and I have a warscore of 11. I need to keep it up. They have a total value of 16 and 22 badboy.
12 Sept – Two coasts on the Red sea are mine – 13 warscore
21 Nov – Three more minors have fallen, warscore 15
I order a 30k army to the Fort of Nizha
18 Dec – More minors fall, warscore 17, do they want peace?
https://i.ibb.co/9ctnnMr/20221130184829-1.jpg
Yes they will! Cores for all five! These are also low dev that they do net even require a 100 ADM power total to core, very rare. I order my armies back.
Grane – 3 dev, Church, Gulf, Desert Coastal province, Port, Bahrain state, Fishers, Arid, Kaleeji culture, Sunni faith, they made 0.01 here
Al-Qatif – 4 dev, Gulf, Coastal Desert, castle, church, natural harbor, fishers make us 0.02, Kaleeji culture, Sunni faith, Arid
Now the good stuff
Hofuf – Coastal Desert, Gulf, Spices, 4 Dev, Kaleeji Sunnis make 0.02, Arid
Qatar – Coastal Desert, Gems, Gulf, 5 dev, Sunni and Kaleeji, make us 0.02, Arid
Bahrain – Island, Gulf strait crossings to Qatar and Al-Qatif, Gems, Coastal Desert, nothing made here, Kaleeji Sunnis, 4 dev
Remember this was just 22 badboy, with three holdings that are going to have great trade goods.
Abe Sargent
12-12-2022, 12:24 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 70 - Great Nation No Longer
1 January, 1607 – With the cash that I have been saving over the war, I order:
Textile Manufactory for Kurbala’s Wool, that’s the last Manufactory that was open
Workshops for: Goleston’s Tea; Larestan’s Iron; Kabardia’s Wool; Wasit’s Grain – that’s it
Church for Mansur, Kashan
19 January – I order a new spy network built in Mamluks since we grabbed our two cores.
1 Feb – Sad News, we are no longer a Great Nation, replacing us is the Commonwealth
19 Feb – I’ll keep my 20k army in Hofuf
1 May, New Tech – MIL TECH 17 – Flintlock Musket – We get +1 cavalry shock
19 June – Russia won a ton of lands against Denmark in Scandinavia
21 Sept – Our general dies, I order another
1 Jan, 1608 – I order:
Churches in Bender, Tarki, Ardabil, Maragheh and Saveh
1 April – I Establish Sunday Schools and increase Missionary Strength by +2
Abe Sargent
12-12-2022, 06:07 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 71 - Incorporating Bahrain
1 Jan, 1610 – I fabricate a claim on Sudayr in the Mamluks
I order Churches in Khorramabad, Shustar, Goleston and Qazaniya – that’s it for churches we’re all done.
1 Feb – The Age of Absolutism is here and I lose my Age only abilities that we ran up.
I already have the boost for being a multicultural nation
30 Oct – We get conversions in Grane and Al-Qatif, next are Qatar but Bahrain recently converted and cannot be converted until October 1619
1 Jan, 1611 – Holuf converts!
I order:
Trade Station for Holuf’s Spices
Naval Equipment Manufactory for Grane’s Fish
1 Jan, 1609 – Rebellion in Qatar
11 Jan – Defeated
I order Churches in Ardalan, Shatt, Birlad, Kirmanshah, Iasi
28 Feb - Portugal announce us as rivals
1 March – I claim from the Mamluks Zufra, another Gulf coast next to Qatar
29 Mar – Peace with Mamluks and Ottomans and nasty stuff happened.
The Mamluks were forced to free Medina, Hormuz and Hejaz, Hormuz is next to me, and my claimed holding of Zufra, Syria captured provinces and their Arabian holdings are now cut off my Ottomans.
1 April - I claim the Desert province of Hafar in the Mamluks inland of me.
15 Aug – Event – The Risk of Trade – I choose to pay 250 cash to bail out a merchant and raise our burgher ratings
28 Sept – Two Cores are done. I order Missionaries to Al-Qatif and Grane.
20 Dec – The last three Cores are done, I order Bahrain turned into a State. Missionary ordered for Hofuf
1 Jan, 1610 – I fabricate a claim on Sudayr in the Mamluks
I order Churches in Khorramabad, Shustar, Goleston and Qazaniya – that’s it for churches we’re all done.
1 Feb – The Age of Absolutism is here and I lose my Age only abilities that we ran up.
I already have the boost for being a multicultural nation
30 Oct – We get conversions in Grane and Al-Qatif, next are Qatar but Bahrain recently converted and cannot be converted until October 1619
Abe Sargent
12-12-2022, 10:45 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 72 - The Russian-Nogai War
1 Jan, 1611 – Holuf converts!
I order:
Trade Station for Holuf’s Spices
Naval Equipment Manufactory for Grane’s Fish
1 July - I have 80k forces, and landlimit now of 87, so I ordr10k more built and to combine with my 20k army.
22 Aug – Russia has declared war against Nogai and asks us to join, and their ally Ajam joins. I agree
I order my 30k army from Yazd to my internal Ajam holding
13 Sept – Their 12k army fled their capital
15 Oct – I arrive in Ajam’s Hamadan and begin to siege it
19 Oct - They took Kirmanshah
18 Nov - Hamadan is mine
7 Dec – Qatar converts
9 Dec – I rout the Ajam army
18 Dec – I claim Transoxiana’s Paper province Kerman
7 Jan, 1612 – The Ottomans have left the coalition against us. That opens up Transoxiana
I claim the Mamluks holding of Hafar
12 Jan – Transoxiana leaves the coalition, and the Timurids as well
We retake our land rom Ajam, I cannot do peace as a junior partner with a junior partner. Our warscore is 71, so we might end this soon.
2 Feb – Event – Unhappiness Among the Clergy -I agree to their demands, lose prestige, gain authority and church loyalty
11 April – I fabricate a claim on Yabrin in the Mamluks.
12 May – Russia goes to peace with Nogai, they give me Hamadan for 6.3 badboy
Here I’ll show you:
https://i.ibb.co/X28XL7p/20221130230702-1.jpg
You can see the peace terms there, Ajam no longer exists. I ordered a core:
Hamadan – In the Luristan State, 7 dev, Mountains, cloth trade, Sunni, Luri, they make us 0.02 cash monthly.
My army is built up.
Russia annexed Nogai and they are no longer
Transoxiana has declared war on the Timurids
Abe Sargent
12-13-2022, 06:29 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 73 - The Golden Age Ends
2 June, 1613- Our Golden Age has ended
13 Sept – Our truce with the Mamluks and Tunis is up. But there is nothing close by that I want, on the other side is a Cloth and Salt province, but building over there would be way too much badboy and lower level stuff.
26 Sept – I accept an offer of Knowledge Sharing with Wurtburg
1 Jan, 1614 – I order a Mill in Qatar and Bahrain for their Gems
1 Sept – I fabricate a claim on Al’Arid in Mamluks, and I pull this and send it to Hormuz to build up a spy network.
20 Jan, 1615 – Hamadan Core is finished! I order a Missionary
It looks like I count as European for purchasing Trade Stations abroad
I start making nice with Vijayanagar in Southern India
14 April – Transoxiana has taken the last two Timurid holdings off the map
23 August – Government Reform
Tier 8 – Legitamation of Power
I have 5 options like Leviathan or Machiavelli. I choose Two Treatises of Government - +1 promoted culture, -.05 inflation,
I promote the 7% of my nation Mazandarani Culture to accepted
1 Dec – I lose my claim on Isfahan
22 Dec – Event – Improvement of Quality of Satin – I get 2 production in Shustar
Abe Sargent
12-13-2022, 08:00 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 74 - The Theodoran Age of Exploration Begins
1 Jan, 1616 – New tech – ADMIN TECH 18 – National Sovereignty – We get another Group of Ideas!
Options:
Exploration - With holdings in the Persian Gulf, I have a base for exploration in the Indian Ocean and explore and claims things, it’s a bit late in the colonial game to go up against the bigger powers, but I do see some open spaces in the Indies like on the Island of Sulawesi, Borneo, Sumatra and I can’t see much, and Spain is in island of Belitung, could probably head over to the area and grab things. That was my original intent if you’ll recall, but then things didn’t work out that way and I audibled into a military juggernaut instead. France is all over the West Coast of Africa, but I cannot see South or much of the Indian Ocean. And I have enough DIP power to get the first Idea now.
I could do another improvement of my military as well like Quantity. .
Let’s look and see what’s available colonially. I do have the money to burn on colonies, as you have seen. In case this is the action I do, I start building a navy in the Persian Gulf since I do not know of the ocean crossing at this time.
I order 9 ships in the Gulf to be built up. 3 of each type.
Even if there is nothing out there, I could still use a Persian Gulf Fleet to help protect my borders.
13 February – Hamadad converts! I order here a Textile Manufactory for it’s Cloth
1 April - I claim Hormuz’s Qawsim which is the entrance to the Persian gulf and has a strait to Hormuz
I pull my diplomat. I also pull my Transoxiana one
14 May – I start building up my spy network in Isfahan
18 Nov – Our King has died:
Our new King is Alexios IV, 3/5/3, 38 years old, not married, no heir, Midas touched ability.
I offer RM to Georgia and we get a new Queen. Nestan-Darajan, 1/5/2, 30 years old
We also renew our vows with Russia.
1 Jan, 1617 – About half of my fleet is built here. I order 10 transports here as well
I can take a 10k army with a Conquistador to hold the serve against natives.
I order:
Workshop in Qazinya for it’s Cotton, Karbala for it’s Wool
Church in Hoveyah
1 July – I have maxed relations with Vijayanagar with 110 relations, but they are at war so I cannot try to buy a Trade Station from them. I recall my diplomat
1 Sept – I send this diplomat south to make nice with Kilwa in southern Africa to maybe buy a trading post
1 Oct – I claim Isfahan and pull this diplomat
Abe Sargent
12-14-2022, 10:32 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 75 - A New Heir
1 Jan, 1518 – I send this diplomat to make nice with the Indies nation of Sunda.
Much of my navy that aren’t transports are done
I order: Church in Qazinya, Workshop in Holuf for it’s Spices.
1 Nov – New Tech could be gotten for Diplomatic, but I’ll save it for Ideas in Exploration.
22 Dec – We get a new heir – 4/5/3, Michael
1 Jan, 1519 – The navy and transports are all built! I take the Exploration Idea, and hire an Explorer for my Gulf fleet a Conquistador for my 10k army in Al-Qatif. I should get the 2nd Idea soon.
26 Jan – I order them to explore the West Indian Ocean
20 May – I embrace the Institution of Global Trade! We get a new merchant that I send to Hormuz to collect trade
1 Sept – Event -Land Theft, I side with the Nobility and lose Clergy approval
I have maxed relations with Kilwa at 90, so I pull this diplomat back
Kilwa are willing to sell me land for a Trading Post, but the price for a nice one like Mozambique cheapest is 6,777, and I don’t have the cash for that
1 Oct – I lose my claim on Fasa in Transoxiana
29 Oct – The leader of Trebizond dies, and I offer a new RM.
Abe Sargent
12-14-2022, 07:52 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 76 - Theodoro's First Trading Post
1 Jan, 1520 – I have maxed my relations with Sunda in the Indies with a +90, and I order diplomats to make nice with the Sri Lanka holding called Kotte. They seem to need less for Trade Depots, and they are at peace
12 Mar – Event – An Example to us All – I get a boosts to our three powers
1 Dec – The Commonwealth no longer consider us a rival.
1 Jan, 1521 – New Tech – MIL TECH 18 – Carbine – I get better cannon, maneuver value, and combat width. I order upgrades
4 Feb – Transoxiana are at war with Syria, Isfahan and Hormuz, that’ not going to go well for my future additions.
27 Sept – Our exploration mission is done! Next the Western Indian Ocean Coast
1 Oct – We agree to purchase the coastal province on the island of Ceylon from Kotte called Trincomale for 1395 as a Trading Post
Here let’s look:
https://i.ibb.co/FJ4DRFK/20221201172642-1.jpg
Trincomale – 5 dev, Jungle, natural harbor, Spices, next to our buddies in Vijayanagar, it makes 0.54 monthly, has a shipyard and marketplace, and I destroy the shipyard to build a Trade Station to double my Spice production.
This can also be used as an exploration hub, but it’s not a cored state province.
1 Dec – I get the Exploration Idea #2 - Colonists I send them to Borneo;s Katapang.
Abe Sargent
12-14-2022, 11:09 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 77 - Colonizing Katapang
1 Jan, 1622 – I order a Spy Network in the Commonwealth
My badboy seems to have mostly ebbed.
1 June – I lose my claim on Azov and order another spy network in Genoa
1 Aug – My next exploration mission is done, Spain is in South Africa.
Next I order my army to Katapang to protect against the local natives, then the coast of the Eastern Indian Ocean
19 Feb, 1623 – We arrive at Katapang
17 Mar – I move my armies around to get ready for War in Transoxiana
1 May – I claim the Commonwealth’s Black Sea holding Jedysan
30 May – We finished exploring. Next is South China Sea
1 July – I kill the natives in Katapang after our colony begins
Abe Sargent
12-15-2022, 11:56 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 78 - The Second Theodoro-Transoxiana War
4 Nov, 1623 – I have 30k in the Caspian Sea, 30k on the Persian Gulf, and 30k backup broken into two units
I declare war for their Mogostan, Spices, Gulf, strait to Hormuz, good while they are at war
I call on Georgia and Russia but not Basra
Only Kashmir Multan join them
8 Dec – Qumis falls and I order my army to the Fort of Bojnord
18 Dec – Three more minors fall
24 Dec – We win the Battle of Bam against a minor army
27 Jan, 1624 – Bam is ours and I move my army to the Fort of Zaranj
28 Feb –More minors fall
5 April – 3 more are ours
18 May – Transoxiana took Isfahan, Hormuz’s Qawasim,
12 June – two more minors fall
I order my main backup army to Isfahan to begin a siege
28 July – We captured the Fort of Zaranj
I order this army 2 over to the Fort of Ghor
26 Aug – Bojnord siege is over
I order this army to join Georgia in the siege of Bukhara
16 Sept – Two more minors fall
21 Oct – two more
I now have a warscore of26%
25 Nov- two more
Russia captured the Fort of Nogay
27 Dec – two more fall
5 Jan, 1625 – Rebellion in the Transoxiana holding of Shiraz that we captured are besieging it, and are 28k strong, i pull back from Isfahan to meet them
12 Jan – Exploration mission done, next is South China Sea Coast.
27 Jan -Bukhara falls!
I order two over to the Fort of Kish
10 Feb - Rebels ended, I order my army back to Isfahan
18 Feb – A 19k Transoxiana force has arrived at Mogostan my captured wartarget so I order my army back to there from Shiraz
I order some Missionaries to Larestan next door to help out
25 Feb - They unloads another 6k in Mogostan
8 Mar – My mercs arrive I’ll wait here until they have built up
16 Mar – Mogostan falls
They have an army of 25k moving towards me, so 50k total
Luckily my mercs are 45k plus my 27k in my army
28 Mar – two more minors fall
I have a 37% warscore, without captured Isfahan, what can I get?
Here’s what I want:
Kerman, paper, next to Yazd, 6 warscore
Mogostan, Spices, 8 warscore
Rafsanjan, Copper Mines, next to Kerman and Yazd, 6 warscore
Darab, Spices, connects Rafsanjan to my holdings on the Gulf, 6 warscore
Fasa, Silk, next to Darab and us, 5 warscore
Those were my key 5 and give me 35 warscore, out of 37, which they’ll do.
40 bad boy
I do it.
https://i.ibb.co/vHbx9b5/20221201184247-1.jpg
I order cores
In that order:
Kerman – 7 dev, desert, paper makers, Persian culture which is accepted, Sunni faith, they make 0.06
Mogostan – Persian Gulf, strait to Hormuz, drylands, spices, Khalleeji culture, Shia faith, natural harbor, 10- dev, and we get 0.07
Rafsanjan – Copper mining and weapons manufactory here, Mountains, 5 dev, Persian, Sunni, 0.40 made here.
Darab – Mountains, Spices, 5 dev, Trade Station manufactory, workshop, 0.38 made here, Persian and Sunni.
Fasa – Silk trade, church and workshop, 13 dev, mountains, Persian and Sunni
Nice additions, right?
I disband my mercs and order my troops back home
Abe Sargent
12-15-2022, 07:15 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 79 - Free Thinker
1 April, 1625 – Transoxiana is no longer a valid rival, so I choose Bengal
I order:
Workshops for Gems in Qatar and Bahrain; Cloth for Hamadan
Church in Holuf
The Ottomans are at war with the Mamluks again
1 May – I claim Azov from Genoa and pull back our diplomat
I fabricate a claim on The Commonwealth’s Black Sea holding next to us Oczakow.
1 Nov – I found an Indian Trade Company and then gain +1 Merchant and +5% Global Trade Power. I send this merchant to collect trade from Malacca
28 Dec – I order my diplomat to make nice with the Borneo nation of Lanfang which is next to my colony.
22 Feb, 1626 – Event – Foreign Trade Competition Rises – I choose to impose a new tariff, gain burgher loyalty and mercantilism.
1 May - Explorer Mission Over! Spain is in Australia, and a few isles like Belitung and Portugal is in the Timor region, England is in Sunda, Buru and the Flores and Sumbawa area. A local one nation power named Ternate has embraced colonialism and they are all over. There is a random island open called Aru, and I can see openings on part of Papua. And parts of the Philippines as well it looks like.
Next is the East China Sea Water
1 Oct – Exploration Idea #3 – Overseas Exploration - +50% Colonial Range
1 Nov – Our ruler is now a Free Thinker, this will reduce by -5% Idea costs
Abe Sargent
12-15-2022, 09:04 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 80 - Incorporating Transoxiana, Part Two
22 Jan, 1627 - One of my generals passed today, and I hire another
1 Feb – I claim The Commonwealth’s adjacent holding Zaporoze in the Black Sea region.
Russia is at war with the Oirat Horde and their four allies.
Unfortunately the Commonwealth is allied with Austria and Spain, and the nearby stuff is all low Dev and low trade goods like what we started with and the early acquisitions. So I’d have to war with three powers, get a longer war, and then take a bunch of low value stuff to which will increase my badboy.
I have 100k forces, 10k in the Indies if you’ll recall, and they have 113k, so they are more than me and all here on their own, and Austria has 30k nearby and Spain a massive 185k although much of that is likely split up, and Russia has 116k and Georgia 33k. That means we have 249k to their much higher, so that would likely be a war of opportunity only, attack fast when they are deep in a war, and then a small warscore against three nations of 12 or 13 and take my three nearby Black Sea claims with a total Dev of 12 and move on. Although I do like the idea of having a land connection from Crimea to Moldavia, but that’s a lot for very little
My current forcelimit is 91 so I am 9 over that
5 Mar – Event - Colonial Ventures – I invest in the navy. I get +10% shipbuilding cost, but -10% Diptech cost – for ten years
1 April – Kerman and Rafsanjan are now cores – they are in a state called Kerman, and I state-ify it. I order missionaries in both holdings.
Katapang will be good for Ivory
I pull this colonist and send it next door in Sampit and I order my forces to move and take out the local.
19 April – Natives are killed.
1 July – Fasa and Darab are now cores! They are in a state called Faristan and I state-ify it as well, and then send a Missionary to Fasa
1 Oct – The Ottomans have taken two holdings on the Persian Gulf from Hormuz – Zufra and Bani Yas
1 Nov - I max relations with Lanfang, next is Kutai which is next to Sampit
30 Dec – Mogostan is now a core, and I turn it into a state.
29 Jan, 1628 – Rafsanjan is converted! Next is Darab
6 Feb – Kerman converts, next is Mogostan
21 Feb - Event – Rising Support Among the Azerbaijani – I choose to elevate a popular ruler to my court and gain -2 unrest in Azerbaijani holdings and +10% production from them for ten years
2 Mar – I pull my diplomat from The Commonwealth and send it to Transoxiana.
Oman has expanded into three more holdings from Hormuz from their one holding they had, and Hormuz is out of the game.
1 May – I dissolve my alliance with the one province Basra.
27 May - Fasa converts, next is Bahrain, who is now eligible
1 Sept – New Tech – ADMIN TECH 19 – Cathedral – I can now build Basilicas which are an upgrade of Churches. Here’s let’s do a deep dive:
Cost- 285 – can be built first without building a church first:
In my capital with a small dev and just Wine, this would increase what I make by 0.08 monthly.
Crimea? 0.11
Baghdad? 0.08
Tabriz – one of my highest dev – 0.11
As you can see, it’s not this big wave of cash. Shoot, in a small dev nation like Circassia with 7 dev, this is just 0.03. So we’ll only be doing ones where this makes actual sense.
Basilicas for:
Tabriz, Crimea, Teheran, Qatar from scratch, Wasit, Tyn and Rasht
And that‘s everything with a +0.10 monthly or higher.
10 Oct – Event- Dubious Spending Practices – One of my rulers have been illegally diverting funds to Shirvan to build up the infrastructure like churches and roads. What do I do? I turn a blind eye, for 20 years Shirvan gets +25% production, -2% unrest, it also gets 2 taxbase and +10 clergy boosts, but +2 corruption. I am now making 2.97 monthly from it.
27 Nov -Darab converts there are no more targets
Abe Sargent
12-16-2022, 12:20 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 81 - The Horn of Africa
1 Jan, 1629 – I order:
Textile Manufactory for the Silk in Fasa
Workshop in Kerman with the Copper and Weapons Manufactory already here.
Mill in Kerman for doubling it’s Paper making
1 Mar – Our relations with Kutai have maxed, next is to build up a spy network in Basra
14 Mar- Mogostan converts!
1 June – Event -Georgios Yattar and his Family – A Yazd man and his family have developed rich ties with Lanfang and us and I choose to follow his policy and +10% trading in Malacca for 10 years.
2 July – Bahrain has converted!
The Ottomans have taken much of Arabia from the Mamluks in peace, as well as the western coast of the Red Sea.
27 Aug – Famine hits the North Lanka area.
1 Nov – Expansion Idea #4 – Land of Opportunity - +10 global settler increase
1 Jan, 1630 – I order Universities, which are free for size and reduce dev cost by -20% in Theodoro, Shirvan, Baghdad, Basra, Crimea. If you’ll recall we are in the Age of Absolutism and one of their goals is to get 5 Universities
My badboy with most nations isn’t that bad – Ottomans - -4, Syria - -2, Sindhi, -7, Oman, -12, Yemen - -4, the only one with a high one is Mamluks - -29 but they aren’t a threat, so I am fine to move on to my next war.
20 Jan – Exploration mission of the Sea was done, next is the coast.
24 Feb – Event – Excellent year, I choose to invest in Kyzyl- Yar and it’s taxbase increases by 2
I order an Estates there with a +.10 being made there now with that boost
1 May – I lost my claim on Hormuz
1 June – Another general dies, I replace him
27 June – The UK has declared war on Kutai and Lanfang next to us in Borneo, Portugal is joining them
The major issue here colonially is that Spain, Portugal, and the UK are all allies, so you cannot ally with one and then break the tie.
6 Sept- I buy a minor Trading Post on the Horn of Africa for 1070
Here let me show you the mechanic:
https://i.ibb.co/wwYcYq0/20221202081332-1.jpg
See how it pulls up the options for Posts from that nation, then you click on it, it highlights on the map and then you have a slider? That’s what happens here, and we agreed to just 1070 but you’ll why I got it pretty cheaply in a moment, but also why I wanted it.
Qardho – 3 dev, Incense, port, next to Mamluks in Hafun above us, Somali Culture, Sunni faith, 85% autonomy, I make just 0.02 here, Arid, Coastal Desert, and then I order a Trading Post here.
It’s really here for a military outpost that also happens to have a solid trade good, than anything else
Abe Sargent
12-16-2022, 04:18 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 82 - Katapang Finished
1 Jan, 1631 – I claim Basra’s Samawat
I can declare war on them starting June, 1633, they are allied with Iraq and Yas, all three one province Sunnis.
1 April – I lose my claim on Abarquah which used to be Timurids before being annexed by Transoxiana
1 Sept - I start building up a spy network for claims for Mamluks.
31 Oct- I can purchase my first Age of Absolutism ability and I grab +5% Admin Efficiency
1 Nov – Next Tech – I grab MIL TECH 19 – Gustiavian Infantry – I can upgrade my Bastions to Star Forts, I get +0.25 military tactics and better infantry. I order updates of my infantry.
12 Nov – Event – Minority faiths fleeing to Katapang – I can choose to turn Katapang colony Coptic and give it +400 colonists, I do so.
Katapang – 6 dev, Jungle, Borneo island, Ivory trade, Coptic, Gothic, makes 0.15 with 50% autonomy.
I pull my colonists next door for Aru? Taken by GB, Fak-Fak over on Papua, I order my army over there too. Spain has taken two open areas in the Philippines.
23 Nov – Exploration mission done! Next is South West Pacific Sea.
1 Mar, 1632 – I declare a claim for Transoxiana’s island of Hormuz
13 Mar – I have killed the natives in Fak-Fak
1 May – Our explorer dies and I hire another one
1 June – Sampit will be making tropical wood, that’s a miss
1 Dec – I order a trade station in Katapang for it’s ivory trade
1 Mar, 1633- Exploration Idea #5 – Viceroys – We get -20% envoy travel time and +10% tariffs
Abe Sargent
12-16-2022, 07:27 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 83 - The War for Samawat
1 June, 1633 – Our treaty with Basra ends. I have 30k armies in Qatar for Yas, Baghdad for Iraq and Shatt for Basra
I declare war on Basra for Samawat, and move my three 30k armies in.
21 June – I have routed both Iraqi and Basran armies
2 July – I have routed the Yas army, all three sieges have begun.
15 Aug – We set up our colony in Fak-Fak, I pull the colonists to head next door to Asmat and I send my troops there too.
20 Aug – Haditha and Liwa are ours, only Samawat remains
22 Aug - I decline a peace treaty from Yas
19 Sept - Natives in Asmat are killed
1 Oct – Our peace treaty with Transoxiana and their allies of Multan and Kashmir are up.
11 Oct - Samawat is ours!
I have a 100% warscore and I go to get ready and…
I don’t want Iraq, so I am letting them go
That leaves Yas and Basra
Samawat – 12 badboy
I like Yas’s holding of Liwa but I cannot take it because I am not next to it. Vassalizing it is 8 badboy. My war with Transoxiana will hopefully let me get next by taking Qawasim in Arabia, and then I could annex them in the future. Is it worth the 8 badboy now on that hope later?
https://i.ibb.co/g97jKjn/20221207063913-1.jpg
Let’s do it.
Samawat – I order a core here, Marsh, 13 dev, Spice trade, Sunni faith, Mashriqi culture which is accepted, Church, Bastion, Trade Station, 0.75 monthly made here already, this is going to be a cash cow
I also finished a Mission to get two subjects, and then I get reduced dip cost for annexation for 25 years.
I move my forces to prepare for war against Transoxiana.
Abe Sargent
12-17-2022, 08:09 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 84 - Arrival in the Philippines
1 Nov, 1633 – I order a Trade Station in Mogestan
1 Jan, 1634 – Our heir gained the cruel trait, uh oh
2 Feb – Event – Profiteering in Sanandaj – I chose to side with my merchants and lose relations with Iraq, and gain trade boosts for ten years in Ardalan
I begin to make nice with Yas.
30 May – Event – Agricultural Revolution in Wagit – Tax base increases by 1
Looks like I accidentally vassalized Iraq not Yas. Ah well.
17 Nov – Our colonists set up is Asmat, I cannot pull them for next door Yos Sodero because the UK is there.
I pull them for The Phillipines’s Taytay
7 Jan, 1635 – Event – Naval Power Boosts - +100 DIP power
16 Jan – One of my generals dies and I hire another one
3 April – Natives in Taytay are destroyed
18 June – Exploration mission up, next is the North West Pacific Sea
Oct 15 – Core done on Samawat, I order a Missionary here.
Abe Sargent
12-17-2022, 12:06 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 85 - The Third Theodoro-Transoxiana War
1 April, 1636 – Exploration Idea #6 – Free Colonies – Settler Chance +10%
14 April – We setup in Taytay
I’ll stay, we are spending 36/month on my four colonies
The UK has won their war against Kutai and took much of the island of Borneo
2 May – I hire 45k mercs for the border with Transoxiana
11 May – They arrive, I’ll give them a few months to raise their morale
20 July – Our Conquistador dies and I hire another
1 Aug – I declare war on Transoxiana for Hormuz – I order:
30k from Kashan into the Fort of Isfahan
30k from Semnan to Qumis
45k from Kerman to the fort of Zaranj
2k cavalry from Qatar to Qawasim through the Turks
28k in Mogestan to split and take three adjacent minors
5 Sept – Two minors fell, I order the army from Qumis to the Fort of Bojnord
8 Sept – Samawat converts! It’s now making 0.82
22 Sept – Two more minors are ours
11 Oct – Qawasim is ours
63k foes are moving towards us. I order more mercs by the Caspian Sea to join our siege in Bojnord.
I have 75k in Bojnord now
8 Mar, 1637 – Isfahan is ours
22 April – Bojnord falls! Their army fled deeper, I’ll keep this army together
11 May – I defeat a minor army
3 June – Two more minors
17 June – The Siege of Zaranj is done and we won!
I order them to the Fort of Ghor two away
26 June – I rout an 8k army in Sarakhs
5 July – The Commonwealth announced me as a rival
19 July – I order my 75k army to the Fort of Bukhara next to their capital
The prices of Spices have dropped
1 Aug – 30k foes are sieging us in Terek
I have a warscore of 22, not enough for what I want
I order the 45k mercs from the siege to come on back.
11 Sept – More minors fell to us, we also took Hormuz
25 Sept – Bukhara falls, next is their capital Samarkhand.
29 warscore
22 Oct – Our explorer died I hire another
27 Nov – Two more minors
2 Jan, 1638 – I order an assault on Ghor
26 Jan – Ghor falls!
Warscore is 39
27 Feb – Samarkhand falls!
Warscore is 62
Let’s go shopping
Here’s what I want in order of value and importance to me:
Hormuz – 8 badboy, 4 warscore
Qawasim – 6 badboy, 4 score
Isfahan – 12 badboy, 13 warscore
After those, what next?
Shiraz, internal of me, center of trade, higher dev, 13 badboy, 12warscore
Bam, 5 warscore, 3 badboy
Jask, in the Hormuz, state, 4 warscore, 3 badboy
Malamir – internal, 2 badboy, 4 warscore
Yasuj, 3 badboy, 3 warscore, internal
Kazerun, internal, 7 badboy, 7 warscore
That gives me 56 warscore and 55 badboy
That pisses off Transoxiana, obviously, and Mamluks, and that’s it.
I have 6 warscore left anything else that’s cheap and low score and BB?
I do have one that brings me to 60, but they won’t take it, so I do that:
https://i.ibb.co/xhs79f3/20221207081811-1.jpg
Here we go!!!
I disband my mercs, and I order up some cores
Russia is at war with Japan.
New Persian Gulf additions:
Hormuz – 8 dev, drylands, island in the Persian Gulf, Center of Trade, strait to our two holdings, Gem trade, natural harbor, Sunni faith, Khaleji culture, marketplace, church, shipyard and gives us 0.29 monthly.
Qawasim - Arabian peninsula, next to Turks,Yas,Oman, 5 dev, coastal desert, Livestock grown here, also Sunni and Khaleji, with just 0.01 made here.
Jask - in the Hormuz, state, 3 dev, fishing here, desert, it was just a throw in, Sunni, Khaleeji, nothing made here. Arid
Bam – Internal, next to us and Transoxiana, 3 dev, Mountains, Cotton grown here, Arid, Baluchi culture, Shia faith, there is a unique thing here called “Bam Citadel”
Internal of my old holdings -
Isfahan – Mountains, 14 dev, Paper made here, Workshop, Bastion, Marketplace, unique building called “Maidan-e Naqsh-e Jahan,” Emporium, religious zeal from conversion won’t convert for a while, Sunni faith, Persian culture, which is accepted, it makes 0.77 monthly for us.
Shiraz - Center of trade, Wine growers and makers here, Emporium, 15 dev, Mountains, Persian Sunnis, Farm Estate, Church, Marketplace, 0.50 made here monthly.
Malamir – Shepherds grow Wool, Mountains, Sunni Luri, 3 dev, 0.03 made here.
Yasuj – Mountains here, just three dev, Cloth is made here, Luri culture and Sunni faith, 0.01 made here
Kazerun – Mountains here too, 7 dev, Wine making, Farm Estate, Church, Sunni and Luri, 0.05 made here too.
There you go! There are my 9 new holdings, all but 2 were low dev and easy to grab. We don’t have richer things like previous just one Cloth, one Paper, and one Cotton, then Gems and Wine this was really more about filling in holes and pushing myself into Arabia next to the pretty wealthy Oman.
I also spent like 2k on that war with mercs and upkeep.
Abe Sargent
12-17-2022, 06:57 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 86 - Incorporating Transoxiana, Take Three
1 Mar – I order a claim on Transoxiana’s Birjand a Cotton province next to me
2 June – Event – Rogue Traders - I choose to gain 1 Mercantilism.
1 July – Good news Taytay will be a nice place to grow Spices!
26 Jan, 1639 – Mission to explore is finished next is the South East Pacific Sea all islands in the Pacific we found are taken.
27 Mar – Event – Colonial Expansion – I pay 30 cash to increase growth in Fak-Fak by 200
1 April – It’ll be good for Incense
1 July – I order:
Workshop for Kerman’s Paper; Katapang’s Ivory; Mogostans’s Spices
Basilica for Shirvan
1 Sept – We lose our final claim on The Mamluks and cannot declare war against them anymore
14 Sept – Event – Popular Syncretism – We attempt to root it out and get boosts to clergy loyalty and support.
11 Oct – We max relations with Iraq at 104, I force them to swap religions
1 Dec – I quarantine Sampit our colony when it has a fever.
1 Feb, 1640 – Royal Marriage with Iraq
1 May – Isfahan is now a core! I am getting 0.96 here now monthly.
1 June – The colony of Asmat will be good for growing those Spices
1 August – Shiraz core, Missionary ordered
1 December – Revolt in Shiraz
9 Dec – Defeated
Abe Sargent
12-17-2022, 10:45 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 87 - Sampit Finished
16 Jan, 1641 – Event – Rainy Development in Vogolkup Peninsula -We get -20% dev cost in that area
22 Feb – Hormuz and Qawasim are cored, Missionaries dispatched
22 May – All other cores are finished, I elevate states where possible
16 June – I claim The Mamluks holding of Hafun – the Horn of Africa
1 July – Shiraz converts, next is Yasuj
1 Sept – Sampit – Colony, Borneo Island, tropical wood, 5 dev, Jungle, makes 0.17. I order my colonists from Taytay to Samar in the Philippines and order my 10k army over
1 Nov – Our king gains the “Naïve Enthusiast” trait which reduces the speed of making nice.
12 Nov – Natives in Sampit killed
Exploration Idea #7 – Global Empire - +25% Naval forcelimit; We can fabricate claims overseas in our colonial regions for finishing.
1 Jan, 1642 – Rebellion in Malamir, I have forces next door in Yasuj
19 Jan – Defeated.
22 Mar – Hormuz and Qawasim converted, next are Jask and Bam
I spend some MIL to raise it to 1o dev and then order a Mill manufactory for it’s Gems.
1 June – Event – Disagreement Over Company Purchases – I choose to force things and gain development in my Ceylon Trading Post but lose rep with Vijayanagar
22 June – Our heir died, and our new heir is 2/4/3 Alexios age 11
11 July – Yasuj converts, next is Malamir
1 Sept – Our truce with Yas ended
30 Dec – Our colony in Samar starts
Abe Sargent
12-18-2022, 07:59 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 88 - Annexing Iraq
1 Feb, 1643 – New Tech – ADMIN TECH 20 – Absolute Authority – We get a boost to governing capacity of 250
1 April – Bam and Jask convert, next target is Kazerun,
30 June – Our ruler dies, Alexios takes over with a queen regency.
I reup our four marriages
14 July – Malamir converts
I order a Textile Manufactory in Yasuj for cloth making.
13 October – We announce the annexation of Iraq
1 Nov – Taytay – Philippines, former colony, 5 dev, Spice trade, coastline, 0.16 made here
I claim the Mamluks’ holding in Africa Hobyo
1 Jan, 1644 – New Tech – MIL TECH 20 – Killing Grounds - We can upgrade our cannons and get boosts to infantry fire
1 Feb – I order:
Plantation in Bam for it’s Cotton, Farm Estate for Livestock in Qawarism
Basilica for Mogostan,
Workshop for Kazerun’s Wine
I fabricate a claim on Yas’s Liwa
27 April – Kazerun converts!
1 July – Iraq is ours!
Haditha – Livestock, 10 dev, Shia faith, Missionary ordered, Church, Star Fort, Farm Estate, Workshopm, it’s culture is the accepted Mashriqi, I get 0.61 here from the drylands.
NEW TECH – DIP TECH 17 – Merchantman – We get Merchantman ships, can build a marketplace upgrade called trade depots, +50 colonial range.
I order my 10 Brigs in the Indies to upgrade for 120 cash.
Ditto Black Sea fleet.
The Mamluks are at war with the Turks again
5 Nov – I join the Russian invasion of Oirat and Transoxiana is their ally.
Abe Sargent
12-18-2022, 08:43 AM
Before I do that, 200 year review:
MAPS
https://i.ibb.co/gVKpBjb/20221207181848-1.jpg
Here I am zoomed in on our area, in the Black Sea, Caspian Sea and Middle East. Nice, right?
Here’s a zoomed out map:
https://i.ibb.co/V370Fpp/20221207182042-1.jpg
As you can see, Russia is in Norway, everything has been found, and the Ottomans are everywhere.
Abe Sargent
12-18-2022, 11:26 AM
Ledger
We are making 181.24 cash monthly and spending 126.97 monthly.
We have colonies in the places listed on the right side of the pics.
Army forcelimit 105k, 110k army size
Navy forcelimit is 51, we have 35
We have the 4th best income per month,
With 874 we are 9th best development
We have 57 techs, three behind the leader
We have 35 Ideas
There are just 4 Orthodox nations but 384 provinces.
Our Top Ten Holdings by Taxes
1. Wasit, 15.40
2. Teheren, 15.40
3. Crimea, 15.40
4. Tabriz, 15.40
5. Tyn, 13.40
6. Rasht, 13.40
7. Shirvan, 13.40
8. Tezyl- Yar, 13.40
9. Samawat, 11.04
10. Fasa, 10.82
Our Top Ten Holdings by Production
1. 33.48 – Tabriz
2. 30.69 – Teheren
3. 28.42 – Shirvan
4. 27.91 – Suri, Lahjan
5. 25.11 – Rasht, Qazvin, Shustar, Amol
I have 96 holdings
We have the 10th largest army; we don’t chart for navies, the biggest is Venice’s 124
We are 93.8% Orthodox
Cultures of 5% or More:
Mashriqi – 13.7
Kaleeji – 8.1
Persian – 20.3
Azerbaijani – 10.4
Mazandarani – 6.2
Crimean – 9.2
Gothic – 6.1
Top Ten Trade Nodes by Power
1. English Channel
2. Genoa
3. Constantinople
4. Champagne
5. Rheinland
6. Wien
7. Sevilla
8. Venice
9. Caribbean
10. Lubeck
Trade Goods by Current Price :
5.40 - Cocoa
5.25 – Paper
5.0 – Silk
4.95 -Glass
4.5- Tobacco, Iron
4.0 – Dyes, Ivory
3.75 – Sugar
3.60 – Cloth
3.5 – Fur
3.45 – Copper
3.3 – Coffee, Spices, Salt
3.12 – Wine
3.0 – Gems, Tropical Wood, Incense, Cotton, Chinaware, Tea, Slaves
2.5 – Livestock
2.0 – Naval Supplies, Fish, Wool, Grain
We are the production leader in Silk.
Great Powers
1. Spain
2. Ottomans
3. UK
4. Portugal
5. Russia
6. France
7. Commonwealth
8. Theodoro
There are no coalitions against us even with our heavy recent badboy. That may be about to change with our current war.
Abe Sargent
12-18-2022, 06:52 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 89 - The Russian-Oirat Horde War
Begin the War:
Russia
Theodoro
Trebizond
Vs
Oirat Horde
Transoxiana
Kashmir
We are the junior partner as is Transoxiana, so we cannot win then take a separate peace with them, but we could with the Oirat Horde.
I have gained stuff from Russia before like from Ajam. I don’t want to pull out I wanna get warfavors in theory, but some key holdings from Transoxiana are nice and we have some internal holdings surrounded by my stuff that need to go.
I order 30k from Semnan to their Qumis
I order 30k from Bam next door to their Fort of Zaranj
I order my 30k from Qatar to grab internal holdings
10 Dec – Qumis is ours, I head to the Fort of Bojnord
1 Jan, 1645 – Fak-Fak – Island of Papua, former colony, 3 dev, coastline, Incense trade, they make 0.08, next to Ternate. Tropical.
Rebellions in Taytay
7 Feb – I can purchase a new Splendor ability for the Age of Absolutism. I choose Harsher Treatment - -50% MIL Cost for brutally suppressing a rebellion
14 Feb – Rebellion ended
30 April – Zaranj falls! I order this army next door to Farah where 25k opposing forces are.
1 May – Samar is good for tropical wood, another miss
12 May – The internal holding of Abarquh is ours
16 May – Haditha converts
They dodged combat
I move to the Fort of Ghor
14 July – Saidabad another internal is ours
17 Dec – The Siege of Bojnord lifts and we captured it. We have a warscore of 28%. I order these troops to Bukhara to begin a siege there
2 Jan, 1646 – Russia captured the Fort of Nogay
Russia are here in Bukhara and Samarkhand besieging so I join them.
14 Mar – Ghor falls to us
1 April – Samarkhand falls to Russia
21 May – Bukhara falls
New Government Reform:
Tier 9 - Absolutism and Constitutionalism
I choose…
Divine Rights
+1 Tolerance of the True Faith
-5% Warscore Cost vs other religions
7 June – We have a 75% with everyone in. I have just a 15% warscore, and take double warscore for stuff from Transoxiana, so I could get the two internal holdings inside my territory and then that’s it.
I arrive at the Fort for Kashgar and begin the siege.
1 July – Our heir takes over the Regency ends, he is a tactical genius
I need to get him a lady friend
Austria is my target. I send a diplomat to influence nation
18 August – We get a new Queen from Tabriz
We have a new 6/0/5 heir
5 Oct – I defeat a 20k Transoxianan army
27 Nov – Kashgar falls, everyone has a 99 warscore and we have a 22 ourselves
This is the most I can do:
https://i.ibb.co/g4C90Wr/20221207221959-1.jpg
It’s just 15 badboy, peace for 8 years, and three simple minor holdings. I doubt Russia is sending us anything, and I don’t want a 20 year peace treaty with Transoxiana my main land addition.
I do it.
I core them for less than 70
Abarquh – Internal, Church, 5 dev, Mountains, Livestock, Persian Sunnis make us 0.02
Saidabad – Mountains, internal, Livestock, 3 dev, nothing made here, Persian and Sunni here
Qumis – 3 dev, desert, wool sheered here, Sunni faith, Khorasani culture, next to Transoxiana and us, nothing made here, this was a throw in, since I really wanted the two internal holdings we already took.
Nice!!!
Abe Sargent
12-19-2022, 12:25 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 90 - Integrating Transoxiana, Take Four
I begin to build up a spy network in Oman
1 Jan, 1647 - I order:
Trade Depot in Shiraz; Isfahan; Basra; Yazd; Baghdad; Teheren; Shivran
1 April – New tech – DIP TECH 18 – Line of Battle – I can build the Galiot ship, I get better naval morale and engagement.
I pay to upgrade 6 ships in the Black Sea
1 Oct – Rebellion in Isfahan where I have 30k
17 Oct – No more
1 Nov – Explorer mission is done, next is North East Pacific Sea – I want to see if Alaska is free.
18 Nov – I spend some ADM and MIL power to increase Crimea’s dev to 30 and order a Trade Depot here
1 Jan, 1648 – I claim Oman’s Masqat
1 July – I order:
Trade Station in Taytay for Spices; for incense in Fak-Fak
21 Sept – Peace in the Arabian Peninsula, Oman took land from The Mamluks,
The Turks took a bunch of land as well.
Abe Sargent
12-19-2022, 06:59 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 91 - The War for Yas
22 Sept, 1648 - Yas’s only friend is Mamluks who are guaranteeing them, and I want to grab two Mamluks holdings in Africa near my Trade Station. I declare war on Yas
I don’t call on anyone. I order my 30k forces in Qawasim to Liwa
I order my 10k into Hafun on the Horn of Africa
7 Oct – I rout the 7k Yas army
I order 30k army into inland Egypt
1 Nov – Liwa falls, after I order a fusillade
17 Nov – Hafun is ours I order the 10k south to the other coastal area we have a claim on called Hobyo
1 Jan, 1649 – Asmat – Former colony, Papua island, next to UK and us, 3 dev, Jungle, tropical, spices, making 0.14 here.
27 Jan – Hobyo falls
I want Hobyo and Hafun from Mamluks and Liwa from Yas, but that’s 38 for 35 score and they don’t want that yet, we need to capture problems
8 Feb – I upgrade the Bam Citadel special project
9 April – I arrive at a mamluk fort
30 May – Abarquh and Saidabad are cored, I order Missionaries here
28 June – I claim Oman’s Sufar
12 July – Another Mamlukian siege begins of Aswan
3 Aug – The first siege falls,
15 Aug – Aswan falls, we have a warscore of 78, I do peace
Here you can see my offer, I get the two holdings on the coast and then Liwa from Yas only Transoxiana cares and the Mamluks obviously.
https://i.ibb.co/n8g4ZMj/20221207232939-1.jpg
Cores are less than a 100 for them they are all low dev
Hafun – The tip of the Horn of Africa, arid, next to my trading post, Incense traders, coastal desert, 7 dev, Somali people, Sunni faith, 0.07 made here
Hobyo – Two down from my holdings, arid, natural harbor, marketplace, 7 dev, grain growers, Somali Sunnis.
Liwa – Desert, next to Turks, Oman, us, Spices, Trade Station, Workshop, Shia faith, Khaleeji culture, 6 dev, Arid, 0.04 made here.
Nice trio to add to my roster.
Abe Sargent
12-20-2022, 07:51 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 92 - Finishing the Philippines
1 Sept, 1649 – Samar – Philippines, former colony, tropical wood harvested here, coastline, 4 dev, 0.14 made here, that’s my last colony done.
1 Dec – I order my spy network in the Commonwealth to warm up.
1 Jan, 1650 – The next institution is here – Manufactories.
15 March – Event – Hardy Seaman – I gain +10 Naval tradition
29 Mar - Conversion done in Saidabad and Abarquh, Core finished in Qumis, I order a Missionary there
1 May – I lose my claim on Azov and thus Genoa, I also lost a claim in the Commonwealth
16 June – Event – Royal Patronage – I choose to host a Philosopher in my court
1 July – I order:
Trading Station in Asmat for Spices
Mill in Sampit and Samar for Tropical Wood
Workshop for Yasuj’s Cloth
Basilica for Katapang; Kerman
10 Dec – From Oman I claim Ask Shardiyah, I pull back this diplomat and send it to Genoa to build up a spy network.
I move my Bengal rivalry to the Commonwealth
Is my next war against the Commonwealth?
Armies:
Us – 110k, 90k on the border and move able
Russia – 220k
Georgia – 46k
Total without Mercs – 376k
Their Side:
Commonwealth – 142k
Tirol – 18k
Austria – 33k
Spain – 206k
Total without Mercs – 401k
And remember I can just bring in that 45k merc army a head of time and have that blitz their border. I am worried more about my colonies than anything else.
Abe Sargent
12-20-2022, 12:24 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 93 - The War for Gold
1 Jan, 1651 – I get ready for war in the Indies on Borneo Island for Lanfang, or what’s left after the UK took it down.
29 Jan – Event – Colonial Adventures – I choose to invest in DIP TECH development over navy, and for the next ten years I get +10% to ship build cost but 100 DIP power.
31 March – Qumis converts!
1 April – New tech – DIP TECH 19 – The War Galleon – I can build Frigates, War Galleons, Shipyards, and +50 colonial range.
I order a 160 cash upgrade in the Black Sea fleet.
I declare a Holy War on Lanfang, they have two gold provinces on Borneo I want to bring in, and just four left after losing to the UK.
They are guaranteed by Sunda, we are now at war with both powers.
25 April – I begin the siege of Pontianak
8 July – Pontianak falls
23 July – I rout a 3k army in Kundian and begin a siege
11 Nov – I offer Sunda 100 for peace and they accept and pull out, just you and me.
1 Feb, 1652 – We lose another claim on the Commonwealth, I claim their holding of Zaporoce
https://i.ibb.co/n1LLKfJ/20221208070725-1.jpg
To fully annex all four holdings is 12 badboy. Ready for peace?
Pontianak – Confucian faith, Hakka people, Jungle, 14 dev, Gold Mines, Church, Shipyard, Camp, they make 0.29, tropical.
Meliau - Jungle, tropical, grain grown here, camp, workshop, farm estate, Hindu faith, Bornean culture, next to UK.
Sambas – Bastion, tropical, fish, jungle, camp, shipyard, 10 dev, 0.08 made here. Bornean and Sunni,
Kuching – 8 dev, Church, shipyard, Jungle, tropical, Bornean, Sikh, gold mines, 0.86 made here.
I order cores for all four. That costs some ADMIN power.
26 March – Kundian is mine!
5 May – I capture Kuching, the last holding and we have a warscore of 99%
Ready for peace?
Abe Sargent
12-20-2022, 07:40 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 94 - From Kingdom to Empire
12 May, 1652 – Exploration mission is done, Alaska is all Portuguese.
That looks like it for places to colonize off the beaten path.
23 June – Cores done in Liwa, Hafun and Hobyo, Missionaries ordered for all three.
I upgrade from King to Empire!
1 Feb, 1653 – I order:
Textile Manufactory for Malamir’s Wool
Workshop for Qawasim’s Livestock
Basilica for Bahrain, Yusuj
28 May – I claim Azov
1 June – I claim The Commonwealth’s Jedysan
23 July – Event - The Non-Possessor Movement – I support the church, gain 5 authority and 10 clergy loyalty
25 Nov – Syria announce me as a rival.
5 Dec – Another exploration mission finishes, I dispatch another
Hoboyo and Hafun convert!
17 Dec – Liwa converts!
I am now making 1.06 monthly from Liwa
22 March, 1654 – Event - Pirate Raid -I spend 75 DIP to hunt them down
4 May – Our peace with Transoxiana and the Oirat horde ends as well as Kashmir and Multan. I move my army from Liwa to the border.
19 June – Event – Visit from some Shady People – I choose to get +20% spy networks built up
23 Aug – Portugal no longer considers us a rival.
1 Oct – Event – Supplies for the Cossacks – I spend 250 cash to gain their influence and support.
Abe Sargent
12-20-2022, 10:51 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 95 - Purchasing Tanga
4 Mar, 1655 – I saved up some cash for a Trading Post:
I spend 3198 cash
https://i.ibb.co/VQt1WfT/20221208075256-1.jpg
Tanga – Purchased from Mumbasa, next to them and Kilwa, Ivory, 11 dev, coastline, Fetishist faith, Swahili culture, here is a regimental camp, Trade Station, and shipyard, they give us 0.59 in cash monthly, I destroy the Shipyard and order a Workshop here.
Nice addition to my African fun times.
7 June – All four cores are done in the Indies,
I send Missionaries to:
Kuching
Pontianak
Meliau
1 Aug – Another exploration mission done, and I send out another.
1 Sept – New Tech – DIP TECH 20 – Naval Professionalism – Boosts to trade range and +2 trade efficiency
3 Sept - Event – Chocolate Imports - I choose to push importing sinful chocolate and get for 5 years - -15 national unrest and boosts to manpower recovery speed.
9 Nov – From the Commonwealth I claim Oczakow
Transoxiana is down to 55k soldiers.
I won’t need to hire mercs for the next war, just me, Russia and Georgia can likely do it.
1 Feb, 1656 – I order:
Workshops in Taytay for Spices; Sampit and Samar for Tropical Wood, Asmat for Spices, Fak-Fak for Incense
Basilica in Qawasim
1 Mar – Meliau converts. Next is Sambas
11 Mar – Pontianak converts. I am now getting from this gold holding 2.84 monthly.
22 Mar – Kuching converts! From this gold holding I am now making 1.45 cash.
I send a Missionary to Qardho now that their religious fervor has ended
18 May – I accept an offer to share maps with Russia.
1 June – Our Emperor gains the Baffling Baboon trait which drops our dip reputation by one.
6 Oct – Another exploratory mission done, another ordered
Abe Sargent
12-21-2022, 07:50 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 96 - The Fourth Theodoro-Transoxianan War
1 Jan, 1657 – New Tech – ADMIN TECH 21 – Land Clearance – We can build Furnaces and get +2% production.
17 Jan – Sambas converts
1 Feb – 10k rebellion in Qardho of Somali Separatists
9 Feb – Defeated
12 Mar – The Commonwealth discovered our spy.
22 Mar – Qardho is converted!
1 April – I order:
Trade Station in Hafun for Incense
Textile Manufactory in Qumis for Wool
1 May – I fabricate a claim on Spices of Tun from Transoxiana.
I am ready for war on Transoxiana.
We don’t have a lot of good trading things left near us, one Spices next to me in Tun, Cotton next to me in Birjand, and that’s it, the rest of anything nearby is pretty poor, you have to dig a few into them to get to the good stuff again, and yet they can afford a 55k army, so they are still a threat. So this is really just about taking holdings of opportunity and Tun and Birjand that I have claims on.
I want to declare War on Transoxiana and then Kashmir, Oirat and Muhan would join. But Russia is currently in peace, which ends May 1662. Can we do this without the help of the big one?
Oirat Horde – Far away, 7k troops, very little left
Transoxiana – Key target, 51k
Kashmir – Next door to our target, 1k
Multan - 14k
Us – 90k on the border
Georgia - Farther away – 47k
So we have 137k vs their 73k
I hire a merc unit for the border to do this just with our eternal ally of Georgia
8 July- I declare war on Transoxiana and order 60k to siege Bojnord from Qumis and Golestan
I order my mercs and 30k into next door Fort of Zaranj from Bam and Kerman
I break off 2k cavalry from Bam to hit the coastal stuff near me
23 July – The Siege of Bojnord begins, I order a cannonade fire
26 July – Ditto Zaranj. I see 24k enemy forces fleeing from us
7 Aug – One of my generals dies in the siege
1 Sept – We are no longer a Great Power.
3 Sept – A minor falls to my 2k unit near the coast
19 Sept – Exploration mission succeeds, next is Coast of Pacific South America
11 Oct – Another minor holding falls to my 2k unit and I order it inland
17 Nov – The two Georgia armies are here.
21 Jan, 1658 – I capture another minor holding from my 2k army that repositioned to grab internal stuff.
1 Feb – Two minors fell to Trebizond and Georgia
6 Feb -Bojnord is ours, I order these two armies to the Fort of Bukhara
6 Mar – Georgia defeats the Multani army
19 Mar – I capture Birjand
25 Mar – The Siege of Bukhara begins and I order a cannonade
11 April – Georgia captures another minor.
16 April – Zaranj falls, I order these two armies to the Fort of Ghor
21 May – Two more minors are ours including Tun
27 May – We begin the Siege of Ghor and I order a fusillade
11 June – Bukhara falls, next is the capital of Samarkhand
26 June – The Siege of Samarkhand begins with a fusillade
27 July – Two more minors fall
19 Aug – Another minor is ours
8 Oct – Samarkhand falls!
I order these two armies to the 4 away Star Fort of Kashgar
I have a warscore of 43
6 Dec – We begin the Siege of Kashgar with a fusillade
20 Dec – Two more minors falls
31 Jan, 1659 – Another two minor are ours
11 Mar – 50k Transoxiana forces have arrived at Bukhara and have begun a siege
I have a 49% warsore, I could probably get a few cool things.
What I want is 51% so I try to finish the siege of Ghor prior to losing Bukhara
1 April – Exploration Mission done, next is Coast of the Eastern Indiana Ocean
8 May – Three more minors fall and now I have a 51% warscore…do it now?
https://i.ibb.co/9Z71WkF/20221210152330-1.jpg
Yes they do!
We get around 51 badboy, but only Transoxiana will care.
I core them all, and order my armies back
New Stuff:
Tabas – Next to us, 3 dev, Wool made by Shepherds, Desert, Sunni faith and Khorasani People, make us nothing. Arid.
Birjand – Cotton, next to us and Transoxiana, 6 dev, Mountains, Arid, Sunni, Khorasani folks, make us 0.06.
Tun – Spices grown here, Desert, Arid, 3 dev, 0.03 made here by Sunni and Khorasani folk, next to Transoxiana,
Sabzevar – Highlands, 4 dev, Wool sheared here, Sunni and Khorasani here as well, 0.01 made here, Arid, next to Transoxiana,
Nishapur – Gems mined here in the Mountains, 6 dev, 0.07 made here from the Sunni and Khorasani people.
Mashhad – Entrepôt center of trade, Marketplace, Copper mined here, 9 dev, mountains, Khorasani and Sunni people making us 0.03 monthly.
Sarakhs – Desert, next to us and Transoxiana, 5 dev, Wool sheared here, 0.04 made here, Sunni, Khorasani
Herat – Next to Sarakhs – Paper made here, Drylands, a massive 22 dev, Emporium center of trade, Marketplace, Workshop, Regimental Camp, Church, Sunni faith, Khorasani culture, making us 0.16
Konjikala – Next to Sarakhs, Arid Desert, Copper mined here, 3 dev, Weapons Manufactory, Turkmeni culture, Sunni faith, makes us 0.19 cash.
All done!
I lost 60k manpower in that war
Abe Sargent
12-21-2022, 11:43 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 97 - Incorporating Transoxiana, Take Five
29 May, 1659 - I claim Transoxiana’s Merv, a Cotton province next to us.
This peace lasts for 10 years
1 June – We become a Great Nation again!
29 June – One of my generals dies; I hire another
30 Oct – Another mission finishes, I send out one to the South Indian Ocean
13 March, 1660 – Genoa declares war on the Mamluks
1 Nov – 18k revolt in Herat, I have 30k next door in Sarakhs that I order over
23 Nov – Defeated
19 Jan, 1661 -Delhi has declared war on Transoxiana and I give them military access
1 Feb – New Tech! MIL TECH 21 – Line Infantry – I get boosts to tactics and shock
1 June – I embrace the Institution of Manufactories
I order:
Farm Estate in Saidabad and Abarquh’s Livestock
Workshop in Qardho’s Incense; Bam’s Cotton, Malamir’s Wool
Basilica for Liwa and Hobyo
1 July – New Tech! - DIP TECH 21 – The Chebeck – I can build them.
1 Sept – Event – Radical Reforms – I choose an option when my radical advisers are under scrutiny to raise our mercantilism by 5.
Our heir gains the Midas Touched trait
15 Dec – Event - Sudanese Demand and Theodoro Supply – We get boosts to our relations with Sudan and better relations with my burgher estates
Abe Sargent
12-21-2022, 04:04 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 98 - Upgrading the Bam Citadel
25 Feb, 1662 – Event – Cassock Raid on us, we lose 100 ducats to help alleviate the damage done
13 May – Birjand and Tun are now cores! I order here two Missionaries
16 Aug – Another exploration mission finishes, next is the Coast of the South Indian Ocean
9 Sept – Every holding other than Herat is now a core. I order a Missionary to Tobas
1 Oct – Herat a core! All are cored.
I order another upgrade of the Bam Citadel.
4 Feb, 1663 – I begin making nice with Delhi again
25 March – Another exploration mission finished, next is North West Pacific Sea
1 July – I order:
Naval Equipment Manufactory in Jask for Fish.
Workshop for Hafun’s Incense
I’ll save the rest for my new holdings.
11 July – Tun converts, next is Sabzevar
1 Aug – Birjand converts, next is Nishapur
22 Sept – Tabas converts, next is Masshad
18 Oct – Event – United in Prayer - I choose to pray when meeting with other rulers and get a +40 relations boost with Trebizond
Abe Sargent
12-21-2022, 08:48 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 99 - The World Cries for Salt
31 Mar – 1664 -Event – Salt Crisis – for 3 years -5% production.
6 July – Delhi won their war and are now bordered to us in Herat and Birjand.
16 July – Conversion in Sabzevar next is Sarakhs.
17 Aug – Nishapur also converts, next is Herat
1 Sept = Event – Famine in North Lanka State.
23 Nov - UK Announce us as a rival
24 Dec – Another exploration mission done, next is North New Pacific Coast
1 Jan, 1665 – I order:
Trade Station in Tun for Spices
Plantation in Birjland for Cotton
Mill for Nishapur for Gems
1 Feb - Relations maxed with Delhi, I pull my diplomat back
Sindh is now next to us in the Persian Gulf instead of Transoxiana.
1 Aug – Another mission done, next is Pacific South America Sea
We finished converting Sarakhs, next is Konjikala, I order a Star Fortress in Sarakhs
1 Sept – Rebellion in Konjikala
9 Sept – Put down.
I have 114k army and a forcelimit of 144, so I order another 30k army built. 15k infantry, 10k cavalry, 5k artillery in Persia.
I get a message that I am about to max my ADM power so I raise Tun and Burjand to 10 dev each
14 Dec – Herat converts, next is…Isfahan which have gotten past their 25 year conversion boost
Abe Sargent
12-22-2022, 04:08 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 100 - Now Rivals with Venice
1 April, 1666 – I order:
Mill for Paper in Herat
Basilica in Malamir
Workshop for Wool in Qumis
1 July – Event – Gothic Colony Cottage – I choose to get +10% production and better burgher loyalty when i mint new coinage.
27 July – Our Conquistador died
10 Aug - Konjikala converts!
11 Nov – Isfahan converts!
29 Nov- Mashhad converts!
1 Jan, 1667 - I claim Transoxiana’s Bojnord
27 Feb – Our final cannon is built and my 30k army is finished. It will be stationed in Kerman and I hire a general for it.
16 Sept – Explorer mission finishes, next is ordered.
1 Nov – New Tech! ADMIN TECH 22 – The Constitution – We get another Group of Ideas and we can build Town Halls.
What do I want my next Group to be?
I choose Quantity and get the first idea: Levee en Masse – We get +25% manpower recovery speed.
1 Dec – The Two Sicilies cannot be our rival anymore so I choose Venice
Abe Sargent
12-23-2022, 07:59 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 101 - Getting Ready for the Next War
1 Jan, 1668 – I forgot to build last year, I order:
Weapons Manufactory for Copper in Mashhad
Textile Manufactory for Wool in Tabas
Workshop in Kondjika for Copper; Livestock for Saidabad; Sabzevar’s Wool
Basilica for Shiraz
1 April – Event – Improve the capital – I spend 7500 manpower to increase Theodoro’s tax by 2
1 July – Event – Production Research Flawed – We lose 50 Admin power
25 Dec – Event – The Skill of the Empress = We get -10% MIL Tech costs for 10 years
1 Jan, 1669 – I save my buildings until after our next war with Transoxiana since our peace ends this year
24 Feb – One of my generals die, i replace him
21 May – Another mission is done and that was the last one we can do. I order my fleet upgraded for 240 cash,
1 August – Our peace treaty with Transoxiana and her allies is up.
Abe Sargent
12-24-2022, 09:59 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 102 - The Fifth Theodoro-Transaxonia War
I declare war for the Cotton province of Merv and call up my allies.
I order 30k in Kerman to the Fort of Zaranj
I order 30k in Birjand into an adjacent holding where there are 16k foes
I order 30k forces in Nishapur and Konjika into the Fort of Bojnord
22 Aug – I rout the army and move this army to help with Zaranj after leaving behind 2k calvary to capture the minor holding
18 Sept – The minor one falls and I order this 2k unit to start grabbing smaller minor holdings
9 Nov – Merv is ours
24 Nov – Georgia has arrived
29 Nov – Russia routs a smaller Transoxianas army
17 Dec – Another minor falls
29 Jan, 1670 The Fort of Bojnord falls to us, next is Samarkhand as Russia is besieging Bukhara
1 Mar – New Tech – DIP TECH 22 – Limes – We can build Twodecker ships, Trabukul ships, Stock Exchange upgrades of Trade Depots, and better naval morale and engagement
16 April – We arrive in Samarkhand
1 July – Samarkhand falls! I order this combined army to the Fort of Kashgar
18 Aug – After a siege of longer than year, the Fort of Zaranj falls. I just have a strong warscorebut let’s push, I order these two armies to the capital of Kashmir
23 Aug – Russia captures Bukhara
1 Sept- We arrive in Kashgar and begin the siege
30 Nov – We arrive in Kashmir and begin a siege.
2 Dec - I claim the Commonwealth’s Poltawa
25 Dec – Russia has caprured every holding of the Oirats
11 Jan, 1671 – The capital of Kashmir falls, I have a warscore of 99%, can I get their capital?
I have two internal holdings that are unconnected to the rest of the country after Delhi won their war that are pretty minor:
Zaranj – 6 warscore, badboy
Ghuriyan – 4 warsore, 3 bb
Others:
Merv – Wartarget – 6 warscore 7 bb
Charjuy – Minor, next to us to build up, 9 warscore, 6 badboy
Bukhara – Fort next to capital, 13 warscore, 16 badboy
Samarkhand - - Capital, COT, 30 warscore, 24 badboy
That’s 66 warscore and 62 badboy
Qarshi – 5 warscore, bb
Khujand – Next to Samarkhand, Silk, 9 warscore, badboy
That’s 80 and 76
What else?
Tashkent – Tea, connected to Khujand, 10 warscore, 12 badboy
Atakent – Livestock, all connected, 5 warscore, 3 badboy
Ready?
https://i.ibb.co/b2Wy8nr/20221210220526-1.jpg
Get ready!
I order cores for them all
Internal -
Zaranj – Star Fort, 7 dev, wool sheared here, Mountains, next to Delhi, Sunni and Khorasani culture. We get 0.01 monthly.
Ghuriyan – Desert, Livestock, 3 dev, Sunni, Khorasani, makes us nothing.
Others:
Merv – Wartarget – Cotton grown here, Desert, 8 dev, Plantation, Church, Emporium, Turkmeni culture, Sunni faith, 0.38 made here
Charjuy – Drylands, Planation for Livestock, Uzbek people, Sunni faith, 6 dev, they give us 0.22
Bukhara – Fort next to capital – Salt, 15 dev, Drylands, Church, Camp, Naval Equipment Manufactory, Arid, Uzbek, Sunni, they make us 0.46 monthly.
Samarkhand - - Capital, Center of Trade – Paper made here, Great Project “Registan Square” Mill for Paper, Marketplace, Workshop, Church, Barracks, Emporium, 23 dev, Drylands, Sunni and Uzbek, they make us 0.14.
Qarshi – 4 dev, Drylands, Plantation for Cotton, Sunni, Uzbek, making us 0.20
Khujand – Next to Samarkhand – Silk grown here, Camp, Workshop, Textile Manufactory, Grasslands, 9 dev, Uzbek, Sunni, make us 0.23
Tashkent – Tea grown here, 11 dev, grasslands, Plantation, Sunni and Uzbek, they make us 0.33
Atakent – Livestock – 3 dev, Desert, Arid, Farm Estate, Uzbek Sunnis, make us 0.18
Abe Sargent
12-24-2022, 12:06 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 103 - Incorporating Transoxiana, Take 5
I order my merchant to pull from Venice and send them to Samarkhand.
I am making 6.54 from it.
1 June – Our ruler is now Industrious, +10% production
7 Aug – Event – The Non-Possessor – I gain 5 authority and cleric loyalty again
1 Jan, 1672 – New Idea – Qualitative #2 – The Young can Serve - +20% manpower
I order:
Textile Manufactory for Wool in Sabzevar and Sarakhs
Workshop for Spices in Tun; Cotton in Burjand; Fish in Jask, Gems in Nishapur
1 April – I claim Transoxiana’s Salt holding of Sozak
7 July – Since I am not at war, I order ship upgrades
1 Feb – 1673 – I lose a claim on Oman
I fabricate a claim on The Commonwealth and pull my diplomat for Oman
1 June – 21k rebellion in Samarkhand, I have 31k next door in Atakent I order over
16 July – A long battle but we won, but lost 6k
13 Nov – Merv is a core, I order a Missionary here
Abe Sargent
12-26-2022, 07:23 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 104 - Conversions Aplenty
15 Marc, 1674 – Everything but Samarkhand are cores, I order missionaries to Zaranj and Ghouriyan
25 April – Samarkhand is a core
24 June – Our Omani agent was discovered
12 Dec – Merv converts, next is Charjuy; I order a Workshop here.
23 March, 1675 - Conversion in Ghuriyan, next is Atakent
I order here a Farm Estate
10 April – Zaranj converts! Next is Qarshi
I order here a Textile Manufactory
30 July – Our spy in Transoxiana is discovered I pull It back and send it to Sindh
1 Dec – Government Reform:
Level 10 – Separation of Power – I have three options, I choose
Right to Petition:
No stability loss on ruler death
+1 Dip skill
Abe Sargent
12-26-2022, 12:40 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 105 - The Arrival of the Stock Exchange
1 Jan, 1676 – Conversion is successful in Charjuy, next is Khujand, I order here a Workshop for Livestock
1 April – Atakent converts next is Tashkent, I order a Workshop here for the Livestock
27 April – Qarshi converts, next is Bukhara, I order here a Workshop for it’s Cotton
1 Nov – Quantity Idea #3 – Enforced Services- -10% building cost
12 Feb, 1677 – Conversion successful in Khujand, next is Samarkhand. I order here nothing
1 Mar – I order:
Workshop for Wool in Tabas
Basilica for Birjand; Tun, Kardho, Herat, Theodoro
I order Stock Exchanges:
Sari, Bassarabia, Trincomale, Mogostan, Lahijan, Siraf, Hormuz, Crimea, Basra,
15 May – Another conversion, in Tashkent, I order a Workshop here for it’s Tea.
1 July – Bukhara converts! I order here an upgraded Star Fort.
8 Sept – Event- Traders Demand Need – I spend 100 to help them out
30 Sept- I claim Oman’s Suhar
Abe Sargent
12-26-2022, 04:19 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 106 - A Cheating Wife Discovered
16 April – 1578 – Event – Pirates strike and I spend 75 DIP to hunt them down.
1 June - - I lose my claim on Azov
17 June – Samarkhnad converts! I order here a Stock Exchange
I order two of my armies over to Arabia.
15 July – Event – Production research Flawed – I lose 50 ADM Power
31 July – Event – Desires of the Flesh - My wife is sleeping with an advisor. I have four options like keep silent, pay the advisor off, divorce, etc. I choose to pay him off and he leaves court.
1 Sept – My two armies are in Arabia, around 65k total. I am soon about to declare war on Oman.
Oman has 9 provinces and some have value, but not near me. They have Spices in Ash Shardiyah; Gems in Madqat, Incense in Dusta and Khofar, and Copper mining in Masirah, and I’ll need to grab one bad province on the coast to get to the other stuff.
17 Sept – A general dies, I hire another.
31 Dec – The ruler of Georgia died, we enter into a new Royal Marriage
1 Feb, 1679 – I order a few Forts into Star Forts like Meliktaes and Tabriz
I increase Samawat’s dev by 2 and order a Workshop here for it’s Spices.
27 Sept – Without me using a Missionary Yazd is now Orthodox from Zoroastrian
1 Oct – I claim Sindh’s Chabahar I pull this back to build up a spy network in Genoa
1 Nov – New Tech!!! – ADMIN TECH 23 – Measuring the World - -10% Dev cost modifier,
14 Dec – Event – Colonial Ventures – We invest and get -10% DIP TECH costs but +10% ship building cost
Abe Sargent
12-26-2022, 07:29 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 107 - The Theodoro/Oman War
14 April – 1680 – Event – Cultural Unrest – I order suppression and Tanga gets +10% revolt risk
1 June – I claim Oman’s Dhofar
1 July- I declare war for Oman’s Ash Sharqiyah. I do not call in my allies, Yemen joins them
I order 32k from Liwa into the adjacent holding of Baraimi and my 31k army from Qawasim to Suhar
1 Aug – Suhar is ours, next I order to Masqat
9 Aug – I capture the minor holding of Baraimi I order next to the Fort of Nizwa where 13k are defending
24 Aug – We rout the Nizwa army and begin the siege, I order a fusillade
7 Sept = Masqat is ours I order this army to grab next door Ash Sharqiyah and 2k calvary to head inland to Ibra
17 Sept – The Fort of Nizwa falls. I order this army to Masirah
6 Oct – The other two minors fell and I order them to Dhofar
23 Oct – Masirah is ours, I order next to Wusta
I offer peace to Yemen for 250 cash
Now I have a warscore of 99
15 Nov – Event – A Helping Hand – I choose to spend 500 cash to hire an expert on Theodoro Monument to improve our capital.
23 Nov – Wusta is ours
25 Nov – As is Dofar, we have every Omani holding until our control. Peace time!!!
It’s 67 to bring in everything, even the less valuable stuff. And 52 badboy. Who cares this time? Transoxiana, don’t care, Delhi, Sindh, and the Turks, what if I pull out three internal holdings? 41 badboy, and just Transoxiana and Delhi.
Alright, just those six coastal holdings:
https://i.ibb.co/pj591YF/20221211100224-1.jpg
I core them all for less than a 100 ADM power, and we’ll start next to Qawasim and move around the coast to Dhofar.
Batinah (Suhar on the map) – Grain farmer, Farm Estate, 12 dev, coastal desert, Church, Workshop, Omani people, Sunni faith, they make for us 0.12 in cash
Muscat (Masqat on Map) – Gems making, Coastal Desert, 12 dev, Omani and Sunni, Mill for Gems, Stock Exchanges, Workshop, 0.18 made here, Natural Harbor
Ash Sharqiyah – Spice growers, Trade Station for Spices, 9 dev, Church, Coastal Desert, 0.40 made here monthly, Sunni and Omani
Masriah – Copper mining here, Workshop, Weapons Manufactory, 5 dev, Arid Coastal Desert, Sunni and Omani and they make 0.39 here.
Wusta – Incense trade here, 3 dev Church, Coastal Desert, Mahri culture, Sunni faith, 0.04 made here Arid.
Dhofar – Incense here as well, 0.01 made here, 3 dev, nothing built here, Mahri culture, Sunni faith, Coastal Desert, Arid.
I keep these two armies here to help with revolts.
Our peace ends 1690.
Abe Sargent
12-27-2022, 07:54 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 108 - Incorporating Oman
17 Dec,1680 - I start building a spy network in Yemen
2 Jan, 1681 – Our explorer dies!
I order:
Workshop for Livestock in Guriyah
Basilica in Tashkent, Samarkhand, Khuland
1 April – I claim Oman’s Fort of Nizwa
I pull this diplomat, I just want an excuse to finish them
1 May – Do I want another MIL Tech or Idea?
Let’s do the tech while I have the -10% Boost:
MIL TECH 22 – Cartridge – We get…
Better Combat Width
Better Fire for artillery and cavalry
Better shock for artillery
Better cavalry and artillery
I can build Conscription Centers
I upgrade my troops
4 June – In the Indies, Banten replaced Sunda on the Island of Sulawesi and Majapjit, I begin making nice, to buy a Trade Station from them.
I start by Influence Nation my Great Power ability
8 Aug – New Tech – DIP TECH 23 - Heavy Frigate – We can build up, I also get +150 settler range and better colonial growth
I spend 260 for upgrades
1 Nov – I accept an offer for military access against Vijayanagar in a war with Colonial Powers
8 Nov – I claim Azov
I pull back my diplomat
29 Dec – My army is at 150k and we have a forcelimit of 177, so I order another 30k army in Persia with 6k artillery, 9k cavalry, and 15k army
21 Feb, 1682 – Gujarat no longer considers us a rival
2 Apr – Event – We get +5k manpower in a nice year!
Abe Sargent
12-27-2022, 11:21 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 109 - Purchasing Buton
1 Jan, 1683 – I order an upgrade of the Bam Citadel
28 Mar -Event – Rains Fail in Visayas – for 5 years they have reduced production
14 June -The army is built, holding up in Zaranj, and then I order a General for it
26 July – Cores finished in everything but Masirah, and Wusta
I order Missionaries to:
Batinah
Muscat
Ash Sharqiyah
19 Aug – Event – Local Traders Demand Aid – I again pay 100 cash to make nice
1 Sept – Rebellion in Wusta where I have my army
13 Sept – Defeated
1 Dec - Marisah and Wusta are cored.
With a relations of Banten 115 maxed I pull back my diplomat and offer to buy a Trade Station
For 4670 I purchase Buton:
https://i.ibb.co/0FgwCNV/20221211105304-1.jpg
Here you go.
Buton – 10 dev, Coastline, Spice trade, Sulawesi culture, Sunni faith, island chain with a strait to Portugal’s Kendari on Sulawesi, Shipyard, Church, Workshop, they send us 0.18 monthly, I destroy the Shipyard and order a Trading Station to double our Spice production.
Abe Sargent
12-27-2022, 07:40 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 110 - Converting Oman
28 Jan, 1684 – Khmer has taken much of SE Asia, I order relations to improve starting with Influence Nation.
17 May – Event – Rigorous Researchers – We get +40 in all three powers
1 July – Ash Sharqiyah converts! Next is Dhofar. I order here a Workshop for the Spices
14 July – Batinah and Muscat converts! Next are Wusta and Masriah, I order nothing as they are full.
11 Aug – Uh oh, Delhi announces us a rival
2 Oct - Event – More Men for the Army - +5k manpower and +1 mil dev in Samar
30 Oct - Event – Increased Demand for Satin – I choose to step up and for 10 years we get +10% production.
1 Feb, 1685 – 8k Rebellion in Masirah,I have an army next door in Wusta
2 Mar – We defeated them!
1 May – Dhofar converts! I order here a Trade Station for the Incense
12 May – Wusta converts! Ditto a Trade Station for the same trade good
14 June – Conversion in Masirah, it’s full so there isn’t any room to build anything.
We are all converted and cored from that Omani War.
1 Aug – Our truce with Kashmir and Transoxiana is up.
I order my two armies from Arabia to Persia, actually I leave one here, Oman allied with Transoxiana
1 Sept – Quantity Idea #4 – Camp Followers – We get +33% National Supply Limit Modifier
Abe Sargent
12-27-2022, 08:40 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 111 - The Sixth Theodoro-Transoxiana War
7 Jan, 1686 - We are in peace, I declare war on Transoxiana and bring in Russia and Georgia
I order 60k to Bojnord to start a Fort Siege:
I order 30k in Oman to Nizwa
31 Jan – We rout the Omani army
22 Feb – Minor in Oman is ours
1 Mar - They have combined their armies around our recent captures
22 Mar- They capture a minor holding of Khujand
I am pulling my extra armies in sieges to meet up and force them out
2 April – another minor of ours falls.
12 April – We capture the Omani Fort of Nizwa
We have taken out Oman, I order this army to the rallying point.
22 April – Georgia has arrived
27 May – More than 100k forces arrive in Charjuy and I order my troops deeper.
30 May – I capture a Transoxiana minor
17 June – They flee the siege, and pull back into their space from my main army
1 July – Russia has started a siege of their Fort of Urgench
16 July – Two more minors have fallen
1 Aug – We capture another minor and I order this army to move to the Fort of Kochkor
13 Aug – I recapture my minors around Samarkhand
I order one army to head back to Bojnord and the other to siege the Fort of Kashgar
20 Aug - Event- Another side with the church for authority and influence
6 Sept – Another minor pair falls
19 Sept – The Siege of Kochkor has begun, they have 55k next door.
30 Sept – The Siege of Kashgar begins, I order one army to head to Kochkor to attack the nearby army
27 Oct – Two more minors have fallen
6 Nov – We capture Bojnord! I order these two armies to Kashmir
26 Dec – More minors fall
I reject a peace offer from Oman giving me their stuff I want their warscore for getting Transoxiana holdings.
I have a warscore of 73%
22 Feb, 1687 – Another minor falls
Russia is besieging Kashmir
1 Mar – We max relations with Khmer with relations of 115. But I stay to buy a Post post-war
20 April – The Commonwealth no longer considers us a Rival
28 May – Kochkor falls, and I order my giant army next door to the army holding of Chuy
11 June – Kashgar falls!
9 July – Kashmar falls to Russia after getting extra troops from us.
21 July – We defeat their army in Chuy
20 Aug – Chuy is ours. We have a warscore of 99
6 Sept- The last minor falls, we or Russia have every holding of Transoxiana, Kashmir and Oman.
They have four holdings next to me with good trade goods:
Shymkent - Tea, 4 bb, 5 warscore
Sozak – 5 warscore, 4 bb, Salt
Talas- Iron, 8 warscore, bb
Kokand – Iron, 10 warscore, 12 bb
Total – 27 warscore and badboy
Now what?
There is a very high dev Wool province next to me called Uzkend – 16 warscore, 26 badby
With those 5 only Delhi and Transoxiana will care.
I add one more minor named Kish before Sindh will join. That gives me a warscore of 48.
Here:
https://i.ibb.co/8Bq9rqw/20221211123519-1.jpg
I order cores for around 400, Uzkend was 210 by itself
Shymkent - Tea, 5 dev, Drylands, Plantation for Tea, Uzbek, Sunni, 0.20 made here. Next to Russia.
Sozak – Salt produced here, next to Russia and Transoxiana, 3 dev, Desert, Sunni faith and Kazakh culture, they make 0.05
Talas - Iron Miners, next to Russia and Transoxiana, Drylands, Weapons Manufactory with Church and Conscription Center, 9 dev, Sunni faith, Kyrgyz culture, they make 0.09 here.
Kokand – Iron Miners – Next to Delhi and Transoxiana, 13 dev, Grasslands, it has a bunch of buildings – Conscription Center, Weapons Manufactory, Church, Workshop, and Sunni faith, Uzbek culture, they make for us 0.84 monthly
Uzkend – Wool shearers, a massive 30 dev, Sunni faith, Kyrgyz culture, Highlands, Church and Workshop here, 0.15 made here, Coal for later after it embraces Enlightenment, next to Transoxiana.
Kish – Next to Transoxiana, random grab, Mountains, Wool shearers, 6 dev, Sunni and Uzbek, they make us 0.07 monthly.
That’s our new six from the Big Giver of Land The Big T!!!
That’s the last good trade good from here. Everything else is Grain, Livestock, Wool, other minor holdings.
Abe Sargent
12-28-2022, 12:12 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 112 - Purchasing Martaban
I order 31k back to Arabia
30k in Kish
32k in Talas
31k in Sozak
33k in Kokand
1 Dec – I accept military access to our Rival Venice as they are at war with the Turks
19 Feb, 1688 – Event Shipwrecked, we lose 288 cash to recover our shipwreck.
1 April – Russia is at another war with Japan
1 June – New Idea – Quantity Idea #5 – Conscripted Garrisons – We get a nice +25% garrison size!
22 July – Event – Sepoys – I choose to Establish Sepoy Regiments and get +19k manpower and that puts me at 116k out of max of 144k
2 Sept – I claim Yemen’s next door Al Ghadiyah it’s pretty minor
Yemen is allied with the remnant of Mamluks, East Africa’s Mombasa and Warsangeli, Mahra- all minors.
They are likely my next target of expansion.
They are probably a two war option, with 5 Coffee holdings, 4 Incense, 1 Cloth, and many others.
They are only next to me and the Ottoman’s vassal of Hejaz, and they are much more developed than Oman. Like Aden’s 35 dev. It’ll be slower.
1 Nov – Trade Station with Khmer:
3873 for this Sugar province:
https://i.ibb.co/Rg2qYGW/20221211131829-1.jpg
Martaban – On the border with Bengal and Khmer, Jungle, Tropical, Sugar made here, Plantation for the Sugar, it also has Shipyard and Workshop, 15 dev, Mon Culture, faith is Theravada, we are making 0.73 here monthly.
Good stuff!
I recall my Khmer and make nice with Bengal after it arrives.
I destroy the Shipyard and order a Star Fort here.
Abe Sargent
12-28-2022, 04:08 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 113 - Educating the Poor
1 Feb, 1689 – I spend DIP power to get my Trading Post in Sri Lanka to 10 dev from 8, and order a Workshop here for the Spices
1 March – My Constantinople merchant is only making 0.04 I pull it back. I send it to Aden
2 May - I am now making 2.76
27, Jan, 1690 – A general dies, I order another elevated
25 April – Event- Support for Dissidents Abroad - I choose to spend 425 cash to lower my relations with Oman and increase their rebellion risk for 5 years.
24 July – Event – Education for the Poor? – I say yes, we gain +1 innovativeness, clergy support, but for 10 years +5% revolt risk.
12 Aug – Sozak is a core, I order a Missionary here.
Dec 7 - The other 5 cores are done, I order Missionaries to Kish and Kokand
Abe Sargent
12-28-2022, 07:24 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 114 - Purchasing Tajura
1 April, 1691 – With a relations of 88 I max with Bengal and order my diplomat back
5 June – Transoxiana is now allied with Gujarat, a massive north Indian powerhouse. That’s not something I am likely to jump down since they have 185k forces. We have 180k if you’ll recall.
Sindh is allied with Delhi, Gujarat and Jaunpur, also not likely.
8 June – Sozak converts, next is Shymkent, I order here a Naval Equipment Manufactory for the Salt
27 Aug – I begin to build a spy network in Transoxiana
I claim Yemen’s Incense holding two over called Qishn
9 October – Conversion in Kish, next is Talas, I order here a Textile Manufactory for Wool.
I order:
Workshop in Dhofar for Incense and Wusta too
1 Nov - Another conversion, this time in Kokand, next is Uzkend; I order here nothing since it’s full with four buildings
1 Feb, 1692 – We lose our claim on Transoxiana’s Bojnord and that was my last claim
6 April – Shymkent converts! I order here Workshop for Tea.
22 July – Event – Death of a Merchant – We gain 1775 cash
I order up a Trading Post in a Military place, not a great holding in the Gulf of Aden
3871 later from Herar:
https://i.ibb.co/ky3R5vQ/20221211141608-1.jpg
Tajura - It’s a strait crossing to Yemen’s Mukha – Livestock, with a Farm Estate and Workshop, Sunni faith, Afar culture, Arid, Coastal Desert, just 9 dev, 0.11 made here. Next to Hedjaz, Turks, and Herar and Yemen.
That gives me a launching point against my future war with Yemen. I use up 50 Dip to raise it’s dev to 10 and order a Star Fort here.
Abe Sargent
12-29-2022, 09:27 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 115 - The Arrival of the Counting House
23 Aug 1692 – Talas converts! I spend 35 Dip to raise dev from 9 to 10 and order here a Workshop for it’s iron mines.
1 Sept – New Idea – Quantity Idea #6 – The Old and the Infirm – We get-5% army maintenance cost.
13 Dec – Uzkend converts! I order a Textile Manufactory for it’s Wool industry.
We are now fully cored and converted.
22 Jan, 1693 – I decline an offer for Military Access with Spain who is at war with the Indies.
1 Mar - My new forcelimit is now 189k 9k more than I have.
Right now I am making 155 gold per month in surplus.
Here:
https://i.ibb.co/3fxRpRh/20221211142750-1.jpg
I am zooming into my economy so you can see where my cash is coming from and going. Should I build another 30k army even though I would be well past my forcelimit? Yeah, I do it.
I order:
15k infantry
9k Cavalry
6k artillery to assemble in Zaranj
1 Sept – Our Inquisitor adviser dies, I hire a level 3 Master of Mint.
New Tech!!! ADMIN TECH 24 – Bonds and Tontines – We get 250 governing capacity and we can built Counting Houses. Those are upgraded Workshops that cost 285 and take a year to build.
I order Counting Houses here:
Silk holdings of Tabriz; Teheren; Fasa; Lahijan; Sari; Shushtar;
Sugar in Ahvaz
Paper in Herat
That drops my cash to 375
1 Jan, 1694 – New Tech! DIP TECH 24 – The Archipelago Frigate – We get +2% trade, boost to trade range, better naval engagement, and we can build Grand Shipyards in ports and then the ship in the title.
21 Mar – I claim Transoxiana’s Bojnord
18 May – I replace a dead general
15 Aug – Our 30k army is finished, my cash being made is 129.97.
I order these Counting Houses:
Silk in Dashitan; Shrivan; Rasht; Qazvin; Amol
9 Sept – Event – Marital Bliss, We get an adviser in court of the Empress’s family
I send colonists to Shamba, inland of my trading post at Tanga, I order my army from the Horn of Africa here.
Abe Sargent
12-29-2022, 11:28 AM
11 Nov, 1694 – 250 Year Review:
Maps!!!!!!
Zoomed in:
https://i.ibb.co/P4RppvL/20221211145007-1.jpg
As you can see, this is our stuff from Crimea to the Arabian Peninsula, Crimean Sea, Persian Gulf and mid-Persia.
Zoomed out, centered on me:
https://i.ibb.co/2vDXg7W/20221211145212-1.jpg
Our key ally Russia is all over the place, you can see The Ottomans are everywhere, as are the Commonwealth, Russia, UK, Spain, and more.
Abe Sargent
12-29-2022, 06:25 PM
Ledger:
210k army
35 ships out of forcelimit of 87
Techs – 24/24/22 – Total of 70
Ideas – 41 of 42
I promote Uzbek to an accepted culture
With 1341 development, we have the 5th most in the world. Top is 2236 Turks
We have the most techs
At 152.3k we have the 4th best potential manpower in the world. Top is 225k by Turks
With 370.63 cash monthly we have the 3rd best income, UK is first with 676.50.
We have the 6th best score
Orthodox is just 4 nations but with us and another giant Russia in there we have a massive 461 holdings. Only Catholic at 883 and Sunni at 472 have more.
Our Top Ten Holdings by Tax:
1. Crimea with 23.10
2. Tabriz with 16.800
3. Samarkhand with 16.80
4. Herat, 15.83
5. Fasa, 14.70
6. Theodoro, 14.70
7. Wasit, 14.70
8. Samawat, 14.70
9. Shiraz, 14.70
10. Tehere, 14.70
Our Top Ten Holdings by Production (Non-Gold)
1. Tabriz, 47.91 – Silk
2. Teheren – 43.92 – Silk
3. Fasa, 40.41 – Silk
4. Sari, 39.93 – Silk
5. Lahijan, 39.93 – Silk
6. Shushtar, 39.56 - -Silk
7. Ahvaz, 39.25 – Sugar
8. Herat, 39.13 – Paper
9. Dashtistan – 28.85. Silk
10. Four at 28.21 tied – Rasht, Qazvin, Amol and Shrivan
I have 142 holdings
We have the 4th biggest army after Ottomans, UK and Spain, Russia has 197k pretty close to us.
I don’t track navally
Charts:
Faith:
95.7% Orthodox
1.4% Coptic
The rest are trading posts.
% Culture with a % of more than 5:
Persian, 14.9
Uzbek, 7.1
Azerbaijani, 7.4
Mashriqi, 9.4
Khaleeji, 6.8
Khorasani, 6.2
Gothic – 5.4
Crimean, 7.2
Top Ten Trade Nodes by Total Traded:
1. English Channel, 299.80
2. Sevilla
3. Caribbean
4. Ivory Coast
5. Genoa
6. Gujarat
7. Rhineland
8. Champagne
9. Constantinople
10. Wien, 88.17
Ours:
Persia – 44.70
Samarkhand, 43.26
Hormuz - 17.70
Crimea – 43.36
Basra - 23.84
Trade Goods Listed by Current Price:
5.4 - Cocoa
5.25 – Sugar
5.0 – Silk, Dyes
4.5 – Tobacco, Iron
4.05 – Cloth
4.0 – Ivory
3.5 – Paper, Fur
3.45 – Glass, Copper
3.30 – Coffee, Spices, salt
3.12 – Wine
3.0 – Gems, Incense, Cotton, Tea, Chinaware, Tropical Wood, Slaves, Naval Supplies
2.7 – Livestock
2.25 – Wool
2.0 – Grain, Fish
Production Leader:
We lead production in these goods:
Silk – 29.2%
Spices – 22.9%
Gems – 15.0%
Paper – 11.5%
There are no coalitions against us
Great Powers:
1. Spain
2. Ottomans
3. Portugal
4. UK
5. Russia
6. Shun
7. Theodoro
8. France
Abe Sargent
12-30-2022, 03:06 PM
So…why do I think that the Turks have played keep away from us after one major war against us to oust us from Turkey? A few reasons.
1. Our ally Russia, combined with have more combined forces than the Turks. For example, right now we have 210k troops with 150k manpower, and Russia has 198k the Turks have 300k. We have 408k total against 300k. Then add in Georgia’s 70k nearby and we have 478k total. The Turks are allied with Syria and Saxony – Syria is nearby and has 61k checking Georgia.
2. Remember that event where we got big positive relations for not chasing a border dispute then I made nice? I still have border access and can cross their stuff with military access and they cannot declare war on someone with military access, and I regularly send over diplomats to make nice.
3. We are not their rival. The Turks might push things if we were declared as their rival, but we aren’t.
4. There are always easier paths of expansion. For example, the Turks haven’t gone to war with the Commonwealth either, they have gone to the Mamluks a few times.
Abe Sargent
12-30-2022, 04:07 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 116 - The First Theodoro/Yemen War
1 Jan, 1695 – I claim Yemen’s Incense holding of Shihr
1 Feb - I hire a Conquistador for the Horn of Africa army heading down to my new colonial area internal of Tanga’s Trading Post, and then I order some troops built in Tanga to help build up my 13k Horn of Africa army.
Yemen and their allies:
Yemen: 78k
Mamluks: What’s left? 7k
Horn of African nations:
Mombasa: 23k
Warsangli: 6k
Mahra: 0
I order one army to our trading post of Tajura where the Star Fort is done, and the rest of my armies from Persia to Arabia to get ready on the border with Yemen, and then when we’re ready I’ll order mercs in the Horn of Africa holdings to help out.
I’ll hire 45k mercs for Qardho on the Horn of Africa and 30k mercs in Tajura to help keep us on a fast win.
30 April - Our troops arrive in Tajura
1 June – I hire the mercs and order a general for the 30k in Tajura
Our Navigator adviser passes and I hire a level 3 Trader
21 June – Our Conquistador arrives in Tanga
10 July – I kill the natives in Shamba and head north to Taveta also next to Tanga and can be colonized
5 Aug – I kill the natives in Taveta, and now move inner to hidden places westward
26 Sept – I declare war on Yemen for Qishn. I do not call my allies
I order my 45k mercs in Qardho to the holding next door to the Fort of Todgdeer of Warsangli
I order my two armies in Tajura into Yemen’s Mukha
I order my two armies in Dhofar into three holdings away in Shihr
I order my two armies in Wusta into Qishin my wartarget two in,
I order my reserve in Masirah next door to Al Ghaydah
30 Oct – We begin fighting against a 21k Yemeni army in Shihr
3 Nov – Mukha is ours and I order this next door for the Fort of Adan
7 Nov – We rout the army
5 Dec – I capture my three fast holdings in Yemen with my five armies, and I order them on.
9 Dec – I arrive a Adan and launch a fusillade.
19 Dec – Our colonists have arrived at Shamba and set up
I pull them and send them to Taveta
30 Jan, 1696 – I capture two minors in Warangli, and three in Yemen
03 Feb – my Conquistador begins a siege of Mombasa’ capital
20 Feb – A 24k Yemeni army is besieging us in Al-Qatif, I order my reserve to head over and oust it
9 Mar – Another minor falls
31 Mar – Aden falls and my warscore is now 35%
I head to the Fort of San’a
1 May - I begin the Siege of San’a and star with a fusillade
22 May – Another minor in Yemen falls
31 May – They capture Qatar, I order two more armies to head back
5 July – Two more minors fall and I move these two armies to help San’a.
21 July – They capture our holding in Hofuf
27 July – I have three armies with 95k troops in Muscat to head back slowly
5 Sept – I defeat a 30k strong Yemeni army in Liwa
21 Sept – They capture Al Qatif
24 Oct – We recapture Qatar
29 Nov – We recapture Hofuf
1 Feb, 1697 – We capture San’a I order my forces next door to the Star Fort of Sahda
5 Feb – White peace with Mombasa after we are blitzing them
Our colonists set up in Taveta
9 Feb – We finish the siege in Warsangali’s Togdheer, next is their capital of Sanaag
We now have a warscore of 68%
15 Feb – Warsangali offers me a peace for War Reparations some ash and we get no badboy. I say no
17 Feb – The siege of their Fort of Sahda has begun with a fusillade
16 Mar - I capture a minor Warsanagli holding
26 Mar – The Siege of Al Qatif is over and we recaptured it!
I order this 95k army three armies back to Yemen
5 April – The Capital of Warsangali is ours, we now have all of their holdings
I have a warscore of 76%
Let’s do peace with them now, since they connect my Horn of Africa holding and some wealthier places I can take, I don’t want big badboy though
It’s 42 badboy to remove their 5 holdings from the map, they have Slaves, Incense, and one cheap 4 badboy Fish that connects my holdings.
Here are the three I am taking for 16 badboy:
https://i.ibb.co/Rh8ywRX/20221230163854-1.jpg
I spend 53 ADM power coring them.
Garoowe – Horn of Africa, connects us at Qardo and Hobyo, Fishers here, Coastal Desert, 3 dev, 4 badboy to take it, Arid, makes us nothing, Somali culture and Sunni faith.
Togdheer – Star Fort, Highlands, 4 dev. Slaves traded here, internal, connects our holdings in the Horn of Africa with the former capital of Warsangli, Sunni and Somali, 0.08 made here
Sanaag – The former capital, Gulf of Aden, next to Togdheer, Incense here, Workshop and Marketplace built here, 5 dev, coastal desert, Arid, 0.02 made her,
I disband my mercs
9 May – Peace offer from Yemen they offer the three places I have cores on, 955 ducats, and war reparations for 38.5 badboy
I decline, let’s see what the 72% warscore can do?
I go War Reparations and these four holdings for 47.8 badboy:
https://i.ibb.co/7VHHQcD/20221230165344-1.jpg
I spend down to 219 ADM power coring them
Al Ghaydah – Fishing here, coastal desert, 7 dev, arid, Shipyard here, Sunni believers, Mahri culture, makes us 0.02, just what is needed to get me to the good stuff.
Qishn – Incense, Shipyard, Conscription Center, Arid, Coastal Desert, 11 dev, Mahri and Sunni, makes us 0.06
Shihr – Incense, Arid, Natural Harbor, 22 Dev, Trade Station manufactory, Shipyard, Conscription Center, Stock Exchange, Yemeni culture, Sunni faith, 017 made here, Coastal Desert
Mukalla – 17 dev, Coastal Desert, Incense, Shipyard, Conscription Center, Trade Station, Arid, Yemeni, Sunni, Arid, 0.55 made here
Abe Sargent
12-30-2022, 07:00 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 117 - Incorporating Yemen and Warsangali, Take One
9 May - I order a claim for Transoxiana’s Khiva.
6 June – Our Empress has died
1 July – Our truce with Oman and Transoxiana has ended
30 Aug - I claim Yemen’s Adan
1 Jan, 1698 – I order:
Basilica in Uzkend
Counting House for Crimea’s Salt, Ardabil’s Dyes; Samarkhand’s Paper
1 Mar - I lose my final claim on The Commonwealth and cannot declare conquest on them anymore.
13 Mar – Event – Demands for Representation – I lose 75 DIP power to Ban publications
1 May – I accept an offer for war access from Warsangali
1 Feb, 1699 – Taveta will be good for Slave trading
1 June – Rebellion in Sanaag I have 40k next door
26 June – Rebels defeated
1 Sept – 12k rebellion in Qishn I have an army here
18 Sept - Rebellion defeated
11 Oct – Natives in Tana next to Taveta killed
16 Nov – Event: The Risks of Trade – I spend 2400 cash to fix up a bad merchant decision and gain Burgher loyalty and influence
Abe Sargent
12-30-2022, 11:08 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 118 - Coring and Converting
1 Jan, 1700 – Gems are good in Shamba!
The next Institution is here – The Enlightenment which is good for Coal
3 Feb – Event – Al Ghaydah becomes Orthodox.
15 April – Qishn, Shihr, and Al Ghaydah are now cores. I order Missionaries here and a Naval Equipment Manufactory for Al Ghaydah
2 May – I claim Transoxiana’s Chuy
I pull and start building a spy network in the Commonwealth
6 July – Garoowe and Togdheer are Corse I order a missionary in the latter
1 Aug – Sanaag is a core!
16 Aug – Mukalla now a core and we are all cored
12 Nov – I claim Yemen’s Mukha
1 April, 1701 – I order:
Counting House in Cotton in Merv and Qazinya; Silk in Kashan and Kuhjand; Spices in Samawat
13 April – Togdheer converts! Next is Garoowe. I order here a Trade Station for the Slaves.
1 June – Qishn converts! Next are Mukalla! I order a Trade Station for it’s Incense
Taveta – 3 dev, Slaves, Gothic, Orthodox, Mountains, makes us 0.02, I order these colonists next door to Tana
1 Oct – I kill the natives of Zagua next to Shamba
2 Nov – I also kill the natives of Nyatura also next to Shamba
Abe Sargent
12-31-2022, 08:00 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 119 - The Emperor Passes
1 Jan, 1702 – 15k rebellion in Shihr
28 Jan – Defeated
18 Feb – Event: Rains Bring Fertility to Banjar
27 Feb – Shihr converts! Next is Sanang. I order here a Counting House after destroying the Shipyard for the incense here
1 Mar – Treaty with Mombasa ends
I claim the Commonwealth’s Podole
20 April – Garoowe converts! I order here a Naval Equipment Manufactory for it’s Fish
6 May – Event: Harvest Failure in Zanjan, we get -10 production there for 5 years
1 Aug – Event: A Visit from some Shady People – I keep them out and gain 5 prestige
6 Oct – Mukalla converts, I order here a Counting House after destroying the shipyard
New Tech!
MIL TECH 23 – Light Cavalry – we get +0.25 tactics, better infantry, I upgrade my troops and +1 cavalry shock
1 Nov - I claim the Commonwealth’s Wine holding of Oczakow
21 Nov – The Emperor has Died!
Our new ruler is Alexios VIII of Gothia, with 6/0/5 age 56.
Wife – Photine, 20, 4/2/4
Child – Alexios, 2/4/2, 0
Royal Marriage with Georgia and Russia reupped
6 Dec – RM with our Vassal Trebizond
1 Jan, 1703 – I order:
Trade Station for Slaves in Taveta
Counting Houses: Paper in Yazd, Kerman, Mianeh; Spices in Taytay; Iron in Larestan
16 Mar – Sanang converts! I order here a Trade Station for it’s Incense after spending 150 DIP and 50 MIL to raise it’s dev to 10
17 May – I accept Knowledge Sharing from Nuremberg
26 July -Event: An Empress of the People we get -2% unrest until she dies
Abe Sargent
12-31-2022, 11:54 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 120 - Finding Iron in Tana
2 Jan, 1704 – I order:
Counting House – Ivory in Katapang; Cloth in Qom and Ardalan
13 April – Our diplomat in the Commonwealth was discovered I pull it back and send to Mombasa.
9 Sept – Event: Reduce the Independence of the Church – I side with the church and gain 5 authority and 10 church loyalty
1 Oct – Tana is good for Iron!!!
1 Nov – I lose my claim on Sindh’s Chapahar and that’s my only holding so I cannot declare war on them anymore
1 Jan, 1705 – I order:
Counting Houses in Cloth for Baghdad, Yusoj, and Hamadan; Cotton for Birjand; Incense for Qardho; Gems for Muscat
1 April – Our truce with Warsangali is up!
1 June – I replace a dead general
Abe Sargent
12-31-2022, 07:03 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 121 - Finishing Quantity Ideas
1 Jan, 1706 – I spend some DIP and MIL dev to raise Hobyo to 10 Dev, and then I build a Farm Estate for it’s grain
I also order:
Counting Houses for Wine in Theodoro, Caffa; Wool for Uzkend; Livestock in Suceava
1 Feb – Quantity Idea #7 – Expanded Supply Trains, we get -10 Land Attrition and then for finishing it we get +25% Land force limits
My current force limit is:
253
I have 237, I built up a 32k Conquistador army around our colonies.
As of right now I get 160.88 monthly
I order 35k forces in Arabia to make another army
1 April – I lose my claim on Nizwa in Oman and lost my claim on them. I order my 3rd diplomat to build up a spy network.
1 May – Shamba – Gems are mined here, 3 dev, Highlands, next to Taveta and Tanga, 0.08 made here, Gothic and Orthodox, I order colonists from Tana to Zigua next door
13 Sept – I kill natives in next to Tana Kikuyu
22 Sept – Our Empress dies
1 Oct – Our truce with Yemen and Mamluks has ended
I claim Mombasa’s capital of Mombasa and pull back my diplomat
They have 4 holdings, two Ivory, one Iron and one Cloth so all valuable
1 Dec -I can no longer claim Genoa’s Azov
1 Jan, 1707 – I order:
Mill in Shamba for Gems
Counting Houses for Spices in Hofuf, Darab and Mogostan; Livestock in Tyn; Gems in Bahrain and Qatar
1 Sept – New Tech:
ADMIN TECH 25 – Improved Production – I get +2% production efficiency
16 Sept – My 35k troops are assembled in Dhofar, I am now making monthly 134.18
18 Nov – Great Britain has declared themselves a Naval Hegemon
10 Dec – The Commonwealth has announced us as their new rival
1 Jan, 1508 – I order:
Counting House for Cloth for Kirmanshah; Salt for Yedishkul, Kyzyl-Kar, Sozak; Iron for Kokand
I enter into an alliance with Sindh
I want to make nice with a potential Persia ally
I move my national focus to Diplomacy since I have A 0 there.
I get ready for a war with Yemen and order 30k mercs in Tajura to join my army there
Abe Sargent
01-01-2023, 05:11 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 122 - The Second Theodoro/Yemen War
19 Apr, 1508 - I declare war for Yemen’s Adan
I order 61k troops next to the Fort of Adan, and troops into smaller holdings nearby
I order my 38k in the Horn of Africa to Warangali’s capital and 2k to a smaller holding
I head my Conquistador army to Mombasa
6 May - I rout the 6k army of Warsangali in their capital and begin a siege
21 May - I capture the Warsangali minor
15 June – A minor in Yemen falls and I order this 60+ army to Adam to help with the siege
19 July – I capture the capital of Warsangali
I have a warscore of 8%
26 July – Another minor falls in Yemen
6 Aug – Qatar and Hufuf are under siege and I send a few armies to help alleviate it
28 Aug – Qatar falls
6 Sept – Another minor Yemeni province falls
21 Oct – Liwa and Hofuf fall and they are besieging Al Qatif
5 Jan, 1709 – They capture Qawism
12 Jan – Al Qatif falls
1 Feb – They capture Bahrain
8 Feb – Qawasim is ours again
19 Mar – We retake Liwa
26 Mar - The Siege of Adan is finished I move to San’a
12 April - Qatar is ours again
1 May – Zigua is good for Livestock, I pull these colonists and send them to Nyatura
12 May – New Tech:
DIP TECH 25 – The Three Deckers – We get naval morale +0.50, and can build three-deckers
I order upgrades
22 May – Bahrain and Hofuf are ours again
25 June – I assault siege and capture Al Qatif
I order this 96k army to Basra where Yemen has 60k in siege
1 July – Tana – Iron workers, Savanna, 3 dev, Gothic, Orthodox, they make 0.20 here and they are next to unclaimed holding of Kikuyu
29 July – I win in Basra!
10 Aug - I rout both armies in Grane!
I order these three armies to head back to Yemen
11 Dec – I capture two minors and move to the Fort of Sahda
6 Jan, 1710 – Another minor falls army ordered to Sahda
1 Feb – The Age of Absolutism has ended the Age of Revolutions has begun!
23 May – San’a falls! I order my armies to nearby minors
20 July – Sahda falls!
23 July – Two minors are ours
5 Aug – I disband my mercs
4 Sept – We capture Mukra the last Yemeni holding, and have a warscore of 91%.
What can I get?
There are three I can take, two Livestock and Adan that will give me a badboy around 50, but won’t annoy the Ottomans, anything else puts them in a coalition, I can do four more with my warscore but with a 157 badboy. That’s not happening.
Here’s the peace:
https://i.ibb.co/wyYR6s6/20221230212349-1.jpg
As you can see, I have just Delhi, Transoxiana, Yemen obviously and also Somalia caring. I do peace
Kathiri – Desert, Livestock, 14 dev, Farm Estate, Workshop, Conscription Center, 00.15 made here, Arid, Sunni, Yemeni
Beihan – Mountains, Livestock, 18 dev, Arid, Farm Estate, Sunni Yemeni people, 1.09 made here, Workshop, Conscription Center, Basilica
Aden – Former capital, Incense, 35 dev, Star Fort, Mountains, Entrepot, Yemeni and Sunni, Stock Exchange, Trade Station, Workshop, University, Grand Shipyard, 0.36 made here
I order my forces back and we have peace until July 1719 in nine years. I lost 130k manpower in that war.
Abe Sargent
01-01-2023, 11:25 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 123 - Incorporating Yemen Take Two
29 Sept – I pull colonists from Nyatura and send them to Kikuyu
2 Jan, 1711 I order:
Weapons Manufactory in Tana for Iron
Counting Houses for Wool in Kish, Ilam; for Livestock in Haditha, Azarba, Kuban, Mansur and Terek
I claim Yemen’s Taiz
2 Feb – I kill natives in Turkana next to Kikuyu
3 Mar – I kill natives in Lango next to Turkana
16 July – I kill natives in Gogo next to two colonies in Nyatara and Zigua
13 August – I kill natives in Hehe next to Gogo and Zigua
6 Sep – in Kinga next to Hehe and Zigua I kill natives here
25 Sept – I kill natives in Makonde next to Kinga and two other unclaimed holdings
18 Oct – I also kill natives in Phangwa next to Makonde, Kinga and another unclaimed holding
3 Nov - In Wayao next to Phangwa, Makonde and another unclaimed holding I kill the locals
21 Nov – I kill the locals in Ngindo next to Wayao
1 Jan, 1712 – I order:
Counting House: Paper for Isfahan; Tropical Wood for Sampit; Cotton for Qarshi; Incense for Sanaag, and Fak-Fak; Ivory for Tanga; Iron for Kuma and Talas
2 April – I claim Oman’s Nizwa
19 May – Event: This Cannot Stand, I hunt down pirate sand lose 75 DIP power
2 Oct – Event: Cossack Aggression we get reduced production for 3 years
1 Nov – Our Emperor is now a Martial Educator. We get -1% army annual tradition decay
7 Nov -I replace a dead general
Abe Sargent
01-01-2023, 03:34 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 124 - Zigua Finished
1 Jan, 1715 – I order:
Counting Houses for Iron in Lakia; Livestock in Adyghe, Circassia, Matrega; Wool for Alania
10 Feb – Kathiri converts and I order here a counting house upgrade of its workshop
1 June – Zigua – 3 dev, Gothic, Orthodox, Livestock, Savanna, next to us in Nyatura and then three unclaimed holdings in Gogom Hehe and Kinga. I pull colonists from Kikuyu and send them to Gogo. 0.17 made here. I order a Farm Estate here.
1 Aug – Aden converts, I order here a Counting House upgrade as well!
1 Sept – I claim Oman’s Ibra, I send this diplomat to begin to build up a spy network in Kilwa next to Tanga
1 Dec – Our trader adviser dies and I hire a level 3 Colonial Governor
1 Jan, 1716 - I order:
Naval Equipment Manufactory for Fish in Al Qatif
Counting House for Iron in Tana, Wool for Zaranj, Cotton I Bam
24 Feb – Our Emperor has died, and our heir is just 13 so there is a Regency council.
Transoxiana is losing a big war to Delhi and Sindh, Russia is at war with Japan
26 June – Our colony starts in Gogo, I pull the settlers for Hehe
14 Nov – Event: influenzas Spreads to adjacent holdings, we quarantine three more holdings
Abe Sargent
01-01-2023, 06:12 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 125 - The Arrival of the Star Fortress
1 Jan, 1717 – I order:
Counting Houses for Grain in Hoveyzah; Fish in Grane; Incense in Dhofar; Copper in Masirah; Wine in Birland
20 Feb – New Tech!
MIL TECH 24 – Covered Way – We get +0.25 military tactics, we can build fortresses an upgrade of Star Forts that cost 190 and take 30 months, I order one built in Aden, Tajura and Togdheer
18 May – Kilwa captured Mombasa’s three holdings next to me in war
1 Aug – Hehe is now a colony, I pull colonists and send them next door to Kinga
19 Nov – Alexios takes over, and the regency ends. I try to find a bride with Russia when I set up a RM and fail.
25 Nov – He marries on his own Sotiria a 17 year old with stats of 1/5/5 with a newborn heir age 0 but with horrible 1/2/2 stats, horrible
1 Dec – Our Emperor gains the fertile trait. I disinherit his kid
1 Jan, 1718 I order:
Counting Houses for Spices in Liwa, Shatt; Livestock for Qawasim; Incense in Wusta; Fish in Al Ghaydah; Wine in Iasi and Bender
27 Feb – I claim Yemen’s Marib, I pull the diplomat and start building a spy network in Somalia
18 Aug – Event: Desires of the Flesh – I find out the wife is sleeping with an advisor, I hide it and lose 10 prestige
23 Aug – We set up our colony in Kinga, and I’ll leave them here for now.
19 Oct- I claim Kilwas’ Malindi they took from Mombasa
Abe Sargent
01-01-2023, 09:39 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 126 - The Third Theodoro/Yemen War
1 Jan, 1719 – I order:
30k Mercs in Kathriri to get ready for the next war.
Counting Houses for Tea in Tashkent; Copper in Rafsanjan; Livestock in Charjuy, Atakent and Khundzia
I order 10 transports to the Indies to ferry my 10k troops from Borneo to Taytay.
2 Feb – Delhi took a bunch of Transxoiana holdings near them and released a bunch of new nations, Khiva, Uzbek, Nogai, etc. They are no longer worth a war.
1 April – I lost my claim on Bojnord.
14 April – We arrive at Taytay, there is one province left of Kutai left called Palawan next to us with the rich Sugar.
1 June – We have lost our Great Power status!
1 July – Our truce with Yemen and her allies is up, I declare a new war for Mukha
I order my Conquistador army to the last holding of Mombasa -Pate
I order my 38k army in the Horn of Africa to the capital of Warsangali
I order my six armies in Arabia to head into their army and my army to cross the Strait
I order two armies to the Fort of San’a
18 July – I won in the capital of Warsangali
1 Aug – Kikuyu – Copper mining in the 3 dev Gothic culture Orthodox faith Mountains next to unclaimed Turkana, making me 0.18, I order a Weapons Manufactory here. I pull colonists from Kinga and send then to Turkana
22 Aug – Four minor Yemeni holdings are ours and I order two to the Fort of Sahda
28 Aug - I have begun the Siege of Zabid, their new capital
7 Sept – I defeat the Mombasa army in their capital of Pate
21 Sept – Zabid falls!
1 Oct – 52k have arrived and are in Qatar
I order 3 armies to return and oust them
I have a warscore of 25%
25 Oct – Qatar falls
31 Oct – We capture the capital of Warsangali and their minor holding
8 Nov – We capture Pate, the capital of Mombasa
52% warscore
Pate is a 40 badboy holding, it’s high dev 32 with the valuable holding of Cloth
11 Dec – We have a new 2/2/3 heir, I keep him
19 Dec – They capture Liwa
With my 52% warscore, I can take just one holding without pissing off the Turks.
I take Pate from Mombasa in a separate peace
20 Jan, 1720 – I take Mukha in peace from Yemen
https://i.ibb.co/cgj99Kv/20221231094244-1.jpg
I order a big fat pair of cores for around 200 ADM.
Mokha – Connects my Trading Post with a strait in Tanjura to Aden and my holdings in Arabia. Coastline, Coffee is made here, 33 dev, Yemeni people, Sunni faith, Coastline, University, Grand Shipyard, Basilica, Workshop, Training Fields, Plantation for Coffee, Conscription Center,1.90 made here monthly
Pate – Cloth makers, 32 dev, Farmlands, Sunni faith, Swahili people, Entrepôt, 0.69 made here, Textile Manufactory, Conscription Center, University, Basilica, Training Fields, Grand Shipyard, Stock Exchange, Counting House.
Nice built up pair of fun times!
Peace until May 1726
Abe Sargent
01-02-2023, 12:27 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 127 - Nyatura Grown
29 Jan, 1720 – The Ottomans took out much of Somalia
10 Mar – I order 10k more troops in Taytay
27 May – Event: Pirates raid
1 July – Nyatura – 3 dev, Highlands, Livestock grown here, Gothic, Orthodox, next to Gogo, Shamba, and Zagua and then Kilwa as well, Arid, I order a Farm Estate here, 0.12 made here
I claim Somalia’s Las Khorey
1 Aug – Livestock will be grown in Gogo
19 Sept – Event: Lower Burma Famine
22 Sept – The Georgia ruler has died I offer a new Marriage Royale
1 Oct – Whoa! One of the breakaways from Transoxiana in war is Kazakh and they are Orthodox, I offer an alliance with them.
3 Nov – I enter into a RM with Kazakh!
1 Jan, 1721 – I order:
Counting Houses for Livestock in Zigua, Saidabad; Gems in Nishapur; Wool in Karbala, Malamir, Sulmaniyah, Grain in Meliau;
I order upgraded Fortresses in:
Tanga, Basra, Samawat, Ilam, Crimea, and Bessarabia
5 Mar – Our colony is set up in Turkana
1 Sept – Hehe good for Slaves; Kinga for Tropical Wood
2 Oct:
Wanna see my Africa colony growing?
https://i.ibb.co/B3bN2KN/20221231102118-1.jpg
I’ve zoomed in so you can see the colonies and names of the area as well as my captured territory of Pate brought up to the left and then my port of Tanga I purchased that started this.
10 Nov – Russia has declared war against Nogai which I join them
I don’t think he’ll need us, they have no allies and just 6k troops, I send over two armies at 75k to help from Arabia to help
Abe Sargent
01-02-2023, 08:19 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 128 - Enlightenment Embraced
4 Jan, 1722 – I order:
Fortresses here:
Terek, Khundzia, Meliktates, Tabriz, Haditha, Al Qatif, Zaranj, Sarakhs, Bukhara, Uzkend, Qazvin
3 Mar – I claim Somalia’s Galkayo
I pull them and starting making friends with Kazakh. I start by sending them a gift of 150 cash
24 April – All of Nogai is under Russian control
I order my forces back
1 May – The war ends with cash and war reps and stuff, no land exchanges
27 May – Gold Rush Event – We get 6k cash and 1 inflation
1 June – I lost my claim on Khiva and thus Transoxiana
27 Sept – Mokha is a core! I order a Missionary ere
1 Nov – Our Empress has died
We embrace the Enlightenment!
This costs 8464 gold
Our tech drops drop. I have enough for a new tech:
ADMIN TECH 26 – Separation of Powers – I get another Idea Group!!!
DIP TECH 26 – The East Indiaman – We get 200 colonial range, +25 settler growth, and we can build East Indiaman and Great Frigates
MIL TECH 25 – Royal Mortar – We get +2 artillery fire, +0.10 artillery shock and better artillery
For my next Group of Ideas, what do I want? I cannot take Military I have too many, I can only take Admin and Diplomatic. Which group? I choose the Diplomatic Idea which will give me more Diplomats and boosts to prestige
1 Dec – Turkana is good for Slave trading
2 Dec – Kazakh agree to be my vassal!!!
24 Dec – Pate is now a core, I order a Missionary here
Abe Sargent
01-02-2023, 11:58 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 129 - The Russian-Shun War, Part One
16 Jan, 1523 – I order:
Counting House for Fish in Garoowe, Incense in Hafun
2 Feb - My army in Taytay is finished and I order a general here and 20k forces for war
I claim Kilwa’s 3 dev Ivory next to me Bagamoyo
22 Mar – Uh oh…Russia has declared war against Shun…do I join them when I have land about three away in Persia but very far away from my holdings?
Shun – 146k
I order my 6 Arabian armies to combine into two in Persia on the border with Delhi
6 May – My armies are away so I spend MIL power to drop rebellion in Mokha
I can purchase my first Age of Revolutions ability that will end when it does. What do I like? How about…
Napoleonic Warfare – We get +3 artillery levels vs Forts
29 June – Shun are besieging us in the Trading Post of Martaban
1 Sept – Tyn is now producing Coal! It’s worth 10 cash
Tyn – 2.59 monthly from 12 Dev
29 Sept - Mokha converts! I order here a Counting House for it’s Coffee
28 Feb, 1724 – My 6 armies are in Persia I order to Shun where a bunch have been taken by Russia
11 April – Martaban falls
19 April - Pate converts, I order here a Fortress after tearing down the Grand Shipyard
26 May – Event: Merchant Shipwrecked we lose 356 cash
2 Sept – Four Shun minors have fallen
24 Sept - Dip Idea #1 – Foreign Embassies - +1 Diplomat, I send it to build a spy network with Yemen
I order my three armies so siege the Fortress of Morang and then the other next door to the Star Fort of Makwanpur
24 Dec – We arrive in Morang and I use a fusillade.
Abe Sargent
01-02-2023, 06:15 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 130 - The Russian-Shun War, Part Two; The War for Palawan
2 Mar, 1725 – I split off cavalry and capture two minors
7 April – Another minor falls
23 April – We arrive in Makwanpur and begin the siege
9 May – Two more minors falls
27 May – Kilwa captures our diplomat building a spy network there
1 June – I lose my claim on Chagatai and Chuy
8 June – Three more minors fall and they capture one back in Persia
16 June – Morang falls, I order this army to the Fort of Tsaparang
31 July – Three more minors fell and they captured some back
12 August – Kutai is at war with GB and a bunch of colonies. I declare war on it with my20k next door in Taytay and move it to grab it first
27 Aug – I defat the army in Palawan and begin the siege of their capital
Rebels are attacking a Shun captured holding, I break away an army to help out
1 Sept- Turkana – Slave trading, 3 dev, Orthodox, Gothic, I order a Trade Station makes .10, Highlands, next to unclaimed Lango. I send these colonists there.
3 Sept – I capture two more Shun minors
5 Sept – Our siege in Tsaparang begins with a cannon fire
22 Sept – Another Shun minor falls
19 Oct – Makwanpur falls!
I order these two armies to our trading post in Martaban to reclaim it
1 Nov – Palawan is ours!
I take it for just 4 badboy:
Core is 48:
https://i.ibb.co/pQmDmS9/20221231115816-1.jpg
Palawan – Next to Taytay, part of the modern day Philippines, 8 dev, Coastline, Sugar grown here, Hindu faith, Pilipino culture, Shipyard and Counting House, 0.14 made here monthly, this will be nice soon
I’ll leave my 20k army here for rebels and then religious zealots once I start converting
Abe Sargent
01-03-2023, 12:01 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 131 - The Russian-Shun War, Part Three
28 Nov, 1725 - I won against rebels in Shun and order this army to join another rebellion that struck
1 Jan, 1726 – Our Master of the Mint adviser died and I order a level 3 Natural Scientist that boots our production by 10%
24 Jan – We capture the Fort of Tsaparang, I order these three armies to Chengdu to begin the siege
1 Feb – Gogo – 3 dev, Livestock grown here, Highlands, I order a Farm Estate here, 0.26 made here, Gothic and Orthodox. Next to us in Zigua, Hehe and Nyatura and Kilwa
9 Feb – I win against rebels I order this army to help with the Trading Post siege
11 Mar -Three more minors fall
1 May - Our truce with Yemen and her allies is up
Transoxiana and Yemen join an alliance against me
14 June – I lost a big battle around 30k in our battle against Shun in Dege
I need to go to peace now and let Russia figure this out
My fleeing armies are heading into a 100+ monster.
I head to peace with just Shun and their allies
I have a 7% warscore
I offer them a white peace. They accept. I order my amies back to Arabia and the Star Fort in my Trading Post upgraded to a Fortress.
1 July – Uzkend is now with Coal! I m now making 9.83 monthly here
3 Sept – The Trebizond ruler dies, and I enter into a RM with the new one
Rebellion in my vassal of Kazakh, I sent one od my 30 armies to divert and help them put
1 Dec - I replace a dead General
Hehe – 3 dev, Slave trading Highlands holding, Gothic, Orthodox, I order a Trade Station. It makes 0.30. It’s next to our holdings in Gogo, Kinga and Zigua, and Kilwa
I raise Zigua’s dev to 10 and order a Fortress here
Kinga – Savanna, Tropical Wood, 4 dev, Gothic, Orthodox next to Zigua, Hehe, Kilwa and two unclaimed provinces of Phangwa and Makonde, I order the colonists pulled from Lango and sent to Phangwa, I order a Mill here
Abe Sargent
01-03-2023, 04:31 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 132 - Integrating Palawan
1 Jan, 1727 – Coal in Lahijan – it now makes monthly 3.81 it was a Silk holding
Right now Yemen is allied with Ethiopia, Wansangali and in a coalition with Transoxiana and Somalia. If I declare war then I’d be at war with them too
Transoxiana has 19k forces, so I order 30k next door from Shun’s war
I order:
30k mercs in Mokha
And:
Counting Houses for Copper in Kikuyu, Konjikala; Livestock in Nyatura, Ghuriyan; Spices in Ash Sharqiyah; Tea in Golestan
1 April – I lose my claim on Podole in the Commonwealth
22 Sept – Our diplomat building a spy network in Yemen was discovered and ousted
1 Nov – I lost my claim on the Commonwealth and their holding of Oczakow
Our Emperor gains the Calm trait.
2 Jan, 1728 – I order:
Counting Houses in: Grain in Wasit; Wool for Khoy, Maragheh, Sabzevar; Spices for Trincomale
6 Jan – We set up our colony in Phangwe and I pull them for Makande
I join Russia in a war against Chagatai
I order my 31k from Bukhara next to Transoxiana over to help
1 Mar – Our Master Recruiter dies, next advisor for military is level 3 Military Engineer who improves fort defense by 20%
11 Mar – I arrive in the capital of Chagatai
5 April – Chuy is ours, I order this army next door to fight their 12k army
24 April – We rout their army, I order this back to Bukhara
9 May – Chagatai took peace and became a vassal of Russia. They are Orthodox
1 Aug – Dip Idea #2 – Cabinet - +1 dip relations
5 Nov – I hire 45k mercs in Kathiri
4 Dec – Palawan is now a core I order a Missionary here
Abe Sargent
01-03-2023, 07:13 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 133 - The Fourth Theodoro/Yemen War
5 Jan, 1729 – All of my forces are back from China, and South East Asia to Persia, and I have added 75k mercs. Here’s my plan;
40k in Horn of Africa for Warsangali and Somalia
31k in Persia for Transoxiana
I have 7 armies on the border Yemen to spill over and grab what I need quick plus their two Forts and capital
I declare war on Yemen for their Taiz province
18 Jan – I rout the Warsangali 6k army in their capital and begin a siege
29 Jan – I defeat the Transoxiana army in Khiva
13 Feb - I arrive at the Transoxiana Capital of Urgench.
18 Feb – I capture a minor Somalia holding
26 Feb – I capture two minor Yemeni holdings and order these 4 armies to San’a to fight the defenders and begin a siege
1 Mar – Khiva and Yemeni minor fall
19 Mar – We win in San’a and begin a siege
We capture the capital of Warsangali
I have a 14% warscore
2 April – I capture the last Warsangali holding
9 April – I capture Urgench
29 April – They are besieging Al Qatif with 30k and I break off two units to help
24 May – I capture a minor of Somalia
11 July – Another Somalia minor falls
22 Aug -Another Somalia minor is ours, I head to the Capital of Merca
6 Oct – We begin the Siege of Merca
12 Oct – Palawan converts! I destroy the Shipyard and I order a Planation for the Sugar here
21 Oct – Merca falls!
42 warscore, do I want a separate peace with Somalia?
I could get 4 holdings with a badboy of 66, they have all valuable goods. Galkayo by itself is just 4 badboy. I could do that and then things like War Reparations and such.
I take from Warsangali their holding of Bosaso next to me, and go to peace, 53 for coring, that’s 11 badboy
1 Nov – Longo is a good place to raise Livestock
12 Dec – I oust them in Al Qatif
26 Feb, 1730 – I have captured the last three Somalia holdings
30 Mar - -I rout the Yemeni army
10 April – I capture two minor Yemeni holdings and move to the Fort of Sahda
25 May – Another minor Yemeni falls and I order this army to Saida
11 June – The Fort of San’a falls
1 July - Their capital of Zabid falls!
I have a 78 warscore
One of the holdings I want was captured in rebels in Somalia so I order my 40karmy back to take out the rebels and recapture the province
5 Aug – I defeat the Rebels
18 Aug – I disband my 30k merc army
27 Aug – I capture the rebel province from the rebels
Peace:
https://i.ibb.co/vvS4XpP/20221231143011-1.jpg
I take these four holdings for 54 badboy
I spend 240 to core them
Arabia:
Taiz – 32 dev, Mountains, Coffee grown here, Sunni Faith, Yemeni culture, 0.37 made here, Counting House, Town Hall, Conscription Center, Plantation, Stock Exchange, Training Fields, Basilica, and University here. Inland
Horn of Africa:
Las Khorey - Horn of Africa, 16 dev, Incense, Coastal Desert, Church, Workshop, Sunni faith, Somalia people, 0.13 made here, next to just us.
Galcayo – 4 dev, Steppes, Livestock, Church, Fetishist faith, Otomo culture, with a 00.01 and Arid and a Church, next to Turks and us, inland
Meregh – Livestock, 9 dev, Steppes, Sunni and Somali, coastal next to us in Hafun and Turks and Somalia, makes us 0.06
Bosaso – From Warsangali, Incense, Arid, Coastal Desert, Trade Station, Church, Counting House, 9 dev, makes us 0.76, Somali and Sunni
Abe Sargent
01-03-2023, 10:13 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 134 - Incorporating Yemen and the Horn of Africa
29 Aug,1530 - We lose our Casus Belli against Somalia since we took our claims
I claim Yemen’s Dhamar
I claim Zanzibar from Kilwa
1 Nov – Makonde is good for trading Slaves
1 Jan, 1531 – Dip Idea #3 – Grand Banquets - +1 Diplomat. I order this to build a spy network in Somalia
1 April – Phangwa is good for Livestock
1 July – Our white peace with Shun has ended
2 July – I give military access to people at war with Kilwa like Kongo
6 Oct – Event: Liturgical Reform I get power and better clergy relations
1 Nov – I lost my claim on the city of Mombasa
2 Jan, 1532 – I order:
Counting House for Livestock in Gogo, Tajura; Slaves in Hehe and Turkana; Wool in Kabardia
23 Mar – I replace a dead general
13 April – New Tech!
MIL TECH 26 – Light Infantry Companies - I get +1 land morale, and then better infantry, I upgrade.
11 June - Another General dies and I replace it
6 July – Event: Honest Admin – We get boosts to Dip reputation
2 Sept – Event – Missionaries arrive in Tanga – I choose to convert it, gain 10 authority, +10% unrest, it’s now Orthodox, I order my army from Pate to Tanga
28 Nov – Bosaso is now a core, I order a Missionary here.
Abe Sargent
01-04-2023, 07:54 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 135 - Longo and Makonde Built
1 Jan, 1533 – I order:
Counting Houses for Sugar in Martaban; Tea for Shymkent; Fish in Jask, Tarki and Dagestan; Wool for Qumis and Tabas; Grain in Savah and Batineh
28 June – The provinces of Taiz, Las Khourey and Galkano have cored! I order Missionaries to the latter two.
1 July – Dip Idea #4 – Benign Diplomats – We get +25% Improve Relations
1 Sept – Makonde – Slave trading, 3 dev, Trade Station ordered, Savannah, Gothic and Orthodox, we make 0.03 here, next to our holdings in Kinga and Phangwa, and north of the unclaimed holding of Wayao where I send these colonists. Next to Kilwa
30 Oct - Meragh a core – we are now all cored up and ready to rock!!!!!!!
1 Nov – 10k rebellion in Bosaso and my army is here
8 Nov – Defeated
1 Jan, 1534 – Bosaso converts! I order here an upgraded Church into a Basilica, I order a Missionary to Meragh.
We begin to annex Kazakh!
I also order:
Counting Houses for Spices in Buton, Fish in Astara and Tropical Wood in Kinga
That’s all of the Counting Houses possible
I order Basilicas in Kuma, Al Ghaydah, Bam, Dhofar, Zanjan
1 Feb – Our Natural Scientist advisor has died! I hire a level 3 Philosopher which gives us +1 prestige annually
27 April – Galkayo converts next Is Taiz, I order here a Farm Estate for the Livestock
29 May – Event: Chocolate Imports – We get –1 unrest and +10% manpower recruitment speed as a cost
1 Sept – Event: Freedom of the Press – I allow it and get +2% unrest
13 Sept – Las Khorey converts!!! I order here a Trade Station for the Incense
1 Oct – 12k rebelling in Meragh and I have an army next door
23 Oct – Defeated
1 Nov – Longo – 4 dev, Savannah, Livestock, I order a Farm Estate here, Orthodox faith, Gothic people, they make 0.03 here, next to Kilwa, Turkana and a wasteland.
Abe Sargent
01-04-2023, 12:11 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 136 -The Annexation of Kazakh
1 Jan, 1735 – Our heir gains the Zealot trait; I order:
Basilicas in Jask, Soltaneh, Hamidan and Wusta
I claim Somalia’s Warsheikh and Merca and I start building up a spy network in the Commonwealth
30 April – Taiz converts! I order here nothing, it’s full.
18 July – Meragh converts and we are fully converted and cored. I order here a Farm Estate for it’s Livestock.
1 Jan, 1736 – I order:
Basilicas in Basireh, Matineh, Bender, Matrega, Iasi
Stock Exchange in:
Shirvan, Teheren, Herat, Shiraz, Isfahan, Uzkend, Yazd, Baghdad
11 Mar – Our Kilwa diplomat was discovered and ousted
1 July – Our peace treaty with Warsangali is up
1 Aug – Wayao is good for growing Livestock
7 Sept – I unlock another Age of Revolutions Ability:
I choose Unrestricted Conquest - No more coring distance.
1 Oct – Annexation is over!
Kyzylkum – Cattle, Desert, 3 dev, Farm Estate, makes us 0.59, Sunni and Kazakh I order a Missionary here, Arid
Qaraqalpak – Wool Shearers, 10 dev, Sunni and the accepted Uzbek culture,I order a Missionary here makes us 0/09
Syghnak – Livestock, desert, Sunni, Kazakh culture, Missionary ordered here, 6 dev makes us 0.32, Farm Estate here with a Church
Turkestan – Grain growers, Desert, Kazakh culture, Sunni faith, 0/18 made here,
Alty-Kudak – Desert Orthodox, Kazakh, Fishing, 6 dev, ,makes us 0.08,
Shekty – Desert, Livestock, 6 dev, Kazakh, Workshop and Farm Estate here, Sunni faith, 5 dev, 0.13 made here
There we are!!! These were formally Transoxiana so you can, again, see why I didn't go after them militarily.
Next to us in Bojnord is the one province Orthodox minor called Khorasan I begin to make nice with them by giving them a gift
2 Nov – Royal Marriage with Khorasan
I claim the Commonwealth’s Podole
4 Dec – We enter into an alliance with Khorasan
Abe Sargent
01-04-2023, 04:01 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 137 - Building a Navy
6 Jan, 1737 – I begin to improve relations with Khorasan
I order:
Stock Exchanges in Hobyo, Mashhad, Shushtar, Theodoro, Tyn, Ahvaz, Wasit, Qom, Birlad,
15 Jan – Event: Foreign Corner of Kilia – I don’t oust them and I get boosts to relations with Georgia
1 Feb – Our truce with Chagatai is over
1 May - I lose my claim on Nizwa in Oman
I pull my spy network building in Kilwa and send them to Oman
1 June – I claim Yemen’s Zabid, I pull this and send them to Genoa to build up a spy network there
1 July – Dip Idea #5 – Experienced Diplomats – We get +2 Dip reputation
22 July – Ternate hasn’t been taken by the European powers in the Indies like the rest. But I’e have to have a large navy to land troops in multiple Islands, and that would cost a lot, but Ternate doesn’t have any allies or protector’s.
Ternate’s Navy:
3 Heavy Ships
13 Light Ships
1 gally
5 Transports
I have:
6 Heavies
3 Lights
9 Galleys
17 Transports
I order a bunch of ships here in the Indies, and move my two navies to combine into one in Fak-Fak on Guinea next to them as well as dropping my 17 transport navy there and moving my 20k troops from Palawan to Fak-Fak.
I order 8 more transports and 5k more troops in Fak-Fak to wait my arrival
4 Oct – Kzyzlkum converts! Next is Turkestan, I order here a Counting House for it’s Livestock.
22 Oct – Syghnak converts! Next is Shekty, I order here nothing it’s full
6 Nov – Qaraqalpak converts! I order here a Textile Manufactory for it’s Wool shearing
29 Nov – The Commonwealth has removed us a rival
Abe Sargent
01-04-2023, 08:46 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 138 - The Modern Bureaucracy Arrives
1 Jan, 1738 – I order:
Naval Equipment Manufactory for Fish in ALty-Kuduk
Basilica in Charjuy
Stock Exchange in Suceava, Tashkent
17 Jan – My 20k army arrives in Fak-Fak
I combine my 17 transports with my 9 ship Persian Gulf fleet to one navy and hire an Admiral
1 July – I claim the Commonwealth’s holding of Oczakow
2 Aug – Our Black Sea 9 ships arrive at Fak-Fak and join my main nay we have 44 ships right now and building.
8 Sept – Event: Improved Steam Engine - +2 production in Talas
1 Oct – New Tech:
ADMIN TECH 27 – Modern Bureaucracy – I get +250 governing capacity, +10 Admin efficiency and -10% Dip cost modifier
With my new capacity I create a state in Pate and make it a nation, and then three of my colonies
23 Oct- Turkestan converts! I order here a Farm Estate for it’s grain growers
1 Jan, 1739 - I order:
Counting House in Makonde for Slaves
Basilica in Terek, Besserabia, Sari, Qom, Baghdad, Haditha,
I influence Nation on Khorasan
27 Feb – I spend 100 MIL to raise the dev on Palawan to 10 and order a Fortress here
8 Mar – Shekty converts, I order here an upgrade Workshop to Counting House for it’s Livestock
1 June – Wayao – 3 devm Livestock, Savannah, next to unclaimed Ngindo and our holding of Makonde and Phangwe next to Kilwa as well. We get .13 monthly and I order a Farm estate here
I send these colonists to Ngindo
I claim The Commonwealth’s holding of Jedysan
I max relations with Khorasan at 180 and can’t get to 190 to vassalize.
I pull my colonist and send it to Delhi to make nice, looks like they no longer view me as a rival
4 July – I influence nation Delhi
7 Aug – I enter into an alliance with Delhi. This is too many dip relations so my DIP tech will drop by 1 each month, but it’s fine. I need the ally.
Here, I’ll show you:
https://i.ibb.co/S0PyyXR/20221231231021-1.jpg
See how the positive is more than the negative by 2? That means alliance territory!
20 Aug – My navy is done and I have a navy of 55 ships, my army in Fak-fak is underway.
I order 30k mercs in Fak-Fak
I hire a general for my main army
1 Oct – Phangwe – 3 dev, Savannah, Livestock, Gothic, Orthodox, make us 0.25 order Farm estate, next to our holdings in Wayao, Makonde and Kinga and Kilwa
Abe Sargent
01-05-2023, 04:04 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 139 - The Theodoro/Ternate War
12 Mar, 1740 – Gujarat announces us as a rival
16 June – Ngindo sets up in a colony
1 Sept – I lose my claim on Oman’s Ibra, I claim it back
26 Sept – I have my fleet in the Halmahera sea, 25k on the ship, two merc armies next to them in Fak-Fak I declare war on Ternate
I don’t bring in any allies
I order my mercs to Manokwari on Papua next to me and my 25k to unload in Tidore
1 Nov – Our truce with the Yemeni alliance is up
16 Nov - I arrive at Tidore
28 Nov – Manokwari is ours
I order the 15k mercs to Halmahera attached to Tidore and Ternate
12 Dec – Transoxiana enters into a coalition against us
17 Dec – I capture Tidore and order this army to Halmahera
26 Dec – Warsangali enters the alliance
6 Jan, 1741 – As does Yemen
6 Feb – Halmahera is ours, I’ll wait until the mercs unload before combining and fighting the 22k defenders in Ternate
22 Mar – We arrive in Ternate with our combined army
4 April – We rout the army and gain a 12 warscore, I begin the Siege of Ternate
I order a fusillade, I order the 15k mercs to the island of Ceram via the ships
1 June – Ternate is ours!
I reject a peace offer
I have a warscore of 82, time to go shopping? I’ll keep pushing since some of their nearby Islands are pretty valuable like Ceram and Ampon
13 June – I capture their flagship!
23 June – My mercs arrive at Ceram and I order my main army to board
24 July – I capture Ceram
They have 8k in Ampom with a strait to Ceram I order my mercs there
15 Aug – We rout the army and begin the siege
13 Sept – I order my main army to the 5k island holding of Sula
Ampom is ours!
I have a 99% warscore but I want to grab Sula since it has a decent trade good
4 Nov – We rout the Sula army
3 Dec – Sula is ours!
What do I want hoping for lower badboy?
Manokwari – 3 warscore
Ceram – 6 warscore
Ampom – 8 warscore
Sula – 4 warscore
Halmahera – 3 warscore
Manado – 4 warscore
The big ones are Ternate (11) and Tidore (11) – Total warscore 48 out of 99
To annex them is just 17 badboy here I’ll show you:
https://i.ibb.co/BcnRLXn/20230101000121-1.jpg
I disband my mercs and spend ADM equal to around 225 total.
Here are my new holdings:
Manokwari – Papua, next to us in Fak-Fak, 4 dev, tropical, Jungle, Tropical Wood, Mill and Grand Shipyard, Sunni and Papuan, makes us .1
Ceram – Island with strait to Ampom, 14 dev, Coastline Cloves are made here, they are very expensive, Trade Station, Drydock, Grand Shipyard, Sunni and Moluccan, they make us here 1.41, tropical
Ampom – Island with strait to Ceram, 19 dev, Coastline, Sunni and Moluccan culture, Tropical Wood, tropical, Mill here with Conscription Center and Grand Shipyard, they make us 0.21
Sula – Island, 8 dev, Coastline, Incense here, Moluccan and Sunni, Trade Station, Grand Shipyard, they make 0/19, tropical
Halmahera – Straits to Tidore and Ternate – 6 dev, Tea is grown here, Coastline, Sudanense people and Sunni faith, Grand Shipyard and Conscription Center, tropical, .15 made here
Manado – Island of Sulawesi next to Portugal, 13 dev, Coastline, Tea grown here, Tropical, Plantation, Conscription Center, Grand Shipyard, Sunni and Sulawesi people, making us 0.26
Ternate – Former capital, strait to Halmahera – 24 dev, Cloves, Coastline, Impressment Offices, Workshop, Shipyard, Sunni and Moluccan people, they make for us 0.38, tropical,
Tidore – Strait to Halmahera, 23 dev, Cloves, Coastline, tropical, they make for us 3.44, Sunni and Moluccan, Trade Station, Conscription Center, Counting House, Grand Shipyard
Nasty for low badboy.
Abe Sargent
01-05-2023, 07:11 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 140 - Purchasing Soyo
1 Dec, 1741 – Dip Idea #6 – Flexible Negotiation – We get -20% province war score
1 Jan, 1742 – Rather than spend my money from the last two years on things like Basilicas and Stock Exchanges I’ll save for a Trading post in West Africa from Kongo, who just lost a war against Great Britain.
I need another army to protect myself in the Indies from rebels and such, I order 25k assembled on the island of Borneo.
I’ll keep my 25k army in Halmahera where I can defend from rebels there or next door in Ternate and Tidore
12 June – one of my generals dies, I make nice with Kongo
1 July – Ngindo is great at providing Ivory!
4 Nov – Our Emperor gains Expansionistic
New Tech: MIL TECH 27 – Bayonet - +.50 Infantry fire
1 Feb, 1743 – Our level 3 advisor in the military died. I hire a level 3 Army Reformer that increases my army morale by +10%
1 Mar -I lost my claim on Marib in Yemen
1 May - The final DIP Idea #7 – Diplomatic Corps – We get -10% Dip Tech Costs.
For finishing this idea group we get lowered impact on stability from DIP Actions.
18 June – The army is finished in Borneo, I order it to Manado next to Portugal on the island of Sulawesi.
27 June – Event: The Lower Burma Famine strikes our Trading Post
5 Sept:
I purchase Soyo from Kongo for 9584:
https://i.ibb.co/T25RP9m/20230101064139-1.jpg
As you can see, this is next to Kongo, Britain, and then just one more positive than negative. Soyo is actually pretty well developed, but just a fishing holding:
Soyo – Trading Post, purchased from Kongo, 17 dev, Grasslands, Catholic and Congolese, Conscription Center, Drydock, Church, Grand Shipyard. I spend 120 ADM power to raise it to dev level 20 and order a Fortress here.
1 Nov – I lost my claim on Malindi in Kilwa. I claim Oman’s Nizwa and start building up a spy network in Kilwa again and pull back my making nice diplomat in Kongo
15 Dec – I claim the Commonwealth’s Zaporoze
14 April, 1744 – Event: Dubious Spending Practices I gain 2 corruption, 2 base production in Ghuriyan, -2% unrest there and +25% production there
18 Sept – Event: Production Research Flawed – I lose 50 ADM power
Abe Sargent
01-05-2023, 07:54 PM
11 Nov – 300 Year Review:
Maps!!!!
Zoomed in of my area in the Black Sea, Persian Gulf, Arabia and Caspian Sea:
https://i.ibb.co/SBzs8KG/20230101070229-1.jpg
Looks like the Horn of Africa is in there as well. As you can see we have a lot of land in an around the Persian area and Central Asia. In the last 50 years I gained 6 holdings in Central Asia from my annexation of an Orthodox nation as well as three wars with smaller holdings in Yemen just 4 in War 1, 3 in War 2 , and one in War 3. Then I gained the Horn of Africa and then Pate in East Africa.
Now let’s turn to East Africa:
https://i.ibb.co/r0bhJ7q/20230101070712-1.jpg
I have pulled up my last colony in the area and it’s awesome Ivory trade good Ngindo. As you can see, our Trading Post in Tanga got us next to a bunch of unclaimed territory here and then we colonized it. We have brought in a total of 15 colonies we added to our great empire with Iron, Copper, Slaves, lots of Livestock and then this one Ivory.
Now let’s zoom in on the Indies and the Philippines
https://i.ibb.co/MZg4Q6X/20230101071216-1.jpg
Everything purple here is us. From the Philippines to Borneo to Sulawesi island to our three holdings on Papua, that’s all us. One of these, Buton, south east of Sulawesi was a Trading Post, two in the Philippines and two in Borneo were colonies well as two in Papua. We captured four on Borneo prior to the last 50 years with two gold holdings, and then in the last 50 years we added Palawan next to Taytay in that war and then the last war against Ternate that had colonized much of the region. This has a much lower badboy to dev level when Palawan was just 4 badboy to annex a nation, and you saw how low all of Ternate was. There aren’t any big areas left, the GB is on Borneo, Java island to it’s south, Spain is in the Philippines and Ajeh island to Borneo’s west. There are still smaller places on the island and in the Malay Peninsula to grab and eat up in smaller wars, but the rest are gone.
Now the map zoomed out, focusing on the Black Sea:
https://i.ibb.co/kxrDsFV/20230101071833-1.jpg
Russia remain our bestest ally. Love our buddies loads!!!
Abe Sargent
01-05-2023, 08:59 PM
Ledger:
Army - We have 316 forcelimit and 336 troops
Navy – We have a 148 forcelimit and 58 ships in the Indies
Tech – 27/26/27: Total of 80
With 587.37 we have the 3rd best income behind Britain and the Turks
With 1992 development we are third behind the Ottomans and Shun
With 204k our max manpower is 4th behind the Turks, Russians and the Brits.
Our 80 techs are just one behind the leader at 81
Our 49 ideas are tied for the most
We are one of only 12 Empires
Religions:
6 Orthodox nations; 547 holdings, that is 2nd most after Catholics and before Sunnis
Our Top Ten Holdings by Tax:
1. Pate, 33.43
2. Crimea, 22.38
3. Uzkend, 22.19
4. Mokha, 18.77
5. Samarkhand, 16.27
6. Tabriz, 16.27
7. Taiz, 15.36
8. Herat, 15.36
9. Theodoro, 14.35
10. Tie at 14.24 with Fasa, Shiraz, Samawat, Wasit, Teheren,
You can see new additions like Pate and Mokha arriving here..
Our Top Ten Holdings by Production (Non-Gold):
1. Uzkend, 91.51 – Coal
2. Tyn, 57.05 – Coal
3. Herat, 51.08 – Paper
4. Pate, 47.15 - Cloth
5. Samarkhand, 46.57 – Paper
6. Aden, 46.57 – Incense
7. Palawan, 46.12 – Sugar
8. Tabriz, 45.25 – Silk
9. Taiz, 43.63 – Coffee
10. THREE at 41.49 – Rasht. Teheren, and Shirvan – all Silk
We have loads of new entries like Palawan, Pate, Aden, Taix, and then the two Coal holdings, and get ready for the three Cloves that have a trade vale of 8 once they are incorporated. Note that one Coal, Lahijan just has a production value of 35.30 not enough to chart. My two gold have values of 69.11 (Pontianak) which would chart 2nd and then way back at 34.55 (Kuching) also not charting.
Army – Our 336k is 6th best. One major foe is Gujarat sitting 2nd at 396k which is my major reason for not heading east into India since they are the big winner in India and I am not messing with them and allied with two major holdings in Delhi and Sindh that usually were building up coalitions against me now on my side as brake against Gujarat. Russia has 235k and is less than us now.
Combined that’s 571k for anyone that thinks we are a problem.
I haven’t called Russia for an offensive war in the last 50 years and I have like a hundred favors from our helping them in theirs. But I am not leaving this thing since that has probably kept the Turks from hurting us too badly.
If my next war is against Kilwa:
Kilwa – 181k army, I’d need to bring all of my armies from Arabia down as well as the 40k in the Horn of Africa. They have a lot of low dev high trade goods like the 3 dev Ivory adjacent holding of Bagamoyo on the coast. They are allied with the 4 holding Horn of Africa nation called Geledi that replaced Somalia and they are off the map. With 75k mercs as a reserve and my Arabian armies n Pate and in my colonies and then 40k next to Warsheikh in my nation, and just bring in Geledi and then 75k reserve we should be able to deal with the 181k armies of Kilwa. That’s probably my next big battle since it’s just adjacent to my colonies and I can load them up and easily blast them. I should be able to get a lot of cheap badboy holdings, since they have a lot of low dev things just like my colonies and I can steer clear of higher dev things like Mombasa or Malindi.
I order my Arabian armies here, with 2 to Pate and the rest to my colonies and then my 40k army next to Warsheikh
Navies – Our 58 ships aren’t even top 20, the top is GB with 626 ships
Kilwa have a massive 171 ships so we’ll want to steer clear of them for naval battles
Religious %:
Orthodox – 92.6
Sunni – 5.2
Coptic – 1
Cultures with more than 5%:
Persian - 11.1
Yemeni - 9.6
Khaleeji – 5.7
Mashriqi – 6.8
Gothic – 7.6
Crimean – 5.5
Uzbek – 5.2
Khorasani – 4.9 I’ll count it it’s close
Azerbaijani – 5.9
Top Ten Trade Nodes by Total Trade Value:
1. Ivory Coast, 153.12
2. Caribbean
3. North Sea
4. Malacca
5. Hangzhou
6. Champagne
7. Cape of Good Hope
8. Chesapeake Bay
9. Wien
10. Pest, 78.26
Ours:
Samarkhand – 69.52
Persia – 68.81
Crimea – 46.9
Hormuz – 19.88
Gulf of Aden? – 39.40
Basra – 9.2
Trade Goods by Current Value:
10 – Coal
8 – Cloves
5.4 – Cocoa
5.25 – Sugar
5.0 – Dyes, Silk
4.95 – Cotton
4.72 – Paper
4.5 – Iron, Tobacco
4.05 – Cloth
4.0 – Ivory
3.5 – Fur
3.45 – Glass, Copper
3.4 – Livestock
3.3 – Coffee, Spices, Salt
3.12 – Wine
3.0 – Gems, Tropical Wood, Chinaware, Tea, Naval Supplies
2.88 – Wool
2.2 – Slaves
2.00 – Fish, Grain
As you can see, Livestock has really risen in price as many of my holdings and colonies and then We have a lot of Wine in the Black Sea area like my capital that boosted in value.
We are the Production Leader in: Cloves, Incense, Spices and Silk
We are not the trade leaders in anything
Coalition Against Us:
Transoxiana – Leader, two provinces
Warsangali – one province
Yemen – Still big
Yemen is allied with Ethiopia, Mahra and Warsangali so there is a great way to push myself here in the future before the Turks do.
Eight Great Powers:
1. Spain
2. Ottomans
3. Great Britain
4. Portugal
5. Theodoro
6. Gujarat
7. France
8. Shun
No longer here Russia replaced by Gujarat. We are a solid 5th.
Abe Sargent
01-06-2023, 04:04 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 141 - Abolishing Slavery
27 Nov, 1744 – Event: Improved Reputation – We get +1 dip reputation for a few years
5 Dec – Every province we took from Ternate is now a core save for Manado.
I order Missionaries to Ternate, Tidore and Halmahera where my army is
I turn the Spice Islands into a state. That’s those three above holdings next to each other
I also turn into a State the Moluccas which are Sula, Ceram and Ampom and Spain’s Buru by the by.
1 Jan, 1745 – Venice is no longer a fitting rival, I choose Kilwa as my new rival
I hold off building for post-Missionary work in the Indies
8 Jan – Manado is now a core, they are all cored
23 Feb – Somalia entered the coalition against us, they have taken out Ethiopia, and have about 6 internal holding surrounded by the Turks
19 Mar - The Turks entered the coalition that’s not good, that means that Yemen is a no go for now.
1 July – I claim Genoa’s Azov and The Commonwealth’s Poltawa. I pull from Genoa and send to Syria now allied with just Somalia not the Turks anymore
4 Aug – My armies are in Africa
I pass the Abolition of Slavery Act. These things happen:
I gain 5 prestige
-1% Missionary Strength
-5% all three Tech costs
-5% National Taxes
-5% Stability cost
All of my slave provinces will stop selling Slaves – that’s
Taveta, Toghdeer, Makonde, Turkana and Hehe
So there are some benefits and weaknesses
New Tech: DIP TECH 27 – Public Punishments – We get +0.50 naval morale, and we can agitate for library with our spies
1 Sept – Here are my new trade goods:
https://i.ibb.co/8Mgjgd6/20230101085355-1.jpg
Livestock in three, Copper in one and Tropical Wood, all upgrades to the 2.2 Slaves trade good.
I order:
Weapons Manufactory in Turkana for Copper
Mill in Makonde for Tropical Wood
Farm Estate for Livestock in Hehe, Taveta and Todgheer
1 Dec – Ngindo – 3 Dev, Ivory traders, Savannah, I order a Trade Station here, the Gothic and Orthodox people here make for us 0.04 monthly, and then it’s next to Kilwa and Wayao us.
I order a fortress in Wayao
I send these colonists to promote growth in Theodoro – right now it’s dev is 20
Abe Sargent
01-06-2023, 10:04 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 142 - Converting Ternate
22 Jan, 1746 – Halmahera converts, next is Manado where my army is. I destroy the Grand Shipyard here and order a Plantation for the Tea.
2 June – Tidore converts, next is Sula, I order here a Basilica to replace the Grand Shipyard
I order this 25k army to Ceram
10 June – Terante converts! Next is Ceram. I order here a Trade Station and destroy the Impressment Offices which are also a Manufactory.
18 Sept – Event – University of Theodoro – I spend 3k ducats, 25 ADM power to gain 3 innovationists
2 Jan, 1747 – I order:
Counting House for Incense at Las Khourey; Livestock in Phangwa; Grain in Turkestan
Stock Exchange in Sanaag
16 April – Event – Desires of the Flesh – I choose to keep quiet the affair again and lose 10 prestige
22 May – Our diplomat in Commonwealth was discovered building a spy network. I pull him
31 Aug – Sula converts! I spend 74 MIL to raise it’s dev level to 10 order here a counting House for it’s Incense. I order this Missionary to Ampom
26 Oct – Ceram converts, next is Manokwari on Papua Island. I destroy the drydock and order a Counting House for it’s Cloves
Abe Sargent
01-07-2023, 07:56 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 143 - The First Theodoro/Kilwa War
1 Jan, 1748 – I hire these mercs:
45k Fort of Zigua
30k Shamba, next to Zigua
15k Kinga – next to Zigua
18k in Pate to head north to hit unclaimed areas
9 Jan – Manado converts! They are all on the way, I hold off building things here pending my mercs and such
1 Feb – I lose my claim on Bagamoyo in Kilwa
5 Feb – My mercs have all arrived. I assign them all generals
10 July – Fortress is done in Wayao.
I declare war on Kilwa for Mombasa, I do not add in my allies.
I order my merc army in Pate west to a minor, I order the two real armies south to Fort of Lamu
My 40k Horn of Africa army heads into Warsheikh
One army heads into Bagamoyo and two to their capital of Kilwa on the coast and then two to Mauka next to Ngindo
28 July – I begin the sieges of Lamu and Kilwa
31 July – I win a battle in Warsheikh
16 Aug - My mercs in the north capture a minor
21 Aug – Makua is ours, I order this combined two armies east to Mozambique
29 Aug – Warsheikh is ours I order in
1 Sept – Kilwa is ours
4 Sept – Bagamoyo is ours
22 Sept – Two minors fall inc Mozambique
I order the two armies to Lomwe
8 Oct – Two more minors are ours
15 Oct – Syria was captured by the Turks.
I capture all of the eastern southern coastal holding I order my 2 armies that captured Kilwa inland past the colony to the Fort of Kolonga
22 Oct – I arrive at the capital of Afgooye and begin a siege
2 Nov – Two more minors hold I order the two more armies to break Kolonga
26 Nov – We begin the siege of Kolonga with an artillery fusillade
5 Dec Another minor falls to my northern mercs and I order them to help with the Siege at Lamu
26 Dec – Manokwari converts
10 Jan, 1749 – Another minor falls
13 Jan – Afoogye is ours!
22 Jan – I rout an army of 4k
18 Feb – I capture the last province of Geledi they are now fully under our control
21 Feb - Ambom converts!
1 Mar- A major army of 82k is moving past Kolonga, I want to leave behind a siege unit and order my four armies to move there but we cannot move there.
6 Mar – 56k in Makua
13 Mar – Lamu falls, I order these 80 troops to our area to help with the bigger troops we’re about to face.
I have a warscore of 41
24 Mar – my 40k army captures Dawa the last northern holding of them I order it to Malindi to capture that minor and then help our my combined army
1 April – They recapture Makua
8 April – Kalonga falls I order the 147k army next door to attack their 82k army
I have a warscore of 50
10 May – I win and gain 3 warscore
14 May – They recapture Mozambique
What can I do with my warscore of 52%?
Geledi is very high dev, I’ll steer clear of them:
Bagamoyo – 1.6 badboy
Zanzibar – 6 badboy
Mzizwa – 2 badboy
Lindi – 5 badboy
Makua – 2 badboy
That’s 15 badboy and no one but Transoxiana will care. That’s a warscore of just 11
What else could I add in with low dev and high trade goods?
Lomwe – 2 badboy
Lolo – 3 badboy
Katsekera – 4 badboy
That’s 24 badboy and 24 warscore
Still only Transoxiana will care.
What else?
Ngonde – 3 badboy, now caring is Somalia too
Tumbukwa – 3 badboy – 30 total the Turks now care so I pull off and grab these:
I’ll also toss in War Reparations:
https://i.ibb.co/2qyK2Lh/20230101103213-1.jpg
The ones glowing:
I disband my 4 mercs, and then I spend just 140 ish ADM power for these 9 additions coring them all they are that low dev.
Ready?
Bagamoyo – 3 dev, Coastline, strait to Zanzibar, next to Tanga, Ivory trades, Swahili culture, Fetishist faith, Trade Station, Grand Shipyard they make 0.33, tropical
Zanzibar – Center of Trade like Basra and Crimea, Strait to Bagamoyo, Tropical Wood, Grand Shipyard, Stock Exchange, natural harbor, tropical, Coastline, 9 dev, 0.06 made here, Sunni faith, Swahili people
Mzizwa – Gems made here, 3 dev, Coastline, Mill, Grand Shipyard, tropical, Fetishist and Swahili, 0.26 made here. Next to Kilwa’s capital of Kilwa.
Lindi – Also next to Kilwa’s capital, 9 dev, Fishers here, I took this to cut off their capital, Coastline, Grand Shipyard, Church, tropical, they make 0.20 monthly, Sunni and Swahili
Makua – Makua culture and Fetishist, 4 dev, Ivory traders, Savannah, tropical, 0.69 made here, Trade Station and Counting House. Inland next to Lomwe and Lolo.
Lomwe – 5 dev, Savannah, Ivory trade, Trade Station, Church, Makua, Fetishist, tropical , next to Makua and Lolo and Kilwa .12 made here
Lolo – Workshop, Marketplace, 6 dev, Ivory Trade, Savannah, 0.26 made here, Nyasa people, Fetishist faith, tropical
Katsekera – 9 dev, Savannah, Ivory Trade, Trade Station, Counting House, 0.18. Fetishist and Nyasa. tropical
Ngonde – 7 dev, Ivory Trade, Savannah, Church, Workshop, 0.25 made here, tropical, Fetishist and Nyasa.
Nice additions and that war worked very well with a bunch of land but little badboy
Abe Sargent
01-07-2023, 11:17 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 144 - Taytay Turns Protestant
Peace in August 1757, I keep my armies here, I need to deal with big spread out rebellion risk and then conversions later
27 July, 1749 – I order a spy network built back up in Kilwa
7 Nov – I claim Oman’s Baraimi and that’s everything so I pull back this diplomat to make nice with the Turks once again
6 Dec – Event – Heresy – Taytay becomes Protestant
I send a Missionary there
1 Jan, 1750 – The next institution is here – The Industrial Revolution
I order in the former Ternate holdings:
Manokwari – Shipyard destroyed, Counting House ordered for Tropical Wood
Ampom – I spend 45 MIL to raise It to 20 dev and I order a Counting House for it’s Tropical Wood
Sula – Counting House ordered for it’s Incense
Manado – I destroy the Grand Shipyard for a Counting House for it’s Tea
Ternate, Halmahera – Still building the pre-war manufactory ordered after they converted
I can purchase a new Age of Revolutions ability I choose Improved Artillery Range and get +20% artillery damage from back row
I also order:
Counting Houses for Fish in Alty-Kuduk; Livestock for Meregh and Longo; Wool in Qarqalpuk
Basilica in Las Khorey
10 Jan - I start to make nice with Banten in the Malay Peninsula
Pasai on Ajeh island see me as allies and friendly, so I also build up relations with them for a potential Trade Station, I start by Influence Nationing them
31 Jan – one of my generals dies and I promote a replacement
27 Feb – I start to make nice with Pasai
They are heavily developed so a potential Post will cost serious cash, so I will save my annual cash for a few years
1 June – I claim Kilwa’s Rukwa
17 June – Warsangali left the coalition against us
23 June – Event: I choose to Hunt them Down after a pirate raid
10 Sept – Taytay converts back from Protestantism to Orthodoxy
22 Sept – Event – Anatomical Theater I agree to give limited access to corpses in the Darfur area for medical purposes, and then for 5 years +5% unrest there
Abe Sargent
01-07-2023, 03:47 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 145 - The Plague Arrives
1 April 1751 – I max relations with the Turks and call back my diplomat
22 May – Warsangali was annexed by the Turks, I send the diplomat building a spy network there to Yemen
1 June – Our level 3 ADM advisor passes, and I hire level 3 Inquisitor which gives us +2 Missionary strength.
1 Sept – Our relations with Banten max, I pull the dip, I start making nice in Malacca
15k Revolt in Katsekera – I have an army here,
6 Sept - Defeated.
9 Nov – Rebellion in Trebizond’s Ezurum 10k much bigger than the 5k defending, I order my 40k from the Horn of Africa over.
1 Feb, 1752 – I max relations with Pasai but will leave them there where I can ensure that we have good relations for the purchase.
17 Feb – Zanzibar is now a core, I order a Missionary here
24 Mar – The Commonwealth announced me as a rival again
15 May - All of the other cores are done I order Missionaries to Bagamoyo and Mzizima
5 Sept – My army arrives in Trebizond and begins to end the siege
14 Sept – We win and I order my army back to the Horn of Africa
26 Sept – Event – Plague in Turkestan I spend 700 cash to help
Abe Sargent
01-07-2023, 07:10 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 146 -Purchasing Gayo
9 Feb, 1753 – I agree with Georgia to do Institution Sharing
1 Mar- Max relations with Malacca, I pull back my dip, next is making nice with Khmer
7 April – Conversions in Mzizima and Bagamoyo, next are Lindi and Ngonde
23 May – Zanzibar converts, next is Makua
1 Sept – Our Colonial Governor level 3 advisor in DIP Tech passes and I hire a level 3 Navigator that gives us +20% colonial range.
11 Sept – Event: Rains Fail in North Lanka they get -10% trade for 5 years
1 Oct – Rebellion of 10k in Lomwe where I have an army
4 Oct – Defeated
10 Oct – Our spy network in Kilwa is discovered
1 Nov – Rebellion in Lindi, also an army here
5 Nov – Defeated
1 Jan, 1754 – New Tech:
DIP TECH 28 – Joint Stock Companies – We get +20 trade range and +2% Trade efficiency
1 Mar – All of northern Kilwa and their ally have been captured by the Ottomans in war
19 March – Ngonde converts! Next is Lolo
20 April – Makua converts! Next is Katsekera
8 May – New Tech:
ADMIN TECH 28 – Rotterham Plough – I get +2% Production efficacy
1 July – I spend 15586 to purchase the Trading Post of Gayo on Ajeh island from Pasai
https://i.ibb.co/z89NrVC/20230101122031-1.jpg
Gayo – Tropical Wood, 25 dev, border of Pasai and Barus, Mill, Grand Shipyard, Basilica, the Sunni Acehnese make us 1.10 monly, Jungle, tropical, I order a fortress here.
I pull my diplomat making nice and send to Barus to make nice with them
7 July – Conversion in Lindi, next is Lomwe
1 Aug – Relations maxed with Khmer I order my diplomat returned, when it returns I’ll send it to make nice with Bengal
1 Sept - Our level 3 Army Reformer advisor passes, I hire a level 3 advisor with the calling of Military Engineer for the boosts to Fort defense
9 Sept – Event - Helping Hand, I choose to help the clergy and gain bonuses with them and 5 authority
Abe Sargent
01-07-2023, 11:24 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 147 - Ending the Coalition
1 Jan, 1755 – I order stuff in my Kilwa takings now that I have purchase my massively pricey trading post.
Counting House for Bagamoyo’s Ivory after destroying the Shipyard
Mill in Zanzibar for Tropical Wood after I spend 34 Mil to raise it’s dev to 10
Counting House for Gems in Mzizima after I destroy the Shipyard
Naval Equipment Manufactory in Lindi for Fish after I spend MIL to raise a dev to 10
100 MIL spent in Ngonde to raise from 7 to 10 and then build a Trade Station for it’s Ivory
2 Feb – Katsekera converts, I order here Basilica after spending 34 MIL to raise it from 9 to 10 dev
23 Feb – Lolo converts! I order here a upgraded Workshop into a Counting House for it’s Ivory
3 Mar – The Ottomans removed Galendi from the map
22 Mar- The Turks have left the military coalition against us! As has Transoxiana, so we now are back to our old selves note that my last two wars picked up bunches but had low badboys
3 April – Somalia left the coalition too
13 May – Yemen leaves, so my next war against them is fine
9 June – Lomwe converts, I order here nothing it’s full, and just 5 dev. Everything we took is converted and cored!!!
Kilwa’s army now is down to 135k
My army forcelimit is 337 and I have 336 so I am right at it. I am currently making a massive 258.75 monthly after costs. I order another 35k army assembled here in Africa.
1 Sept – I lose my claim on Dhamar in Yemen
1 Dec – Relations maxed with Bengal and Bharus I order my dips back
Abe Sargent
01-08-2023, 08:16 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 148 - Growth in Ilam
1 Jan, 1756 – I order:
Counting House for Ternate’s Cloves; Ngindo’s Ivory
Basilica in Sueceava, Pontianak, Talas, Bukhara
14 Jan - I order to make nice with Dai Viet and Jaunpur
21 May – Event: Empress of the People – I spend 1200 ducats to get -2 unrest until she dies
30 June – Event: Growth of the Ilam Textile Industry – Ilam loses a base manpower and now produces Cloth. It was a Wool shearer place with 10 dev making us 1.86 monthly
Ilam – 9 dev, Cloth, makes us 2.52 monthly with the same infrastructure. I spend 27 Mil to bring it back to 10.
1 Aug – I claim Kilwa’s Sena
25 Sept – Kilwa announces us as a rival
22 Nov – Our 35k army is assembled in Phangwe
I am now making 287.11
1 Dec – Rebellion of 10k in Trebizond against 5k
21 Dec – They win a long battle
Abe Sargent
01-08-2023, 11:57 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 149 - The Second Theodoro/Kilwa War
1 Jan, 1757 –
I order these mercs:
45k in Zigua
30k in Kinga
15k in Pate
18k in Shamba
I order my 40k army into Pate from the Horn of Africa
I move my armies around
27 Jan – Mercs are here
1 July – I max relations with Dai Viet and pull them back
1 Aug – Maxed relations with Jaunpur I pull it
Our truce with Kilwa ends
I declare war for their holding Rukwa
I order two armies from Pate to siege the Fort of Lumu
I order my mercs in Pate north to grab holdings
I order two armies into their capital of Kilwa
I order one army into Ibo to grab some minors and cut them off
I order four armies into the Fort of Kalongo
15 Aug – All three sieges begin with a launched cannonade
4 Sept – Kilwa falls, that’s a 12 warscore. I order them to help with the east coast army from Ibo to grab holdings and be beefy
8 Sept – Two minors fell
22 Sept - Kalonga fell, warscore is 27
I order these 146k combined forces to inland.
17 Oct – Two more minors fall
24 Oct – My giant army capture a minor, I order them to the Fort of Bemba on the border with Kongo
18 Nov – I capture the last northern minor with my mercs so I order them to join the Siege of Lemu
9 Dec- The Siege of Bemba begins, I order a fusillade
16 Dec – Two more minors are ours, I have my three east coast armies meeting up and moving on together
22 March, 1758 – We capture Lamu
6 April – I order my 3 armies to the Fort of Massapa
24 April – I capture Malindi and order my force to siege Mombasa
I have 39% warscore
13 May – Semba falls, warscore is 42%
I order them to the Fort of Ruguru
Can I do the peace I want? Last time we had 31 total with War Reparations
Here’s what I can do:
Rukwa, 2 badboy and warscore – cuts them in half
Muhambwe – 3 badboy and warscore
Tumbukwa – 3 badboy, 3 warscore
Sena – 6 badboy, 3 warscore
13 badboy and 10 warscore
Bemba, 1 badboy and 2 warscore – that’s Gold
Nsenga – 3 badboy, 2 warscore
Lamu – 9 badboy, 4 warscore, This cuts off the Turks from expanding further
25.6 badboy, 18 warscore
Now what?
Ruguru – 2 badboy, warscore
Luangwa – 2 and 2
Total – 30 badboy, 23 warscore
I call it
https://i.ibb.co/yYk4z4V/20230101140204-1.jpg
No coalitions forming, not even Kilwa. 9 more holdings.
I disband my 4 mercs, then I spend around 155 for all of these cores, the only pricey one was Lamu.
Lamu – Our big addition, Fortress, Trade Station, Conscription Center, Grand Shipyard, Ivory traded here, Arid, Coastline, 15 dev, 0.83 made here, Sunni and Swahili,
Rukwa – 5 dev, Salt is made here, next to Lake Tanginika, Kilwa in Tabwa, and us. Highlands, Ganda people, Fetishist faith, 0.31 made here, counting house, tropical,
Muhambwe – Tropical Wood is lumbered here, tropical, Savanna, 7 dev, next to Kilwa, Fetishist faith, Ganda culture, Mill and Counting House, they make 0.70,
Tumbukwa – Gems made here, next to Lake Malawi and Kilwa, Savannah, Mill, Counting House, 6 dev, tropical, 0.15 made here, Nyasa Fetishists
Sena – They make us 0.77 with Ivory, 10 dev, Savannah, tropical, Counting House, Conscription Center, Church, Fetishist faith, Shona people, next to almost completely Kilwa
Bemba – 3 dev, Gold miners, Fortress, Conscription Center, next to Kongo, Kilwa, Kongolese culture, Fetishist faith, Hills make us 0.70 here, tropical
Nsenga – 5 dev, Livestock raised here, Savannah, Farm Estate and Counting House, tropical, next to Kilwa, Nyasa and Fetishist, they make 0.62
Ruguru – Fortress, Naval Equipment Manufactory, Hills, 5 dev, next to Kilwa, Lake Tanginika, Salt made here, 0.35 made, Rwandan people, Fetishist faith
Luangwa – Hills, 4 dev, Gems mined here, next to Kilwa, Mill and Conscription Center, tropical, 0.30 made here by the Kongolese Fetishists.
I order my troops around, Kilwa are becoming my Transoxiana.
Abe Sargent
01-08-2023, 03:04 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 150 - Cloves in Zanzibar
23 June, 1758 – I order my extra diplomat to build a spy network in Yemen
29 Sept – Event – Expanding Influence – We get a claim on Ruhunu in Sri Lanka in Kotte – they are allied with the big bad Gujarat so to expansion there.
3 Oct – One of our generals dies
1 Jan, 1759 – I destroy the drydock in the Trading Post of Soyo near Kongo and then order a Naval Equipment Manufactory for the Fish.
I destroy the Grand Shipyard in the Trading Post of Gayo and order a Counting House for it’s Tropical Wood
I order:
Trade Station for Ivory in Lolo
I spend 125 MII and 40 Dip to raise Halmahera to 10 dev and Counting House for it’s Tea
26 March – Event – Hunting Accident – Our heir dies!
Here is the new one – Manuel, 5/5/6, age 2, weak claim. Uh oh.
1 July – I pass this Act:
Grow Cloves in Zanzibar:
https://i.ibb.co/5Bccn3N/20230101151157-1.jpg
I control Cloves and Zanzibar. I pass it.
Zanzibar – Cloves, 0.24 made here, 10 dev, Stock Exchange, Grand Shipyard, 0.24 here, I order a Trade Station manufactory for Cloves. I destroy the Shipyard to remind me to build a Counting House later.
4 Aug – The Ottomans are at war with Yemen
11 Aug - My merchant collecting trade in Malacca was making 3.8 I send it out to Zanzibar
1 Oct – It’s now making at Zanzibar 15.77 monthly. We have home field advantage
1 Dec – I order a claim for Kilwa’s Nkoma a 10 dev Iron mine next to us.
16 Dec – Event – Impressive Quality of Troops – We gain +10 prestige
Abe Sargent
01-08-2023, 06:09 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 151 - Preparations for War
1 Jan, 1760 – I order:
Counting House in Ngonde for Ivory
Basilica for:
Ternate, Caffa, Alania, Birjand, Amol
1 Feb – I lose my claim on Warsheikh, once Somalia’s then Gamalel now the Turks. Ditto Merca
22 Mar – Event: Rainy Season Brings Fertility to Ruvuma it gets enhanced value
Another war with Kilwa and Ottomans
1 April – I fabricate a claim for the Busonga holding Kuria next to my colonies in central Africa. They are allied with Somalia and Kongo, on Lake Victoria, three total holdings
1 July – Event: Growth of the Glass Industry in Birjand, -1 base manpower, it’s now Glass. It was 10 dev the high value Cotton making us 2.76 monthly
Birjand - 9 dev Glass, 1.12 made here, I spend 39 Mil to level it up and order a Mill for the Glass.
That was a loss
1 Oct – There is a war in the Indies on Ajeh island with Pasai and Banten
1 Jan, 1761 – I order:
Basilicas in:
Adyghe, Yedishkul, Lahijan, Qazvin, Mansur, Kashan – those are all updates of Churches save for Lahijan
I keep 2k free for building in Kilwa’s holdings
1 Feb - I claim Barus’s capital next to our Trading Post
Barus - Allied with Pasai and Malacca tributary with Indrapura, and he has 17k. I order both 25k armies in the Indies next door to our Trading Post. Four holdings, very high dev
17 Feb - Rukwa and Sena cores, Missionaries ordered here
4 Mar – New Tech:
MIL TECH 28 - Curiassier – I get better units, +0.5 infantry shock,
1 Apr - I lose my claim on Mombasa in Kilwa now
1 June - Our first army arrives in Ajeh Island
I claim Mombasa from Kilwa
14 June - All of the other cores are done, Missionary ordered in Ruguru
27 Aug – I order 45k mercs for Ajeh island
8 Sept – They arrive
I order 30k mercs assembled
22 Sept – They arrive
11 Nov – My other 25k army is here
Abe Sargent
01-09-2023, 07:50 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 152 - The Theodoro/Barus War
I declare war. I do not call in my allies
I order my 50k troops into the capital of Barus the rest to hold defense
21 Nov – The Siege of Barus begins
1 Dec – I lose my claim on The Commonwealth’s Podole
17 Dec – Rukwa converts, next is Luangwa
1 Jan, 1762 – Conversion in Sena next is Bemba
1 Feb – 12k Rebellion in Tumbuska I do have an army her
2 Feb – Barus falls, I order my 50k army next door to the Fortress of Batka where they have their 17k troops
10 Feb – We win against the rebels
20 Feb – We rout the Barus army and begin the siege with a fusillade
Pasai didn’t join the war since they were at war badly, so I order my mercs to Batka to help with the siege, we won’t need to head into Pasai or defend, we are at war with Malacca too.
13 April – Ruguru converts, next is Muhambwe
1 May – Rebellion in Luangwe, where we have an army
9 May – Rebellion defeated
1 June – I lose my claim on Yemen and their holding Zabid
1 July – Event – Unhappiness Among the Peasants – I spend 2k cash to make nice with them and improve their lives
16 Aug – Batak falls, I order my mercs back to my Fortress and then my two armies next door
4 Oct – I capture a minor
13 Oct – Lungwa converts, next is Nsenga
29 Oct – I defeat a 5k army in a minor holding
6 Dec – I capture Padang, and have all holdings of them under us.
I have a 54 warscore
What can I get with it?
To annex them is 74 badboy and then Indrapura will join a coalition, and 38 warscore, but they won’t do it, I need a longer war gain them. I need to grab from Malacca
Two are just high dev grain provinces, to take the Spices and Incense are a badboy of 37 and they’ll do it, with a warscore of 20. They’ll also do Parliaman, 19 badboy, and a total warscore of 27 and Barus and Indrapura will be pissed. I do the three plus war reparations:
https://i.ibb.co/zGCGbmP/20230101163107-1.jpg
6 Dec – I order my two armies back and my mercs disbanded – Malacca had 52k troops I was playing defense again. I spend 180 ADM power to core.
Barus – Former capital, next to Gayo, Spices traded, 32 dev, jungle, tropical, Trade Station, Counting House, Church, Marketplace, Sumatran people, Hindu faith, they make 0.55
Batak – Next to Barus and Pariaman – Fortress, Grand Shipyard, Church, Trade Station, Workshop, incense, Jungle, tropical, Sunni faith Sumatra, 33 dev, 1.62 made here,
Pariaman – Next to Barus’s last holding and Batak and Indrapura, and then it grows Grain, Drylands, 34 dev, Drydock, Shipyard, Church, Marketplace, Hindu Sumatran, makes us just .16, note no Farm Estate or Counting House.
Abe Sargent
01-09-2023, 04:02 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 153 - Preparing for War #3
1 Jan, 1765 – I save my cash for buildings in Ajeh and an trading post with Dai Viet
Another peasant rebellion in Trebizond
28 Jan – I influence nation Dai Viet
12 Feb – Trebizond won the battle
27 April - Let’s look at Kilwa – they have lost two wars with the Turks and all of their northern holdings and 17 to us in two wars. They still have a solid 155k troops to call on. They had allied with Yemen, that’s gone.
Our peace ends this year October, I order mercs assembled.
I hire:
30k in Zigua
15k in Shamba
18k in Hehe
30k in Lindi
Our 45k is still rebuilding after we used him heavily in the Indies
I move my mercs south around the Fortress of Wayao
4 Aug – All mercs are assembled
9 Aug – Barus is now a core, I order a Missionary here
1 Sept – I lose my claim on Ibra in Oman
1 Oct – Our peace ends, I declare war on Kilwa for Buzinga
Abe Sargent
01-09-2023, 09:41 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 154 - The Third Theodoro/Kilwa War
I order 4 armies into Kilwa where they have 42k
I order one army to the Fort of Mombasa and another to Malindi first before joining in
I order four armies to the Fort of Kalonga
14 Oct = We arrive in our targets
19 Oct- I rout the Kilwa army
12 Nov – Malindi is ours, I order this army to Mombasa
9 Dec – Pariaman and Batak cores, Missionary ordered for Pariaman
28 Dec – I capture a minor with the mercs called Ibo and then Kilwa is ours
I have a 24 warscore
I order these three armies south to minors past us.
12 Feb, 1766 - I capture a minor
22 March – The Siege of Kolanga falls, I order them to the southern Fort of Massapa
1 Ap – Another minor falls
25 April – Another minor falls, my 4 armies from the coast combine and I send them to the northern Fort of Bushubi
28 April – 50k Kilwan forces are next to Massapa but deeper so I cannot move to them
I keep my eastern army and won’t head north to Bushubi
6 June – I capture a minor
29 June – Two more minors fall
13 July – Mombasa falls, I order these two armies to Bushubi
I have a warscore of 54%
Here’s what I could do:
Tete – 4 badboy, 3 warscore
Buzinga – 4 badboy, 3 warscore
Nope they aren’t doing just 6 warscore I need to push them more
22 July – I capture a minor
1 Sept – 22k rebellion in Ajeh, I order my armies over
22 Sept – Massapa falls, I order this combined army next door to the 50k Kilwan army
Actually I have to go to the Fort of Butua first, I’ll do that
26 Sept - Barus converts! Anything to order here? I upgrade the Marketplace to Stock Exchange
28 Sept – The Siege of Bushubi begins
1 Oct – I order a Counting House in Batak to upgrade their Workshop for it’s Incense
8 Oct- My combined 4k army captures the Gold Mines of Zimbabwe
2 Feb, 1767 – I defeat a 53k army on the border of Kongo and raise the warscore to 61
I head to peace:
Tete – 4 badboy, 3 warscore
Buzinga – 4 badboy, 3 warscore
Manyika - 3 badboy, 3 warscore
Massapa – 4 badboy, 2 warscore
Buton – 4 badboy, 3 warscore
That’s two golds, 19 badboy and 14 warscore
Buhera – 7 badboy, 4 warscore
Zimbabwe – 4 badboy, 3 warscore
29 badboy
What else?
Zumbo – 6 badboy, 3 warscore
Lala – 3 badboy, 3 warscore
Lenje - 3 badboy and warscore
Total – 41.7 badboy, 30 warscore
No coalition. They won’t do more.
https://i.ibb.co/F7Mc07x/20230101185410-1.jpg
I disband my mercs and spend 189 ADM Power for this decade of debauchery
Tete – Savannah, 8 dev, Entrepôt, Ivory Traders, Shona, Fetishist, Counting House, Church, tropical, 0.16
Buzinga – North not on map, Lake Victoria, Savannah, Iron Miners, Weapons Manufactory, 8 dev, Church, 0.61 made here Takama, Fetishist
Manyika - South of Tete, Ivory, Highland, 7 dev, Shona, Fetishist, 0.96 made here, Trade Station, Counting House,
Massapa – Fortress south of Tete, west of Manyika, Gold mining, Conscription Center, 9dev, Highlands, 1.42 made here, Fetishist, Shona
Butua – Gold Mines, Fortress, south of Massapa, Church, 7 dev, Highlands, Shona, Fetishist, makes us 0.77
Buhera – East of Butua – 16 dev, Ivory, I grabbed it to connect Zimbabwe, Highlands, Conscription Center, Counting House, Church, Shona, Fetishist makes us 1.08
Zimbabwe – Gold mines, south of Buhera – Entrepot, Highlands, 6 dev, Shona, Fetishist, unique called “City of Khami” 0.12 Shona Fetishist
Zumbo – 13 dev, Ivory Trade, Savannah, Counting House, Conscription Center, Church, 0.20 made here, Shona and Fetishist north of Massapa
Lala – Border with Kongo – 6 dev, Hills, Tropical Wood, Kongolese Fetishist, Mill and Conscription Center, 0.11 ,made here
Lenje - Border with Kongo, Savannah, Livestock raised here, 7 dev, Counting House and Farm Estate here, making us .18, Shona and Sunni
There we are!!!
Abe Sargent
01-10-2023, 04:36 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 155 - The Theodoro/Indrapura War
Peace until March 1775 in 8 years
10 Mar – Pariaman converts! I order a Farm Estate here for the Grain
12 April – By the by, next to Zimbabwe is an unclaimed territory called Lower Limpopo I can send colonist too I pull colonists from our capital and send them too here
13 May – I kill the natives there
18 Sept – The Turks declared themselves as The Military Hegemon
21 Oct – Event - Boundary Dispute – I gain a claim on Kilwa’s Kalonga but our relations drop
1 Dec – I claim Kilwa’s Tabwa a copper mining province next to us and Kongo
1 Jan, 1768 – I don’t order anything I wait to build up when the Cores/Missionaries are done and saving for institutional embracement which needs 7882 and I have 5517
21 April – I claim Indrapura’s gold province of Pagarruyung on Ajeh island
They are allied with Malacca, I order mercs to hold the post in Malacca
I hire two Merc units in Gayo. Malacca has 56k
29 April – The first merc unit arrives
10 May – I know have 75k in Gayo.
I declare war for Pagarruyung
I order my two 25k armies into them
24 June – We capture it, I order my armies to the capital Indrapura
16 July – I begin the Siege with a fusillade
1 Nov – I lose my claim on Nizwa in Oman
1 Jan, 1769 – I lose my claim on The Ottoman’s Zaporze
18 May – Indrapura falls
I have a warscore of 18
2 June – They arrive a 29k army in my trading post in SE Asia Martaban
24 June – New Tech:
ADMIN TECH 29 – Rights of Man – We get another Group of Ideas we’ll grab it after the war
I order my combined forces to the Malaccan Fort of Lankat which they took from Pasai
23 Aug – I defeat an army of 12k Malaccan forces in Pasai
9 Sept – We begin the Siege of Lankat
I have a 26 warscore
7 Dec – Buzinza is a core, I order Missionary here
I launch an assault
27 Dec – We capture Lankat, I have a warscore of 42
30 Jan 1769 – I capture Deli a minor and it’s 44.
They won’t take peace and 12k landed in their capital so I order my army back there
1 Mar – Lower Limpopo is good for Gems
4 Mar – The cores all are done, I order Missionaries to Lala and Lexie
19 May - I rout their army in Indrapura
I make offer to annex them
https://i.ibb.co/YpfTL2p/20230101210315-1.jpg
As you can see, we are getting 27 badboy and only Barus will care.
I go to peace, 86 ADM power needed
Pagarruyung – Gold, Jungle, Tropical, Sumatran culture, Theraveda faith, 12 dev, 0.90 made here, internal, Barracks, Stock Exchange, Church
Indrapura – Coast, Jungle, 29 dev, tropical, Fortress, Counting House, Stock Exchange, Church, Grain, Hindu Sumtran, they make us .31 monthly
I disband the mercs
Abe Sargent
01-10-2023, 12:15 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 156 - Embracing Industrialization
1 June, 1770 – What Idea do I want?
I like Admin that gives you boosts to mercs and other things.
1 July – I lose my claim on Genoa and her Azov
Also Poltawa in the Commonwealth
I build spy networks in both
13 Aug – Our Empress has died
17 Oct – Conversion successful in Buzinza, next is Zumbo
1 Dec – I claim Kilwa’s Sofala
I embrace Industrialization, the final Institution!!!
Our tech reduction stops, New Tech!
MIL TECH 29 – Defense in Depth – I can get better cannons I upgrade
1 Jan, 1771 – I spend 72 MIL to raise Buzinza to level 10 dev and order a Counting House here for it’s In industry
15 Jan – Lala converts! Next is Massapa and this is full
1 April – Lanje converts, next is Zimbabwe, and I order here nothing its full
18 April – Our Admiral died I order another
1 June – Rebellion of 15k in Buhera I have an army here
8 June – Rebels no more.
9 Sept – Zumbo converts! Anything to order here? Church upgraded to Basilica
Next is Butua
1 Dec – Truce with Barus is up
5 Dec – Massapa converts, next is Buhera
11 Dec – Event – Famine in Mombasa Region
Abe Sargent
01-10-2023, 04:04 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 157 - Waiting for the Next War
1 Jan, 1772 – I don’t order anything, I wanna save for finished Missionary things and a Dai Viet trading post. Right now I have 3262 and the Trading Post should be purchasable in a year or two.
After coring all of my Kilwa things, where does my forcelimit rest?
358 forcelimit, 371 troops
I am making a power boost of cash monthly to the tune of 281.64.
I order another 35k army assembled in Africa
My cash dropped to 2671
1 Feb – Zimbabwe converts! Next up is Manyika
1 April – Our heir is now a Conqueror
16 July – Butua converts!!! Next is Tete
10 Nov – Buhera converts! That’s everything save for the current Missionaries
8 Dec – Manyika converts!
20 Dec – I claim Genoa’s Azov and remove my spy
I send them to Pegu to build a spy network
Abe Sargent
01-10-2023, 08:15 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 158 - The Theodoro/Pegu War
22 Jan, 1773 – Core in Pagarruyung! I order a Missionary here
Pegu one province, 6k troops, no allies
I order 25k from Ajeh island to my Trade Station next to Pegu
27 Mar – They arrive
I could declare Imperialism Casus Belli and take them. I do that and claim war for Pegu.
11 April – I rout their 6k army and gain 12 warscore
21 May – We convert Tete
22 May – Indrapura a core I order a Missionary here
22 July – We capture Moulmein and we have a 100 warscore:
https://i.ibb.co/8zmzcXn/20230101223526-1.jpg
Peace for 4 badboy, no coalition no one cares
Moulmein – Chinaware, Coastal, Mill, 23 ADM core ordered, Workshop, Conscription Center, 11 Dev, Jungle, Tropical, Mon Culture, Theravada faith, 0.13 made here.
Abe Sargent
01-11-2023, 07:50 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 159 - Purchasing Kauthara
1 Sept, 1773 – Lower Limpopo – 3 dev, Savannah, Gems, Gothic, Orthodox, Mill ordered, surrounded by Kilwa and next to Zimbabwe.
4 Sept - I am next to two Ayutthaya holdings so I move to buildup a spy network here. They are allied with Malacca.
My 35k army was build during the war. I am making 236.43 now.
Heading into War 4 with Kilwa in a year and a half, they are still able to afford an army of 168k, that’s close to the 180k we fought against the first time. They also have lost two allies and around 28 holdings to us and then two wars to the Turks, and that’s including all of their northern holdings to the Turks. They have lost four Gold to us in the three we just took and Bemba we took a while ago, but they still have two golds, Kilwa their capital and Sofala that I claimed.
16 Dec – Pangarruyung is converted!
I order a Counting House for Grain in Parisaman
1 Feb, 1774 - I purchase a Trading Post from Dai Viet:
7456:
https://i.ibb.co/dcVsDdV/20230101235046-1.jpg
Kauthara – Tropical, Coast, Savannah, 10 dev, Incense next to Khmer, Mahayana faith, Cham culture, here are built Grand Shipyard, Church, Workshop, I order the Shipyard destroyed and a Trade station built here. They make for us 0.21 monthly, it’s a low dev, but the higher ones I couldn’t afford.
1 Mar – Our mercs have rebuilt and are ready for hire again
1 April – I claim Jedysan in the Commonwealth
1 May – Admin Idea #1 – Organized Mercenary Payments - -10% Mercenary costs
30 May – My DIP power is about to hit the cap, so I spend some bringing up the dev in Togdheer to 10 and order a Counting House for the Livestock here
22 June – Indrapura converts!!! I order a Farm Estate for it’s grain.
1 July - Our level 3 DIP advisor Navigator dies and I hire a level 3 Naval Reformer with +10 naval morale
1 Sept – In preparation for the war about to begin on March 1st, I order these mercs:
45k Fort of Wayao
30k Lindi
15k Phangwe
18k Katsekera
11 Sept – Three mercs arrived
22 Oct – Our last army arrives
1 Dec – I lose the claim to Oman and their Baraimi
Abe Sargent
01-11-2023, 12:17 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 160 - The Third Theodoro/Kilwa War
1 March, 1775 – The truce with Kilwa has ended
22 Mar – I declare war for Kilwa’s Sofala
They have 24k in Shagwe I move two armies into it
I combine my Zimbabwe and Lower Limpopo into one place at a nearby minor
I order one unit into Mombasa and another to Malindi first
Two units to Kilwa, and a combined three to Kalonga’s Fort
10 April – I defeat the army in Shangwe
26 April – All three sieges begin with a fusillade
28 April – Two minors and Kilwa are ours, I order the Kilwa sieging units south to Ibo
29 April – I capture Shangwe
3 May – Malindi is ours
28 May- - Our wartarget Sofala is ours
25 June – Ibo is ours
1 July -I combine three armies and capture Qualimane
5 Au g- Another minor is ours
18 Aug – They are besieging Lango, I break off an army in Mombasa to head over
2 Sept – Another minor falls
11 Sept – They capture Lango
16 Sept – I have captured all seaside holdings and order these two armies back to help the Siege at Mombasa
30 Sept – Kalonga falls, I have a warscore of 42 but I’ll keep pushing
16 oct- I capture a minor and order my 106k in the south to besiege the Fort of Swazi
24 Oct – The land 50k in Tajura, and that’s enough to siege the fortress there.
I need to win this more quickly.
What would they want with our 45:
Nothing
1 Nov – I capture a minor and order my 144k 4 armies to head to Tajura
5 Nov – The Siege of Swazi has begun
1 Jan, 1776 – We rout the army in Lango
21 Jan – Lango is ours again
4 May – The Fort of Swasi falls and there are people next to it so I move him to face them
25 May – I win in Mtetwa
28 May – I win in Transvaal
We now have a 59 warscore, wilk they settle?
Nope
They landed another army in Tajura and have 68k total there
1 June – I hire another level 3 advisor in MIL TECH
13 June – after captured the three minors in the south I’ll head to the Fort Bushabi
20 June – Spain no longer considers us a rival
12 July – We capture Mombasa I order our army to Lake Victoria
25 July – Moulmein is now a core, I order a Missionary here.
2 Aug – They capture Tajura
2 Sept – We defeat their army in Tajura
I have 86 percent after their defeat.
Let’s go shopping:
Sofala – 10 badboy, 3 warscore
Shangwe – 3 and 3
Tabwa – 7 badboy and 4 warscore
Nkoma – 7 bb and four score
Bafutiriu – 4 bb, 3 score
Buyogoma – 3 and 3
Bushubi – 4 bb and 3 score
Total – 38 badboy, 23 score,
How about:
Shaga - 3 each
That’s the most I can do with War Reps
https://i.ibb.co/prXTttQ/20230102010846-1.jpg
I spend ADM equal to around 186 coring them and order my Mercs disbanded – no coalitions, not even them.
Sofala – Coastal, Coastline, Gold, Wartarget, 16 dev, 0.71 made here, Natural Harbor, tropical, Church, Grand Shipyard, Conscription Center, Swahili, Sunni
Shangwe – Surrounded by me – 6 dev, Savannah, Livestock, Farm Estate, Counting House, makes 0.16, Shona, Fetishist
Tabwa – Copper Mines, next to Kongo border, 14 dev, Highlands, Luba culture, Fetishist faith, Workshop, Church, Training Fields, makes 0.12 tropical
Nkoma – Connects us, Iron Mining Hills, Lake Tanginika, 16 dev, Rwandan, Fetishist, 1.46, tropical, Weapons Manufactory, Counting House, Church
Bafutiriu – Border with Kongo, 8 dev, Grain, Hills, Farm Estate and Counting House, 0.41 made here, Rwandan and Fetishist,
Buyogoma – Free, 7 dev, Savannah, Grain, tropical, Farm Estate, Conscription Center, .06, Rwandan and Fetishist
Bushubi – Fortress, Rwandan, Catholic, Farm Estate, Grain growers, next to two of them and three of us, Hills, 9 dev, 0.30 made here, tropical
Shaga - Lake Victoria, Ganda Fetishist, Highlands, Livestock, 7 dev, Farm Estate, Counting House, 0.56 made here
Nice 8 additions to the queue! This has important border holdings, a key Gold, and more!
Abe Sargent
01-11-2023, 06:07 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 161 - City of Khami Begun
2 Sept, 1776 - I can choose a new Age of Revolutions ability – what would I like?
None fit – Loyal Subjects – Liberty Desire -25%
1 Oct – Kilwa is no longer a valid rival, I choose Westphalia
30 Oct – Event: Improvements in Naval Tech, I gain a bunch of DIP tech but +0.5 inflation boost
1 Dec – Our truce with Malacca is up!
I claim the Commonwealth’s Oczakow
1 Jan, 1777 – I do not build any new buildings, I am waiting to upgrade in a few places post cores and Missionaries and saving 5k for the Zimbabwe special project
16 Feb - Barus insulted us
14 April – I claim Ayutthaya’s Capital and Chinaware province Sukhothai – a nation I played in an earlier run in EU4.
2 May – Our spy in Kilwa was discovered and ousted
3 June – Bengal is at war with Khmer and I grant them access
19 June - Moulmein converts, anything orderable here? I update the Workshop to a Counting House for it’s Chinaware.
21 July – Since my next war is likely to be on Ajeh to finish off Barus, and now that we have converted Moulmein there is no revolt risk here, I order my 25k army to next to Barus in Pariaman
1 Sept – In Zimbabwe I order:
City of Khami to level 3 – 5k gold
Results:
-5% tech costs
-30% to fabricate claims
And there +25% to defensiveness
It’ll finish Feb 13, 1817 but I can spend 250 gold to speed it by 730 days each so it’s a cash sink
Abe Sargent
01-11-2023, 08:12 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 162 - The War for Padang
1 Jan, 1778 – I wanna save cash for builds from Kilwa and then mercs in Ajeh to hold serve for the Barus war against the Malacca. I have 1515 and am making 283.65 monthly.
11 Mar – Admin Idea #2 – Adaptability - -25% in Core Creation Costs, nice for big wars.
1 June – Westphalia announce us as rivals, they have taken over much of Germany
2 July – My Dip is about hit the 99 cap so I spend 98 in Galcayo to raise our dev to ten and order a Counting House for the Livestock here.
2 Sept - Khmer are mostly removed from Southeast Asia and now Dai Viet is most of it, and we are no longer next to them
I claim the Commonwealth’s Poltawa and then pull this diplomat to make nice with Dai Viet
1 Oct – I claim Ayutthaya’s next door holding of Phra Bang, the only other one next to me, and it’s a high dev Tropical Wood holding. I pull my dip and order to remain after arriving until my war
I order these mercs to Ajeh island:
45k Gayo
30k Barus
Malacca has 58k troops
So my 50k there plus this 75k should hold the fort nicely
10 Oct – My mercs arrive
I declare war for Barus’s Padang it’s not that value, just a high value grain holding.
I order 50k into Padang where they have 10k defending
9 Nov – I rout the army and begin the Siege of Padang, which is just a capital, no fort
23 Dec – Malacca lands 13k in Martaban
11 Jan, 1779 – Padang falls, I have a warscore of 18
I order my forces to the Fort of Langat on the other side of Ajeh controlled by Malacca and next to Pasai
1 Mar – Another 29k Malaccan forces land in Southeast Asia in or holding there
1 April – They capture Moulmein
20 April – The Siege of Langat begins with a cannonade
4 June – Sofala, Tabwa and Nkoma are cored, I order Missionaries there
5 Oct – The rest are cored
1 Jan, 1780 – Relations with Dai Viet maxed, I pull my diplomat
15 Jan – Langat falls. I order my troops to the adjacent now open Deli
19 Feb – Deli falls, and I have a 38 warscore.
How much for Padang?
Just 11 and just 5 badboy, I remove them from the map:
https://i.ibb.co/9p2Nj3H/20230102140403-1.jpg
I order my mercs disbanded. 46 to Core Padang.
Padang – 29 dev, Grain, Jungle, Tropical, surrounded by us, coastal, Farm Estate, Shipyard, Workshop, open space for another building, Hindu faith, Sumatran culture, 0.39 made here, just one dev away from next building.
That was a lot cheaper than I thought it’d be badboy-wise, so I am still open in the area for new additions
Abe Sargent
01-12-2023, 07:51 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 163 - Insurance Companies Found
Feb 25, 1780 – I order diplomats to Malacca to make nice and then Oman to build a spy network.
Ayutthaya gained a few provinces from rebels capturing Khmer provinces next to us
18 April – My two diplomats arrive home from Barus, one the peace envoy and the other the spy maker, I order one to build a spy network in Kongo.
1 May – Nkoma and Tabwa convert, next are Bushubi and Buyogoma. I order a Workshop to upgrade to a Counting House in Tabwa’s Copper.
15 Aug – Sofala converts next is Bafuriru. It’s gold so there is nothing to build here
27 Sept – Trebizond’s ruler passes I offer a new Royal Marriage.
1 Nov – Revolt of 12k in Bushubi where I have an army
5 Nov – Defeated
15 Feb, 1781 – I order:
Counting House in Lower Limpopo for Gems
Basilica in:
New:
Hafun, Savah, Dagestan, Tarki,
Replacing Churches:
Kuban, Circassia, Lakia, Azarabia, Urmia and Maragheh
I spend 2k to speed up my build time in Zimbabwe to speed it up 8 times. And now it’s due 13 Feb 1801 and then I have 2k left
9 Mar – Buyogoma converts! Next is Shaga,I raise it’s dev to 10 and order a Counting house here for the Livestock
14 Mar – Bushubi converts! Next is Shangwe, I raise it’s dev from, 9 to 10 and then order a Counting House for the grain grown
4 April – My relations are maxed with Malacca and I pull my diplomat and next is making nice with Shun. I hope to buy a Trading Post there later.
24 June – The Ottomans have entered war with Genoa, is this my chance for Azov?
26 June - Conversion in Bafuriru, everything else is under Missionaries, there’s nothing to build here, it already has what’s needed.
1 August – New Tech:
DIP TECH 30 – Insurance Companies – We get boosted trade range and +2% trade efficiency
1 Dec – I claim Oman’s Ibra, they are allied with Transoxiana again and the Turks so we’ll steer clear, but if I want to wage war against Transoxiana I can bring them in. All three are high dev and low trade good things.
Abe Sargent
01-12-2023, 12:30 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 164 - Impulse Warfare Discovered
1 Jan, 1782 – New Tech:
MIL TECH 30 – Impulse Warfare - +0.25 tactics, +1 land morale, better infantry I upgrade
Admin Idea #3 – Benefits for Mercenaries - -15% Merc Maintenance.
I order:
Counting House for Incense in Kauthera
Basilica’s
New:
Qazinya,
Upgraded Churches
Ardabil, Ardalan, Kirmanshah, Basra and Shatt
I order 8 more 2k in Zimbabwe
It finishes Feb 14, 1785.
I am left with 1222 in cash for upgrades
14 Jan – Shangwe and Shaga convert! There is nothing here to build up they are all developed with Manufactories and Counting Houses.
Kongo: Ally Busonga, controls 67k troops.
I move my African armies on the border with Kongo.
I leave two against Busonga
13 May – Event – Cossack Raid we spend cash to recover
24 May – Padang is cored, I cannot order a Missionary here until 1788 when their recent conversion fervor passes. I order a Counting House here to upgrade the Workshop for grain.
The Turks are at war with Portugal
13 June – Our Emperor passes.
Our new one is Manuel III, with strong 5/5/6 stats. He is 25
His heir, Manuel, age 0, 6/3/2
His wife, Photine, 3/5/1, 30 years old
I offer a RM to Russia
1 July – I claim an adjacent Ivory holding in Kongo called Lega
2 July – Royal Marriage with Georgia
18 July – I declare war for Lega from Kongo
Abe Sargent
01-12-2023, 07:29 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 165 - The First Theodoro/Kongo War
I order 2 armies into Lega
4 into the Fort of Luapula
1 each into Kaonda and Lamba
Against their ally in Lake Victoria, 38k to their capital and an army into Kuria
1 Aug - 56k arrive in our Trading Post Soyo
8 Aug – I begin the Siege of Luapala with a fusillade
17 Aug- I rout their ally army in their home of Bunyoro and initiate a siege
26 Aug – We capture Lega, I order these two to the adjacent Fort of Kusu
31 Aug – We capture Lamba and Kaonda and I order this pair to relieve the siege in Soyo
12 Sep t- I capture a minor in Lake Victoria and begin the siege of Kusu I order that army to head over and help
5 Nov – Bunyoro is ours!
Royal Marriage with Khorasan
21 Nov – I defeat an army of 16k while heading to Soyo
20 Dec – We capture the last holding in Lake Victoria and I order this army to Kusu
15 Jan, 1583 – We defeat their army in Soyo
I head next door to their capital of Mpemba
1 Feb – We max relations with Shun and I recall my diplomat
16 Feb – I get a peace offer from Busonga that gives us their non-capital two holdings for a badboy of 9.5 I decline since I don’t know what would happen coalition wise.
To annex them would cost 23.2 badboy, but without it I get two low dev good trade good holdings. But no coalition. Their capital is a 17 dev Salt province. I just do peace for the two minors, for 9.5 badboy:
https://i.ibb.co/0BJvDHL/20230102215451-1.jpg
I spend ADM power of 19 to core them.
1 Mar – I lose my CB on them since we had the two we took. I order a spy network built here from the Shun diplomat after it arrives.
2 May – We capture their capital of Mpemba
I order this pair to grab minors here.
I now have a warscore of 43
1 June – The Fort of Luapala falls, I order them next door to the Fort of Upemba
15 June – I capture two minors. I have a warscore of 55%
They’ll do peace.
Here is what I’d like:
Lega – 5 badboy, 3 warscore
Luapula – 8 badboy, 4 score
Hemba – 15 badboy, 8 score
Lualaba – 8 bb and 4 score
Lamba – 8 bb and 5 warscore
Anything else will build up coalitions.
Total 44.1 badboy and 24 warscore:
https://i.ibb.co/TPgL7mG/20230102222636-1.jpg
I agree and take peace with my 7 new provinces.
I spend 122 coring them
From Busoga:
Pubungo- Next to our colony in Lango, Savannah, 4 dev, Livestock, Farm Estate, Counting House, the Fetishist Atcoli people make us 0.13, Tropical
Kuria – On Lake Victoria, Mountains, Tropical, Naval Supplies, 5 dev, Ganda Culture, Fetishist faith, Naval Equipment Manufactory, Counting House, they make us 0.64
From Kongo, all on the border with us:
Lega – Wartarget, Ivory, Jungle, 9 dev, Rwandan, Fetishist, Tropical, Religious Zeal until May, 1812, Trade Station, Counting House, Conscription Center, they make us a massive 1.97 monthly now.
Luapula – Fortress, Church, Workshop, Highlands, Copper, 12 dev, Tropical, Luba culture, Fetishist faith, they make us 0.42
Hemba – Our “big” addition – Iron miners, a massive 22 dev, Savannah, Weapons Manufactory, Counting House, Conscription Center, room for another building, tropical, Luba, Fetishist they produce 1.37
Lualaba – Salt traders, 12 dev, Highlands, tropical, Fetishist, Luba, they have built here a Church, Workshop and Conscription Center, not a manufactory for the Salt, they make .46.
Lamba – Tropical, 10 dev, Savannah, Livestock, Farm Estate, Workshop and Conscription Center here Kongolese Fetishist, they produce monthly 0.73
Nice additions to the team!
I order my people to return
Abe Sargent
01-12-2023, 08:57 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 166 - A Peaceful Interlude
16 June, 1783 – I lose my claim on Kongo since we took our only holding they have.
As you can see I have been building up my cash reserves for the Shun Trading Post, it’s a lot.
1 Oct – I lose my claim to Kotte’s holding on the island of Sri Lanka
1 Dec – I claim Nizwa from Oman
13 Feb, 1784 – Event: Declining Power of the Nobility – they lose 10% influence
16 May – Admin Idea #4 – Bookkeeping – We get -.5 Interest per year
1 Aug – I claim Kongo’s Salt making province of Upemba
The City of Khemi project is finished!
By the by our Kongo deal is up in 1790 December
12 Dec – I move my armies to get ready with war with Kilwa
1 Jan, 1785 – Our peace treaty is up in a few months.
I order these mercs:
45k Wayao
30k Lindi
15k Makonde
13 Jan – They have all arrived
6 Feb – Pasai lost their holding next to us, Portugal captured it in war. They only have two holdings left
I order a Conscription Center in Padang with our open slot there
20 Mar- Kuria and Pubungo are cored, I order Missionaries here
Abe Sargent
01-13-2023, 09:28 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 167 - The Fourth Theodoro/Kilwa War
1 June, 1785 – Our peace treaty with Kilwa is up, I declare war for Kalonga
I order:
1 army into Mombasa, another to Malindi first
2 into Kilwa
2 in Lake Victoria into a minor
3 into the Fort of Kalonga
3 in the south to a minor
19 June – I win battles in Kalonga and Kilwa and begin sieges
22 June – The Mombasa siege begins with a cannonade
6 July – I defeat an army of25k in Lake Victoria and move two to Mombasa
14 July- Minor falls
18 July – Kilwa falls
19 July – Lega is cored and I cannot order a Missionary here, and there is nothing to build
31 July – The army that captured Malindi arrives in Mombasa
28 Aug -Two more minors fall
14 Oct - The other Kongo holdings are cored, I order a Missionary to Lamba
18 Oct – Two more minors have fallen
6 Nov – Anther minor falls, I have the coast all captured, and I order the Kilwa army to help in Kalonga
10 Nov – I order my three southern armies to begin the Siege at Swazi on the Spanish Border
20 Nov – Another minor falls
27 Nov – Kuria converts, next is Lualaba
3 Jan, 1786 – Mombasa falls!
I have a 46 warscore
7 Jan – Kalonda falls, we have a warscore of 61% I go shopping.
I can just grab my wartarget and one other holding without them having a coalition but it’s just them, I would like to get Mombasa and Malindi and call it but that’s 45.7 badboy and they’ll join a coalition which will care for later things. No one else would join, just them. I could do Kilwa and then a minor Lake Victoria holding.
Here’s what I do, Kalonga and a Lake Victoria holding, I don’t want them coalition following with people like Kongo on future wars.
https://i.ibb.co/4g40mVt/20230102234421-1.jpg
I spend 52 coring them and order my mercs disassembled
Kalonga – 24 dev, Drylands, Iron Mining, Fortress, Weapons Manufactory, Conscription Center, Basilica, Town Hall, Counting House, Nyasa, Fetishist, Entrepôt, Tropical, .54 made here
Bugonda – Lake Victoria, Salt makers, Naval Equipment Manufactory, Counting House, Stock Exchange, Entrepot, tropical, Savannah, 15 dev, Ganda, Fetishist, makes .17
Cool! I’ll probably be slower here moving forward since I already took all of the lower dev things in the earlier wars. Remember that my first war took 9 provinces but just 27 badboy.
Abe Sargent
01-13-2023, 12:10 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 168 - Conversions and Coring
10 Jan, 1786 – I claim Busanga’s Bunyoro, I pull back my spy.
Peace lasts until May 1792 in six and a half years.
16 Jan – Pubungo converts! Next is Luapula, I order here…nothing they have a manufactory and a Counting House,
I order my army to the border with Kongo.
15 Feb – I claim Oman’s Baraimi and that’s all three I pull my diplomat
I send my Busanga dip to Transoxiana to build a spy network and my Omani diplomat to make nice with Bengal.
1 May - Our truce with Malacca ends.
Pasai is at war with Malacca and their ally Ayutthaya. I don’t think they are long for this world.
1 June - -I lose my claim on Mombasa in Kilwa
26 July – Event: Industrialization in Taiz, it gets better tax and production value
23 Aug – Lamba converts, next is Hemba. Anything to order here? I upgrade the Workshop to a Counting House for its Livestock.
1 Sept – New Idea: Admin Idea #5 – Mercenary Recruitment – I get +25% mercenary manpower
Cash:
I am making monthly 207.11.
Army – I have 436k out of forcelimit of 399k.
I order another 35k in Africa assembled
23 Oct – Lualuba converts, next is nothing yet, anything to order here? Naval Equipment Manufactory for it’s Salt.
10 Dec- On my birthday Luapula converts! Anything to order here? Upgraded Workshop to Counting House for it’s Copper.
1 Jan, 1787 - I order nothing, I am saving for my Shun trading post, I have 12k now.
4 May – Maxed relations with Bengal, next Korea, my next Trading Post after Shun
They are friendly with me. I begin by Influencing their Nation.
16 June – I begin to improve relations with Korea
24 Aug – Hemba converts! Anything to build here? We have an open slot, Basilica for it.
Abe Sargent
01-13-2023, 04:02 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 169 - Purchasing Naju
8 Feb, 1788 – the Commonwealth no longer considers us a rival.
Kalonga is a core, I order here a Missionary
19 Feb – Our 35k army is done, I order it to Kalonga to help with rebel risks, I am now making 159.85.
27 Feb – One of my generals dies
1 Mar - I lose the claim on Dhamar which was in Yemen but was taken by the Turks.
14 April – Bugunda now a core, I order a Missionary here as well
The Religious Zeal in Padang has ended so I order a Missionary here
Pasai is now a vassal of Malacca
1 Aug – Rebellion in Trebizond
30 Aug – Defeated
1 Oct – I am getting close to the cap of DIP and MIL power so I spend some upping dev levels in places
I raise Zanzibar’s Dev to 20 and order a Counting House for it’s Cloves
14 Nov – Kalonga converts, I order here nothing it’s full the brim and the most developed holding I have taken from Kilwa.
I move the 35k here to the border with Kongo
3 Dec – New Idea – ADMIN IDEA #6 – Administrative Efficiency - +1 Possible Advisors
Finishing this Idea Group will be amazing, cough…hint…cough.
16 Jan, 1789 – Event: Cooperation with the Merchant Class – Our Burgher relations improve
19 Mar – Buganda converts, and that’s our last conversion and core with the latest war against Kilwa
Anything to order here? Nope it has a manufactory, Counting House and Stock Exchange for the Emporium
1 May – Relations maxed with Korea at 115 I pull my diplomat
I purchase Naju from Korea for 18134:
https://i.ibb.co/VjD8NmG/20230107100952-1.jpg
It’s worth it:
Naju – 36 dev, Paper made here, Highlands, Korean people, Confucian faith, get ready for the buildings here: Mill, Town Hall, Conscription Center, Counting House, Grand Shipyard, University, Basilica, next to Korea, it makes us 2.58 cash monthly right now
I spend 100 DIP and 250 MIL to raise it to 40 and order a Fortress here.
Thanks Korea!!!
16 May – Padang converts!!! I order a Basilica here after raising it’s dev from 29 to 30
30 May – A general passes
29 June – Our making nice diplomat returns from Korea and I send it to build a spy network in Khiva
1 Aug – I lose my claim on The Commonwealth’s Halicz
1 Sept – Rebellion in Lega - I have an army here
6 Sept – Defeated!!! By us, not them in case you wondered.
Abe Sargent
01-13-2023, 10:19 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 169 - The Second Theodoro/Kongo War
1 Jan, 1790 – This year our truce with Kongo is up in December. I can purchase a new Age of Revolutions ability:
Improved Force March – It doesn’t cost monarch power
2 Aug – Event: Regional Nobility Challenge Theodoro – I choose to make nice to avoid a mass rebellion in Siraf. Instead the nobles get +10% influence and we get for 20 years -50% tax and production in Siraf
1 Sept – Portugal is at war with Kilwa uh oh. I decline them and their colonial nations access.
1 Dec – Our truce with Kongo is up. I order three generals. That’s the max that gives me 7 generals and the most I can have before my MIL Power will drop.
I declare war for Kongo’s Fortress at Upemba next to me
I order:
36k into Bunyoro in Lake Victoria for their ally
Four armies into Upemba
Two into their minor holding of Kaonde
Two into their Fort of Kusu with two more two join from deeper and a month or so away
One to the minor of Kanongesha
Ready?
6 Dec - I give Kilwa military access. Good luck my bestest enemy
16 Dec – We rout the army in Bunyoro and begin that siege
Our siege begins in Kusu with a fusillade
27 Dec – Ditto Upemba
14 Jan, 1791 – We capture Kaonde
13 Feb – They begin the siege in Soyo with 53k
19 Feb – Bunyoro falls! We have a warscore of 17% with Kongo. I order these troops to a minor.
Do I take Bunyoro in a separate peace?
It’s 16.5 badboy to take it from them in another peace, and they won’t do it yet, so I hold on.
6 Mar – I capture two minors and order my three armies on the southern flank to grab one minor and then head to Soyo to relieve the siege
23 Mar – Khorasan’s ruler passes. I offer a RM to the next.
22 April – Another minor falls
15 June – We capture the Fort of Kusu, next is the Fort of Rund I order these four armies there
19 June – Another minor falls
20 July – The Siege of Upemba is over! I have a warscore of 35%, I order these to their capital
7 Sept – We oust Kilwa from Soyo
22 Sept – I capture a minor
24 Oct -Another minor falls
1 Nov – I claim Khiva’s Kopet dag
13 Dec – Another minor is ours
31 Dec – Another minor falls
1 Jan, 1792 –
Ready for shopping?
I have a warscore of 42%
Here are the ones I want:
Kaonde – 5 badboy, 3 peace
Ishindi – 4 badboy and warscore
Chokwe – 4 badboy and 3 warscore
All low dev with high trade things.
Malem – 3 badboy, 4 warscore, surrounded by Britain
Kusu – 4 badboy, 3 warcore
20.8 badboy, 17 warcore
What else?
Songye – low trade good, gets me to Cloth in Kuba, 4 each
Kuba – 7 and 6
Here’s the peace:
27 warscore and 32 badboy
https://i.ibb.co/XLBhgCc/20230107110727-1.jpg
I do peace and then spend less than 100 ADM power to core these 7 things
Kaonde – Tropical, Workshop, Savannah, Livestock raised here, 8 dev, Kongolese culture, Fetishist faith, 0.08 made here, next to Kongo and…
Ishindi – 7 dev, Savannah, Ivory Trade, Trade Station and Church, Chokwe people, Fetishist faith, Religious Zeal, Tropical, makes us .19, next to Kongo, the UK, and…
Chokwe – Next to UK and Ishindi, Trade Station, Counting House for Ivory, Savannah, 6 dev, 0.30 made here, Chokwe and Fetishist, tropical.
Malem – Surrounded by Britain, Highlands, 5 dev, Salt is traded here, Religious Zeal, Fetishist faith, Mbangala culture, Naval Equipment Manufactory and Counting House makes us 0.18 cash
Kusu – Fortress, Farm Estate, Conscription Center, Jungle, Tropical, Livestock, Fetishist and Luba, 7 dev, 0.11 made here, Next to Kongo and..
Songye – Connects Kuba with Kusu, Grain grown here, Farm Estate, Workshop, Jungle, Tropical, Luba Fetishists, 6 dev, 0.06 made here
Kuba – Our best addition developmentally – Next to UK, Kilwa and Songye, Cloth made here, 12 dev, Tropical and Jungle, Emporium trade center, it has built here Textile Manufactory, Counting House and Conscription Center, Kuba Fetishists, 0.37 made here.
Seven new additions
Abe Sargent
01-14-2023, 08:10 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 170 - More States
1 Feb – I made a mistake. I moved my three armies that relieved the siege of Soyo here, and now I cannot send them back except by boat, I order one army back.
Our truce ends November 1799
Last Admin Idea #7 -Civil Service – We get -10% ADMIN TECH advance, for unlocking it we get a massive +25% Governing Capacity.
That means I can make states again!
I stateify:
Batak on Ajeh for Batak, Barus and Pariaman
Buha in East Africa for my 5 holdings of Nkoma, Ruguru, Rukwa, Muhambwe and Buyogoma
Butua – The gold mines of Butua, Masasapa and randomly Shangwe
Zimbabwe - The gold mines of Zimbabwe and Buhera and Manyika
Ngonde – Ngonde, Tumbuka and Kinga
Nsenga – Nsenga, Lala, Luangwa
Like I said big stuff!!!!
12 Feb – I claim Kongo’s capital of Mpemba next to Soyo
1 May – Our truce with Kilwa ends but I am not attacking them right now I have given them military access so I cannot for their war against Portugal, the UK and Spain. I don’t care about Madagascar which Kilwa has they can take that. But I’d like to hope that they don’t peck about my Golden Goose too much.
1 June – Our Emperor gains the Martial Educator trait
I’m about to hit the DIP Cap again so I spend around 200 raising dev
1 Aug – Event – Textile Mills in Ilam – Ilam gains 4 produciton and loses 1 each tax and mil development.
1 Oct – Our level 3 advisor the Inquisitor has passed and I hire a level 3 Natural Scientist that boosts my production by 10%
Abe Sargent
01-14-2023, 11:01 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 171 - Waiting
1 Jan, 1793 – Dai Viet is divided and split into Tonkin and Annam form and Annam is next to our Trading Post we purchased from them in Kauthara
25 Feb – I accept military access from Annam
1 Sept – Rebellion in Trebizond
22 Sept – Rebels win and begin a siege
11 Dec – My first army arrives from Soyo to east Africa
I order another
20 Feb, 1794 – Event – Popular Religion – I let this local difference in faith and the key concepts run it’s course, gain +1 Missionary strength until 1809 and worse relations with the Church.
2 May – All seven cores are done I order Missionaries to Chokwe, Kaonde and Kuba
1 June – Our level 3 advisor Naval Reformer passes and I hire a level 3 Trader with +10% trade
1 Aug – New Tech –
DIP TECH 31 – Superior Ship Design - +0.50 morale and +10% ship upkeep
7 Aug – Football has arrived.
1 Sept – New Tech:
ADMIN TECH 30 – Advanced Production- +2% production efficiency
18 Oct – I claim Khiva’s Kizil-Su
I claim Kongo’s Luba
11 Nov – The 350 Year Review!!!
Abe Sargent
01-14-2023, 12:00 PM
This is the penultimate review, right? I don’t usually go this late into in a dynasty
MAPS!!
Let’s start with my core area in Black Sea, Persian Gulf, and Caspian Sea and the Caucasus Mountains.
https://i.ibb.co/pbS4QRQ/20230107122127-1.jpg
Here we go. I have not waged a war in the Central Asia area in the last 100 years and only gained land peacefully here from diplomatic annexation. I did a few wars against Yemen and the Horn of Africa, but have not in the last 50.
Now let’s turn to my key expansion area East Africa
https://i.ibb.co/Nn4VfxY/20230107122444-1.jpg
Here you can see my two wars with Kongo, the ones with Kilwa, our former colonies and trading posts. See Malem surrounded by the UK? You can also see Kilwa losing a massive multifront war.
Around now Southeast Asia and the Indies:
https://i.ibb.co/d0k9hBw/20230107122757-1.jpg
Every purple holding is ours. We are in the Indian Ocean coast of the island of Ajeh, southwest in Borneo, in the Indies, the three holdings in the Philippines, Several in Papua, two trading posts in SE Asia, and our addition from Pegu next to me. Tonkin is losing a war with Shun.
Now the map generally:
https://i.ibb.co/VjMgSS8/20230107123144-1.jpg
Russia remains a powerhouse in land, no war against the Turks this past 50 years, and then they are waging war with Japan for land east twice. They are rivals with Shun. We have friendly relations with them
Abe Sargent
01-14-2023, 01:43 PM
Ledger:
Our allies with their armies:
Russia – 325k
Georgia – 114k
Trebizond – 7k
Khorasan - 9k
Delhi – 155k
Sindh – 17k
Us – 471k army and forcelimit of 450k
We are 6th in total army size
Navy: 58 of 217, we aren’t in the 20 top, GB is most with 909.
888.98 monthly cash, 3rd after the GB with 1860.65; we are surplusing 336.72 after the states change.
With 2801 development we are 2nd after the Turks with 4356
With 91 techs we have one more than everyone else
We are tied with 56 Ideas the most possible
There are now 13 Empires
There are just 5 Orthodox nations but we have a massive 644 between us mostly Russia and us, coming in 2nd most
There are 924 Catholic holdings for 1st.
Our Top Ten Provinces by Taxes:
1. Pate, 38.22
2. Uzkend, 23.66
3. Crimea, 23.66
4. Pariaman, 21.06
5. Tidore, 20.02
6. Ternate, 20.02
7. Mokha, 20.02
8. Taiz, 18.20
9. Batak, 17.82
10. Three with 17.20: Samarkhand, Theodoro, Tabriz
Two new additions in Ajeh are here.
Our Top Ten Provinces by Production inc. Cloves, Coal and Gold
1. Tidore, 156.14, Cloves
2. Ternate, 141.96, Cloves
3. Ceram, 115.33, Cloves
4. Uzkend, 98.19, Coal
5. Palawan, 73.90, Sugar
6. Tyn, 73.64, Coal
7. Pontianak, 69.60, Gold
8. Taiz, 68.43, Coffee
9. Aden, 67.83, Incense
10. Katapang, 62.59, Ivory
Since just one Gold was there I included all three of m major cash things.
I have 253 holdings; Russia 289
Charts:
% Religion with more than 1%:
Orthodox – 93.2
Fetishist – 3.1
Confucian- 1.1
Coptic – 1
Sunni – 1.1
Theravada – 1
Culture with at least 4%:
Azerbaijani – 4.9
Crimean – 4.5
Yemeni - 7.9
Persian – 9.0
Gothic – 7.1
Mashriqi - 5.6
Khorasani – 4.0
Uzbek – 4.1
Sumatran – 4.5
Moluccan – 4.1
Khaleeji – 4.7
Nice!
Top Ten Trade Nodes by Total Value:
1. English Channel, 740.26
2. Ivory Coast
3. Sevilla
4. Caribbean
5. Cape of Good Hope
6. Gujarat
7. Malacca
8. Constantinople
9. Rheinland
10. Lubeck, 167.62
Ours:
Crimea – 134.79
Zanzibar – 103.27
Persia – 40.33
Basra – 23.29
Hormuz – 27.62
Samarkhand – 97.43
Zambezi – 35.58
Great Lakes – 15.24
Nasty!
Trade Goods by Current Value:
10- Coal
8 – Cloves
5.4 - Cocoa
5.25 – Sugar
5.0 – Dyes, Ivory, Silk
4.95 – Cotton
4.72 – Paper
4.5 – Iron, Tobacco
4.05 – Cloth
3.5 – Fur
3.45 – Glass, Copper
3.40 – Livestock
3.30 – Coffee, Salt, Spices
3.12 – Wine
3.0 – Gems, Incense, Tropical Wood, Naval Supplies, Tea, Chinaware
2.87 – Wool
2.2 – Slaves
2.0 – Fish and Grain
Nice!
We are the production leader in:
Cloves
Incense
Silk
Ivory
Spices
All valuable
We have no coalitions against us
The 8 Great Powers:
1. Ottomans
2. Spain
3. Great Britain
4. Theodoro
5. Portugal
6. Gujarat
7. Shun
8. France
We have moved up a slot to 4. No change in the top 8, just in new slots
Abe Sargent
01-14-2023, 04:11 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 172 - The Fifth Theodoro/Kilwa War - The BIG One?
1 Dec – As you can see, my Mil is about to hit the cap, but we need 1090 to hit the next tech.
9 Dec – Event – State Appointed Lay – I choose to let the church do it and gain authority and relation with them.
1 Jan, 1795 – Event – Border Dispute with Khiva I push it and gain a claim on their holding of Kungrad.
I am saving my cash for a post with Shun.
14 Jan – A General dies.
8 Feb – I hit my MIL cap prior to what is needed to level up the next tech, so I spend a few hundred to up dev on provinces
I level up a few East Africa holdings to 10 dev, and order a Conscription Center in Shaga
7 April – Chokwe converts, next is Songye, there is nothing to buy here.
15 April – Kaonde converts, next is Kusu
I order here a Farm Estate for it’s Livestock
1 May – Kuba converts, nothing is left, anything to build here? Nope it’s fully built
30 May - Kilwa lost all of her south bordering Spain and us in Lower Limpopo.
I break our military access
2 June – I allow Songhai military access they are at war with Europe
5 July – I declare war on Kilwa, they are ally less
I order:
2 armies to Mombasa
1 to Malindi and then Mombasa
1 army into the internal minor of Lundu
Two armies in the south into coastal holdings next door
Two armies into their capital
20 July – We begin the siege of Kilwa and Mombasa the latter with a fusillade
15 Aug – Two minor fall as does Kilwa
20 Aug – Malindi and another minor fall to us
25 Aug – Another minor falls
10 Sept – A minor 4k army is routed by us
I already have a 36 warscore
7 Oct – Another minor falls to us
27 Oct – I win the Battle of Mozambique against a minor army
23 Nov - Mozambique captured
2 Dec – The last coastal holding, Ibo, falls
24 Dec – Mombasa falls! We have a war score of 62%
Enough?
Let’s find out. And this time I don’t mind upsetting Kilwa in the coalition, just others. This might be my last war against them:
Here’s what I want:
Internal, Lundu – 8 badboy, 5 warscore
Inhambane – Coastal, next to Spain, cuts them off from expanding north into Kilwa again, 7 badboy, 4 score
Madanda - Internal after taking Inhambane, 4 badboy, 4 warscore
Mombasa -14 badboy, 6 war score,
Total - 32.3 badboy and 18 score no one is pissed not even Kilwa
Now what?
Malindi adds 13 badboy and 6 warscore, Kilwa will form a coaltion
What else?
Cheap Lake Victoria –
Busoga - low trade good, 3 badboy, and score just Kilwa remains upset
What else?
The rest of Lake Victoria:
Karagwe – Connects us on the Lake, 5 badboy, 3warscore, still just Kilwa cares
Nduga – 5 badboy, 3 score
Nkore – 6 badboy, 3 score
Quelimane – Coastal, 10 and 6 respectively
Total: 74.4 badboy and 43 peace, and just Kilwa cares, the next one will piss off others.
https://i.ibb.co/K76Ldn4/20230107142608-1.jpg
I make the deal and then spend Adm equal to 142 and I have a bunch of holdings I cannot core yet
Lundu – 25 dev, Cloth Makers, Savannah, internal, Tropical, Fetishist, Nyasa, Church, Counting House, Textile Manufactory, Town Hall, Conscription Center, makes us 0.55 monthly
Inhambane – Coastal, Jungle, 15 dev, Gems, Natural Harbor, tropical, Mill, Grand Shipyard, Conscription Center, next to Spain, Swahili and Sunni, .21 monthly made here.
Madanda - Internal after taking Inhambane, 13 Dev, Jungle, Ivory traded here, Shona Fetishist, not tropical, Counting House, Trade Station, Conscription Center, makes us .26
Mombasa - Fortress, Drydock, Town Hall, Conscription Center, Trade Station, Counting House, Grand Shipyard, Ivory traded here, coastal, Natural Harbor, tropical, Coastline, 38 dev, Sunni and Swahili, make us 1.14 monthly.
Malindi – Next to Mombasa, Coastal, 37 dev, Iron mined here, Arid, Coastline, Entrepot, Swahili, Sunni, Town Hall, Counting House, Drydock, Conscription Center, Weapons Manufacturer, Stock Exchange, Grand Shipyard, makes us 0.92
Lake Victoria –
Busoga - North coast, 0.36 made here, Fish, 10 dev, Savannah, tropical, Masaba people, Fetishist faith, Church, Workshop, Naval Equipment Manufactory, next to Bunyoro controlled by the nation of Busoga.
Karagwe – SW Coast of Lake, Hills, Iron Mining, 14 dev, tropical, Ganda Fetishists live here, they make .23, they have built a Church, Weapons Manufactory and Conscription Center,
Nduga – West of Karagwe, south of Nkore, Tropical, Iron is mined here as well, Highlands, 14 dev, the people here are Rwandan Fetishists, they make us 0.36, they have Weapons Manufactory, Counting House and Church,
Nkore – South of Bunyoro, west of Karagwe, high dev of 17 but just grain is farmed here, Hills, rocks a Farm Estate, Church and Workshop, Ganda people, Fetishist faith, make .14
Other with my score:
Quelimane – Coastal, North of us in Sofala and next to Kilwa, Coastline, a massive 33 dev, Ivory traded here, they make 1.01, nice, thy have built a Trade Stations, Conscription center, Stock Exchange, Grand Shipyard, Town Hall, Counting House, Nyasa, Sunni, tropical, Zambezi Estuary,
That was a huge war, and I pushed hard since that’s likely my last war against Kilwa since they are now on the radar of Europe, so I took every internal place, locked out the Lake Victoria behind my lines, grabbed the border with Spain, and then grabbed the internal Mombasa and Malindi next to me. Only 4 holdings are left, all coastal, in East Africa and then all of Madagascar. We grabbed a massive 10 holdings many high dev. None were lower than 10 dev, and only one at 10, and it’s a fish province in Lake Victoria.
And now it’s time to bring them into my infrastructure.
Abe Sargent
01-14-2023, 06:09 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 173 - Purchasing Fuzhou and Allying with Shun
1 Jan, 1796 – Core ordered for Nkore
1 Mar – Core ordered for Nduga
18 Mar - Songye converts! I upgrade the Workshop to a Counting House for it’s Grain
9 April – Kusu converts, and that’s my last conversion of those possible from Kongo, two had Religious Zeal. I order here nothing it’s just level 10 with a Fortress
1 May – I grant access to a few at war with the Turks like Austria
1 June – I order a core for Mombasa for 43 ADM
1 Sept – I spend another 43 to core Quelimanne and all are now working
1 Jan, 1797 – I still hold up for a Trading Post from Shun.
7 Mar – New Tech:
MIL TECH 31 – Rifle - +1 infantry fire, +1 cavalry shock
Khiva is at war with Europe in a war against the Turks in the Spanish Conquest of the Ottomans
Khiva – 12k troops, four holdings allied with Turks, Delhi and Transoxiana
This might be a good time to wage war against them when the Turks are distracted, but I am not betting for these four holdings…
22 April - The Commonwealth is at war with the Turks and their allies.
1 July – Our Heir gains the negative Naïve Enthusiast trait = -20% improve relations
1 Aug – I have enough for the Shun trading post!
30732:
https://i.ibb.co/rM6wHhB/20230107152536-1.jpg
Fuzhou- 19 dev, Hills, Tea, Fortress, Church, Barracks, Natural Harbor, I order the Barrack destroyed and a Plantation here. I spend Mil to raise it to 20, it makes .63, Confucian faith, Min culture, surrounded by Shun
I start moving my army next to Kongo for our next war
16 Oct – I claim Khiva’s Karakum and recall the diplomat and make nice with Shun again
They will accept an alliance but that’s two too many, I could cut Khorasan.
Let’s do it.
31 Oct – I break my alliance with Khorasan since I was hoping to vassalize and then annex them and that never happened
1 Dec – I lose 10 prestige to break our royal ties
18 Dec –
https://i.ibb.co/ThC5Nbg/20230107153922-1.jpg
Here you can see that Shun likes our offer more than dislikes, so we agree to be allies!!! I need a local ally to proact in SE Asia and the Indies from European expansion, since I only have 50 troops in the area, the rest are disconnected and I would lose a naval war to ferry them over with the UK or Spain.
Abe Sargent
01-14-2023, 08:27 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 174 - Core and Missions
1 Jan, 1798 – I lose my claims on Azov from Genoa and Podole in the Commonwealth
29 Mar – Claims finished in 6 that I started initially, Missionaries to Inhambane, Madanda and Busoga
5 April – Nkore cored.
10 April – Annam took out much of Ayutthaya next to us, they are ally less and just have Sukhothai, I move my 25k from Ajeh to next to them.
5 June – Nduga is now a core!!!
4 July – I have a general die
13 Aug – My first 25k arrive, I order the other 25k here
I cannot declare war for Sukhothai since they are now a tributary of Shun so they would declare war back, I order my armies back to Ajeh island
5 Sept – Mombasa is now a core
I order a Conscription Center in Pagarruyung.
1 Oct – 11k rebellion in Trebizond.
26 Oct – They lose
1 Nov - With a relations of 132 I max Shun I pull my diplomat
25 Dec – Quelimane is a core, we are all cored.
Our diplomat returns from Shun and I send it to make nice with Delhi
20 Jan, 1799 – Conversion is successful in Madanda; next is Nduga
23 Feb – Event: Cossack raid – We lose 2223 cash
13 Mar – Busonga converts, next is Karagwe
1 Apr – I lose my claim on Jedysan in the Commonwealth
15 July – Inhambane converts next is Quelimane
1 Sept – I claim Kongo’s Kanongesha
1 Nov, 1799 – Our truce with Kongo and Busoga has ended
Abe Sargent
01-15-2023, 08:06 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 175 - The Third Theodoro/Kongo War
I declare war on Kongo for their Fort of Upemba
I order:
4 armies to Upemba
1 army each in the north into three minors
1 army in the south to a minor, two south to hold up in Malem
1 army to Bunyoro
25 Nov – 45k of them arrive to siege us in Soyo
2 Dec - The siege of Upemba is underway with a cannon cracking
20 Dec – Nduga converts, next is Nkore
I begin the siege of Bunyoro but they have bult a Fortress here and it’ll take a while
26 Dec – Three minor are ours and I move my two armies from Malem to head to Soyo and then the other four some to Bunyoro and some to minors
21 Jan, 1800 – We beat a 7k army in the Fort of Rund, I keep the army here to begin a siege early. We have hit the next 5 0 years but there are no more institutions.
7 Feb – Karagwe converts, next is Lundu
11 Feb – Another minor falls
16 Mar – We win in Soyo
1 April – I arrive in their capital and begin a siege with a fusillade
11 July – We captured their capital and order my army to move to nearby minors
24 Aug – Two minors fall to me
7 Sept – I defeat a 5k army
18 Sept – Upemba is ours, I order these forces to help the siege of Rund
6 Oct - Two more minors falls, I have a warscore of 58, what can I get?
Munene – 5 badboy, 4 score
Kanongesha- 10 badboy, 6 score
Upemba – 6 and 3
Kalundwe – 7 and 5
Only Kilwa cares
Anything else Kongo joins Kilwa
https://i.ibb.co/TwTZJ1q/20230107163720-1.jpg
I spend around 60 ADM they are low dev for the most part. They have 8 left and if we do four twice more that’s two more wars. Also note that we took 5 in the first war and two from their ally, and then 7 in war 2, so that’s 16 from Kongo and two from their ally in three wars. Let’s do these four:
Munene – Spices are traded here, next to UK, us, Kongo, Jungle, Tropical, 9 dev Trade Station, Counting House, Kuba Fetishists, sends us 0.29
Kanongesha- Next to UK, Kongo, us, and then Copper Mines here, 17 dev, Luba Catholics, Savannah, Tropical, 0.47 made here, Weapons Manufactory, Church, Counting House,
Upemba – Next to Kongo’s Luba, us, Hills, Salt trade, Luba Fetishists, Tropical, Fortress, Naval Equipment Manufactory, Counting House they make 0.29
Kalundwe – Connects us, Makes 0.35 from Livestock with a Farm Estate, Counting House, Conscription Center, 13 dev, Savanna, Luba Fetishist, tropical
Another 4 African provinces for the glory of Theodoro!!! All are better goods than 3.0. That big war didn’t even take a year. It started November 1 last year and ended October 6 this year. I had enough warscore for loads more, but I stayed away from Kongo coalition building. I still have two claims on them and took two.
Abe Sargent
01-15-2023, 10:27 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 176 - Revolutionary Ideas
I order my armies back and to places with brewing rebellions.
12 Oct – Royal Marriage with Russia who’s ruler just died
9 Nov – Event: Good Harvest I choose gaining ADM power over 5556 cash
16 Nov – I send my extra spy to build a network in…huh, Oman are no longer allied with the Turks, just Transoxiana they have an army of 24k so a small strike force should be enough to take them out and Transoxiana has 26k. I order one African army to next to Transoxiana in the Fortress of Bukhara and one army to Arabia next to Oman, Russia is next to Transoxiana so I will bring them in. All five holdings are high dev and low trade value so we might not get everything.
2 Dec – Nkore converts, next is Malem
Rebellion in Lega, my army is still en route
28 Dec – Rebellion defeated
1 Jan, 1801 – New Tech:
ADMIN TECH 31 – Revolutionary Ideas - +500 growing capacity
I can make more states now:
Mombasa – Them, Malindi and Tanga
Quelimane - Them, Inhambane and Sofala
Uganda in Lake Victoria – Nkore, Buganda, Busoga
I order:
Counting House for Salt in Lualaba; Livestock in Kaonde; Grain in Nkore; Fish in Busoga
Basilica in:
Pariaman, Batak, Barus, Ngonde, Buhera, Zimbabwe, Nkoma Khoy, and Galcayo
Conscription Center In:
Bender, Iasi, Dagestan, Turkiye, Tarki, Saveh, and Kuching
1 Feb – The Ottomans are losing both wars
5 Feb – Quelimane converts, next is Malindi
11 Feb - Lundu also converts next is Mombasa
21 June – I am about to hit my DIP power cap so I spend some power raising dev
Sofala is now level 20 and I order a Stock Exchange here.
1 July – Rebellion in Kanongesha, have an army here
9 July – Rebels defeated
1 Sept – Malem converts, next is nothing
18 Dec – my army of 39k is in Arabia
1 Jan, 1802 - I lose my claim o the Commonwealth’s Oczakow
5 Feb – my army of 40k is in Bukhara, I declare war on Oman
Abe Sargent
01-15-2023, 12:37 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 177 - The Second Theodoro/Oman War
I order my armies in
25 Feb – I defeat the Transoxiana army
Malindi converts
27 Feb – I win in Oman and chase their army
6 Mar – I rout their army
11 Mar – Mombasa converts
23 Mar – I capture a minor in Transoxiana
27 Mar – I capture a minor in Oman
3 April – I begin the siege of Transoxiana’s capital of Urgench and Nizwa in Oman
23 April – Nizwa is ours
28 April – Urgench falls
1 May - I lose my claim on Sukhothai
25 May – Ibra is ours and I have every province of Oman, Transoxiana and a 100% warscore.
Oman’s three holdings would be 36 badboy and the Turks would care. And Kilwa. Transoxiana’s Khiva won’t annoy the Turks, but Urgench would, so I just take those three:
https://i.ibb.co/LJHtG7P/20230108155222-1.jpg
I do peace and then spend 108 to core them.
From Oman:
Baraimi – Inland, Desert, Omani culture, Sunni faith, Arid, Livestock, Farm Estate, Conscription Center, open space, 18 dev, makes us 0.94.
Nizwa – Inland, Desert, 32 dev, Arid, Wool, Sunni, Omani, they have built Textile Manufactory, Conscription Center, Basilica, University, Stock Exchange, Counting House, 0.48 monthly
From Transoxiana:
Khiva – Drylands, Inland, 40 dev, Uzbek culture which is accepted, Sunni faith, Entrepot, Arid, Market Town two empty building slots, Textile Manufactory, Conscription Center, Stock Exchange, Counting House, Basilica, 0.63 made here
Another fast war and three more additions, all high dev but low goods. I’ll keep my armies here for rebellion protection.
Abe Sargent
01-15-2023, 02:25 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 178 - Yemeni and Swahili Now Accepted
I promote Yemeni to an accepted culture as well as Swahili, each cost 90 Dip power
This truce expires June 1811
16 June – I send my spare diplomat to build a spy network in The Commonwealth
1 Oct – The ruler of Georgia passes, I offer another Royal Marriage
4 Nov – Event – Plague I spend 1122 to help alleviate damage
10 Nov – Upemba and Kanongensha are cored, I order Missionaries there
1 Jan, 1803 – I order:
Counting House for Tea in Fuzhou
Basilica in:
Sofala, Kuching, Busoga, Golestan, Larestan, Nkore, Abarquh, Syghnak, Soyo.
Conscription Centers in:
Lahijan, Qarshi, Barus, Uzkend, Butua, Meregh, Shymkent, Qarapalyak
7 Feb – Cores finished in Kalundwe and Munene, I order a Missionary to Munene
3 May – We get the last Age of Revolutions Ability –
Naval Engagement - +20%
9 June – I create the State of Sankuru – Kalundwe, Kuba, Songwe
I fabricate a claim on Kongo’s Fortress of Rund
31 Aug – Upemba converts, next is Kalundwe
1 Sept – I lose our claim on The Commonwealth and their holding of Poltawa
15 Sept – Kanongesha converts
I begin to move my army back to Kilwa’s border, our truce ends in May 1805
1 Oct- I lose my claim on Annam and their holding of Phra Bang
I claim the Commonwealth’s Zaporoze
Rebellion in Ishindi where I have an army
4 Oct – We win against the rebels
1 Nov- Our level 3 Natural Scientist advisor passes and we hire a level 3 Inquisitor
Another rebellion in Trebizond
17 Nov – Munene converts!
Abe Sargent
01-15-2023, 06:47 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 179 - Of Cores and Conversions
1 Jan, 1804 – I order:
Basilicas in:
Butua, Lundu, Fuzhou, Tabwa, Luapula, Buton, Lindi, Sena, Lomwe, Nduga, Tete
Conscription Center in Qazinya
I claim Kilwa’s capital
26 Jan – Core finished in Khiva, I order a Missionary here
2 Mar – Event: Encroachment of Nobility in Konjikala - I choose to let it slide and it gains 25% autonomy
9 April – Kalundwe converts! Anything to order here? Nope!
21 May - Bengal is at war with Europe and I grant them military access
30 May – My two Omani holdings are cored, I order Missionaries here.
28 July – The Turks lost of their wars and Hegemon status.
24 Sept – Khiva converts! I order here nothing, I turn Khiva into a state that also include Qaraqalpak
16 Nov – Event: Improvements in Government Tech: I choose to gain a bunch of ADM power but inflation as well.
4 Dec – My DIP and MIL power are almost at 999 the cap, so I spend a couple hundred each raising dev of my stuff.
The Gold Mines of Massapa is now level 10 and I order here a Basilica
Ivory Ishindi is 10 and I order here a Counting House
Kaonde 10 – Basilica
Ivory Manyaka is 10 – Conscription Center
Livestock of Shangwe 10 - Conscription Center ordered here
Abe Sargent
01-15-2023, 08:52 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 180 - Planning for the Next War
1 Jan, 1805 – As a reminder my peace treaty with Kilwa is up this year and there have been no major attacks so I can try to oust them from the mainland of Africa, but my navy isn’t big enough to move me over to Madagascar
Kilwa’s Navy:
30 Heavy Ships
47 Lights
41 Transports
Us:
10 Heavies
13 Lights
9 Galleys
25 Transport
We just aren’t in the same conversation, so I cannot ferry over troops in wartime so I just need to get enough warscore from their 45k troops dying in their capital and their four holdings here. Hopefully we can do it.
I order:
3 Basilica Upgrades in these places:
Indrapura, Kanongesha, Karagwe
Those are my last doable upgrades I have three that wouldn’t make me anything
I have all of my Counting Houses, Manufactories and Conscription Centers done.
What does my army stuff look like now?
Forcelimit – 554k, I have 447k, so I could easily build another army or three.
3 Feb – I claim Oczakow from the Commonwealth
23 Feb – Nizwa converts! Anything to order here? Nope it’s built up, I make it and Baraimi the Oman State.
1 April – Baraimi converts! I order here a Counting House for it’s Livestock.
1 May – Our truce with Kilwa is up.
19 June – I declare war for Kilwa’s capital
Abe Sargent
01-16-2023, 08:10 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 181 - The Sixth Theodoro/Kilwa War
I order 3 armies into Kilwa’s capital of Kilwa, and then one army each into their minors of Angoche and Ibo
11 July – We rout their army and get a big warscore boost
24 July – Ibo and Angoche are ours, I order my armies to converge in Mozambique
27 July – I claim Kongo’s Mpasu
4 Aug – Kilwa falls, I have a warscore of 49%
7 Sept – Mozambique is ours, our warscore is 54% can I get these four holdings?
I cannot get Kilwa, just the three minors, or Kilwa and two minors, but then the Turks will get upset with three.
The best two I can get are:
https://i.ibb.co/M1RSfqy/20230110062444-1.jpg
These two with a 33 badboy. I finish the war and spend 84 power to core them since they are both big development.
Angoche – Coastal, next to Mozambique, Ivory traders here, 34 Dev, Coastline, an accepted Swahili Culture, Sunni faith, tropical, has a Trade Station, Drydock, Conscription Center, Grand Shipyard, and Basilica – note no Counting House, they make for us 0.70 monthly.
Mozambique – Next to Kilwa’s Ibo, 34 dev here too, Ivory traders as well, Swahili Sunnis, tropical, Coastline, Trade Station, Conscription Center, Town Hall, Drydock, Counting House, Grand Shipyard, they produce monthly 3.17.
I order my troops around. I’ll keep one each in these two and all three next to Kilwa again. That was also a fast war.
Abe Sargent
01-16-2023, 09:52 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 182 - Investing that Cash
This truce ends August 1812
7 Sept – I turn Makuana into a state, three low dev Ivory holdings are here in Makua, Lomwe and Ngindo
14 Nov – Warsangali is back and next to us in the Horn of Africa.
I don’t really care about their one fishing province next to us. I pull my diplomat from Kongo to them to build up spies, since it brings me one closer to not needing military access from the Turks to connect my stuff.
I move my Omani army next to them.
23 Nov – Portugal has announced us as their rival
1 Jan, 1806 – Anything to order? Nope, I am fully build up and out.
Could I do a Japanese trading post? I have 21k.
Here I’ll show you:
https://i.ibb.co/M1MfxGg/20230110064709-1.jpg
I’ve pulled up their worst and farthest away Kuril Islands, so see if they would even want to sell anything, moved the slider to max, and then showed that even with the max offer of 46424 they aren’t selling.
So instead I’ll spend some cash improving my Korean Trading Post.
Cash made right now: 3.87 monthly
I purchase:
Company Depot for 400,
Theodoran City Distract for 400
Broker’s Exchange for 400
Permanent quarters – 400- boosts defensiveness
Officer’s Mess - +5 forcelimit for 1k
Alright now…
5.72 made here monthly.
See how big those improvements were?
Since I am making 479.28 monthly and have a free forcelimit of around 150k, I order some more armies:
25k in Borneo
40k in Wayao in South East Africa
40k in Taveta in East Africa next to Mombasa and other holdings
I now have 16k in cash left from an initial 22k when the year ended
2 Feb – Event: Drought in Samarkhand Region – Uh oh.
The Ottomans lost their war against Spain and there are loads of smaller countries in NE Africa free like Funj and Kaffa. Spain took north African places like Tripoli.
18 Sept – I spend DIP and MIL to raise dev and get away from the Cap of 999
Lango – 10 dev, Conscription Center ordered here
Kuria – 10 dev, Center here to
Kabardia – 10 dev, Center here
1 Oct – Our Commonwealth spy was discovered and kicked out
19 Nov – Event: Relations Improved - +30 with Khorasan
1 Dec – I lose my claim on Oman and Ibra
Abe Sargent
01-17-2023, 08:16 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 183 - The Fourth Theodoro/Kongo War
5 Jan, 1807 – This year our peace deal with Kongo is up. I move my army around.
8 May – Cores finished in Angoche and Mozambique, Missionaries are dispatched
21 May – Our 25k in Borneo is finished and I order to Ajeh
The others are at 37k in their holdings and have 2 1k armies moving towards them
1 June – Our Emperor gains the Lawgiver trait which reduces unrest
22 June – Our other two are done and I move them around to the border with Kongo or their ally.
We are now making 418.63 after those 105k are built.
1 July – I reup our influence over Korea
1 Sept – Our peace with Kongo and Busoga is up. I order war on Kongo’s capital.
I order:
4 Armies into Bunyoro, Busoga’s captial
3 into the Fort of Rund
1 into Mpasu first and then the Fort after
1 40k into the minor holding of Luba
17 Sept – I rout their army in Bunyoro and begin a siege with a fusillade, ditto Rund
55k have arrived in Soyo from Kongo
16 Oct – Mpasu falls and I order this army to Melem to hold for the one going after Luba and then we’ll hit and relieve Soyo
9 Dec – Luba falls
27 Dec – Angoche converts!
25 Jan, 1808- Bunyoro falls, I take it in a separate peace with them for 12.8 badboy.
36 to core. I order these four armies to their capital
4 Mar – Mozambique convert!
18 May – I claim Warsangali’s holding and pull back my diplomat.
27 May – Event: Cossack raid
19 June – My two armies arrive in Soyo
30 June – Rund falls, I order these troops back to my estate
3 July – We win in Soyo and follow them
20 July – We chase the down and rout their army
26 Aug – We capture a minor
1 Sept - I have to spend power and I raise Coal making Tyn to level 20 and order a Conscription Center here.
Abarquh – level 10, Livestock, Counting House ordered
Right now I have a warscore of 49%
16 Nov – Another minor falls
19 Nov - Their capital falls, warscore of 99, peace time:
Here’s what I want in order:
Mbamba – Their last coastal holding, next to France, 5 badboy, 3 score,
Luba – Internal, big dev, 16 badboy, 11 warscore
21 and 14
Just Kilwa cares. The other two internal between me and the UK would annoy the Turks and them, even just one. What about outside?
Even a smaller third one brings in the Turks, so just these two:
https://i.ibb.co/74Z3kDh/20230110181405-1.jpg
I spend 48 to core them both.
Bunyoro- Lake Victoria, our last holding there, Fortress, 35 dev, Savannah, Ganda people, Sunni faith, Salt traders, they send us 0.67 with their Counting House, Stock Exchange, Fortress, Naval Equipment Manufactory, Basilica, University, west of Busoga, north of Nkore.
Mbamba – Their last coastal holding, next to France, and Kongo, and our post in Soyo, this was a military gain not a economic one, 9 dev, Fishers, Tropical, Savannah, Kongolese, Fetishist, Grand Shipyard, Counting House, .16 made here.
Luba – Internal – Surrounded by us, 35 dev, Iron Miners, Emporium, Tropical, Church, Stock Exchange, Counting House, Town Hall, Conscription Center, Weapons Manufactory, Fetishist, Luba culture, makes .76.
Two nice devs and one military grab.
Abe Sargent
01-17-2023, 04:17 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 184 - The War for Berbera
This peace ends May 1815
I leave armies in my new areas
1 Jan, 1809 – I send two diplomats to…build a spy network in Oman and the Commonwealth.
I claim Kilwa’s Ibo – I pull my diplomat
I claim Transoxiana’s Urgench – I pull it too
I still have more than 400 cash made monthly, so this time I order a navy in the Indies. I order 10 transports, and then every port in the Indies to make either 2 great ships or four lights.
Soyo prior to build up – 0.51 it’s just fish if you recall
I order here – Depot, District, Officer’s Mess, Quarters, Exchange all level 2.
Now we are making a massive 0.83. Whoo baby!!
25 Jan – I send my Transoxiana diplomat to make nice with Delhi
I want to bring in Warsangali
I move an army there
I declare war for their Berbera, they have no allies but they are in a trade league with Jimma so they may come to their defense
Jimma does joins them. I order my 39k army into their capital and only holding of Berbera
7 Feb – I begin the siege after killing the 7k here
30 Mar – Berbera falls, I order my army to the capital of Jimma
8 May – We arrive in Harer and begin the siege
14 June – Harer falls, I have a warscore of 68
I order my army to the Fort of Arsi
With my 68 warscore can I get Berbera?
Yes:
https://i.ibb.co/1fKkJB0/20230110185408-1.jpg
Just 6 badboy, no one cares, I spend just 28 to core.
Berbera – Fishing, coastal, next to us and the Turks, two away from my strait to Yemen, Coastal Desert Horn of Africa, Arid, here is a Drydock and Grand Shipyard and an extra spot, they have 12 dev, Fetishist and Oromo, making us just 0.05. This was not economic. As you can see, this was just military.
I order my 39k army back to Arabia and 31k to hold out here
Abe Sargent
01-17-2023, 05:39 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 185 - A Busy Year
Our next upcoming peace treaty is Oman and Transoxiana in June 1811, Kongo 1815, Kilwa 1812
9 July – I send my extra diplomat to build up a spy network in Khorasan
I order a 40k army to be built in Persia and to hold out in Konjikala next to us, Khiva, Khorasan and near Transoxiana
19 Oct – Gujarat no longer considers us a rival!
23 Dec -Event: I get +5 authority and 10% clergy support
The Ottomans have announced that we’re their rival. Uh oh
30 Jan, 1810 – Bunyoro is cored! I order a Missionary here.
I state Bunyoro with it, Pubango and Lango
About 12 ships are built already
1 Feb – Our influence over Delhi expires, I reup it
On this trading post:
Martaban making 1.47 I order:
The highest level Depot, District, Exchange, Quarters and Mess
I am now making 2.37
12 Mar – Event – Tea Imports I choose to Import Tea - -1% unrest, -10% advisor cost, for 5 years
24 Mar – One of my generals passes
1 Aug – Our diplomat spying in the Commonwealth was caught.
14 Aug – With all three powers getting to capping I spend 200 each to raise the dev of places:
10 Dev, Darub Spices, ordering a Con. Center
10 Dev, Saidabad, Livestock, Con Center ordered
10 Dev, Ardakan, incense, Con Center here as well
10 Dev, Golestan, Tea, Con Center too
10 Dev, Sulmainiyeh, Wool, Con Center also
23 Aug – Event: Economic Development in Ardakan, it gets +1 tax, production and an Urbanization boon for 10 years that increases taxes and decreases build cost
5 Sept – With a 106, relations are maxed with Delhi and I pull my diplomat.
RM with Russia
27 Sept – I send it to build a spy network in the Turks.
I claim Ibra from Oman and then pull the spy
3 Nov – I send my Omani diplomat to claim Spain, they have a coal colony next to me in south Africa.
19 Nov – My 40 is ready I move it to Khiva, my monthly income with a bunch of ships as well has dropped to 420.29.
26 Nov – Luba is a core! I order a Missionary here
Army:
592k troops, 639k forcelimt.
I order another 40k in Africa
5 Dec – Bunyoro converts! Anything I wanna build here? No it’s full and dense
Abe Sargent
01-17-2023, 07:10 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 186 -The Third Theodoro/Oman War
2 Jan, 1811 – This year we’ll be doing the next Omani/Transoxiana war. Looks like the game ends in January 1821 in ten years time.
I have 93 ships now and growing
20 Feb - -Mbemba is cored, I send a Missionary here.
1 June – Our truce is up.
I declare war for Oman’s Ibra
I order 1 army into Ibra
Two into Transoxiana’s capital and Fortress of Urgench each has armies defending it
10 June – I win in Ibra and begin that siege
17 June – Berbera is now a core I order a Missionary here
I win the battle of Urgench and start the siege with a fusillade
18 July – Ibra falls
I have a 50% warscore
I order 45k mercs next to Urgench in Khiva to help with the siege.
31 July – They arrive
7 Nov – New Tech:
DIP TECH 32 – The Gold Standard – We get better trade range, colony growth, and +2% trade efficiency
29 Dec- Mbamba converts! Anything to order here? I spend 34 ADM to raise it to 10 Dev and build a Naval Equipment Manufactory for it’s fish
31 Jan, 1812 – Luba converts - anything here? Church converted to Basilica
11 March – Berbera converts, anything there? Naval Equipment Manufactory for it’s fish as well.
1 Aug- Our truce with Kilwa ends
100% warscore with Oman and Transoxiana, but I haven’t captured Urgench yet to so I keep on sieging them.
13 Aug – Captured it! Now peace:
I can take one or the other without the Turks joining, but not both. I take Transoxiana’s Urgench which is the bigger badboy at 22 to 13 for future war purposes.
https://i.ibb.co/FX0YmHp/20230110222008-1.jpg
As you can see, only Khiva continues to care, I disband my mercs and spend 72 to core it:
Urgench – Fortress, 44 dev, Grain Farmers, they have here Farm Estate, Con. Center, Barracks, Counting House, Basilica, Stock Exchange, university, Drylands, the accepted Uzbek culture, Sunni faith, 0.33 made here, we have removed our mega-enemy from the board.
I order one army to hold here.
We have peace until May 1821.
Abe Sargent
01-17-2023, 08:10 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 187 -The Seventh Theodoro/Kilwa War
And now…Kilwa
4 Sept - I declare war for Kilwa’s Kilwa
I order 3 armies next to it to their capital where they have 32k
I order an army to capture Ibo
2 Oct - We win against their army and get some nice warscore
24 Oct – Ibo is ours.
1 Nov – We get the trading in Ivory boost which gives us +2 Dip reputation
24 Nov- Kilwa falls and I have warscore of 34%
What can I get?
They won’t give me both, but that’s 16 warscore, and then the Turks would care, so I just do Ibo
https://i.ibb.co/tXj27zv/20230110223314-1.jpg
I spend 35 to core
Ibo – Coastal next to us in Lindi and Mozambique, Sunni faith, Swahili culture which Is accepted, Coastline, Ivory, 31 dev they have built a Trade Station, Drydock, Con. Center, Counting House, Grand Shipyard, they make for us 1.01.
Good stuff for the win tuff.
Abe Sargent
01-17-2023, 08:48 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 188 -The Fleet is Done
24 Nov – New Tech:
MIL TECH 32 – Field Howitzer – We get +0.25 tactics,+2 artillery fire, +0.10 shock of artillery
This peace ends Nov 1818
9 Feb, 1813 – My fleet has finished:
120 Ships:
32 Heavy
38 Light
9 Galley
41 Transports
We are making 392.88 monthly, with a naval forcelimit of 270 so I have room for another 150 ships without a major financial headache
I order another round of ships, with a bunch of 2 heavies and 4 lights
New Tech:
ADMIN TECH 32 – Four Field Rotation - +2% Production Efficiency
Let’s look at armies right now after some lands shifts and major wars won and lost:
Us and our Allies:
Army – 632k
Russia – 509k
Shun – 735k
Delhi – 142k
Sindh – 21k
Georgia – 120k
That’s a big list
The Ottomans – 810k after losses, they have still more than us, but not us and Russia and Georgia, that are all close by.
The Commonwealth – 435k
Their major allies are France, Spain and Gujarat, not likely for me to kick down that door. The latter has 685k
31 Mar – The Commonwealth announced us as a rival. Again.
7 April – I claim the Ottomans’ Zeila next to my crossing in Africa from Yemen.
I claim Bojnord from Khorasan, and then pull my diplomat
They are not allied with anyone.
I move my two Persian armies next to it.
Abe Sargent
01-18-2023, 06:36 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 189 -The War for Bojnord
9 May – I declare war on Khorasan for Bojnord, and then move my 80 into their 10k home
31 May – I rout their army, they have a Fortress if you’ll recall from my Transoxiana wars so I kick off with a fusillade
I hire 30k mercs for this battle too
12 June – They arrive
22 June – Event: Increased Demand for Ivory Carvings – I step in for Ibo. We get boosts there for a while.
2 Oct – Delhi broke their alliance with us
I claim the Commonwealth’s Poltawa and the Ottoman’s Hargeisa next to us in the Horn of Africa
4 Nov – I claim Spain’s Upper Limpopo
4 Jan, 1814 – Bojnord falls and we have a warscore of 100.
Annexing them is just 4.8 badboy:
https://i.ibb.co/2M3d6rs/20230110231442-1.jpg
And no one will care. I bring in Bojnord and spend 71 to core it.
Bojnord – Central Asia, next to Khiva the nation and us, I leave behind an army here, and disband my mercs, Sheep Shearers make Wool, Mountains, 32 dev, Orthodox faith, the unaccepted Khorasani culture, Textile Manufactory, Fortress, Basilica, University, Counting House, Stock Exchange, 0.40 monthly.
Nice addition to my stuff! And a border Fortress is always nice.
Abe Sargent
01-18-2023, 07:41 AM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 190 - Urgench Cored and Converted
4 Jan, 1814 – I begin to move my army over to the border with Kongo
21 Jan – Our diplomat that was building a spy network in Khorasan has returned, I send it to Sindh to make nice
New State – Luba – Central Africa – Lega, Hemba, Kusu, Luba
10 Feb – Event: Trade Policy Success – We get +5% Trade efficiency for 10 years
23 Feb – Urgench is now a core, I order here a Missionary
26 May – Ibo is a core, and I send a Missionary here as well
24 June – Event: Foreign quarter in Suceava – I encourage in and get +50 relations with the Republic of Konstanz as well as a better province.
2 Sept – Event: Pirate Raid
19 – Oct – I grant France military access for their war against Austria and her allies
11 Nov – I have dropped off two armies into Soyo my trading post next to Kongo.
25 Nov – Urgench has converted! Anything here? I upgrade a Barracks to a Training Fields
And then it’s full
Event – Benign Neglect in Zanzibar – I choose to tax the boosts there and get +100% taxes until 1819
1 Dec – Our truce with Jimma has ended
7 Dec- New State: Shire, three key provinces two high dev, in East Africa – The Fortress and Iron Mines of Kalonga, the low dev Ivory trading post of Lolo, the high dev Cloth Making of Londu
1 Jan, 1815 – This year our truce with Kongo is up
2 April – I recall my Sindh diplomat
1 May – Our truce with Kongo has ended.
Abe Sargent
01-18-2023, 12:13 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 191 - The Fifth Theodoro/Kongo War
I declare war for Kongo’s capital
I order:
5 Armies into the Fort of Rund
1 army into the minor of Mpasu next to Rund
3 armies to gather in Melem
Two to hold in Soyo
Lega is now convertible and I send a Missionary here
1 June – I resend my diplomat to Annam to restart my influence nation there
19 June – Mpasu falls, I order this army to Rund
9 July – Ibo converts! Anything to build here? I destroy the drydock and swap in a Basilica
15 Aug – I capture a minor
1 Sept – A level 3 Army Organizer advisor, passes I hire a level 3 Master Recruiter that increases my manpower by 5%
4 Sept – My three armies arrive in their capital and begin a siege
29 Sept – Rund falls! I order two their capital and the rest to split back and head back to my space
I now have a warscore of 39
6 Dec – Their capital falls, I have a warscore of 96, let’s shop:
I can annex them:
https://i.ibb.co/tCfbGyj/20230114095749-1.jpg
That’s just 18.3 badboy and only Kilwa cares. I accept and take Kongo off the board!
I spend around 174 to core them all
Internal, Central Africa –
Mpasu – Savannah, Spice Trade, 24 dev, Lunda people, Fetishist faith, tropical, 0.49 made here, next to Rund, UK, they have here Trade Station, Conscription Center, Town Hall, Counting House, Church, Marketplace
Rund - Next to Mpasu and UK, Fortress, Trade Station, Con. Center, Town Hall, Counting House, Stock Exchange, Basilica, Savannah, Center of Trade, tropical, Lunda, Fetishist, 0..89 and 32 dev
West Africa –
Mbwilla – Next to UK, France – Grain farmers, 16 dev, Grasslands, Mbundu people, Fetishist faith, Tropical, Religious Zeal cannot convert until 1824, 0.94 made here, Farm Estate, Church, Con. Center, Counting House
Mbata – Next to UK and us, Grain Farmers, 16 dev, Grasslands, Kongolese Fetishists, same four as Mbwilla, also makes .94, tropical
Mpangu – Next to us and the UK, Copper Miners, Grasslands, Tropical, 34 Dev, 2.31 made here, Kongolese Fetishists, Weapons Equipment Manufactory, Con Center, counting House, Marketplace, Basilica, Training Grounds
Mpempa- Former capital. Has the great work “M’banza-Kongo” Fortress, just next to us, Mill, Con Center, Counting House, Stock Exchange, Training Fields, Basilica, University, Center of Trade, Tropical Wood, makes us 0.58, Kongolese Catholics with 39 dev on Grasslands.
Nice high dev additions to the majesty of Theodoro! A very fast war
Abe Sargent
01-18-2023, 06:01 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 192 - Building More Ships
I keep an army in Mpempa next to the other three and then one each in Central Africa
8 Jan, 1816 – Bojnord is a core, I don’t need a Missionary here since it was already Orthodox. Anything to build here? Nah it’s full
I claim the Commonwealth’s Podole and Spain’s Matsolo
15 Jan – I send my extra diplomat to make nice with Annam
23 Jan – Lega converts!
1 Feb – Our level three Inquisitor advisor passes I hire a level three Treasurer!
12 April – Event – Cossack Aggression
14 May – The Ottomans are at war with Austria and their allies
23 Aug – Our diplomat in the Commonwealth building a spy network was detected!
28 Aug – Event – Poor Vintage I lose 5 prestige
29 Jan, 1817 – I order another group of Ships in the Indies after I am at 183 and so many I run out of Sailors to fill their berths, current navy:
65 Great Ships
68 Light Ships
9 Galleys
41 Transports
Kilwa?
24 Great
37 Light
41 Transport
I order my navy over to east Africa next to Kilwa’s capital
I am still making 322 monthly
1 May – I give access to the Papal States
1 Aug – I reup our influence over Korea
Our relations with Annam are maxed at 91 and I pull my diplomat
21 Sept – I send our Annam diplomat to make nice with Korea
14 Dec – Three cores are done, the ones I had claims on – Mpempa, Mpasu and Rund I order Missionaries to all three
Abe Sargent
01-18-2023, 07:09 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 193 - The Eighth Theodoro/Kilwa War
1 Jan, 1518 – This year my truce with Kilwa is over!
11 Mar – The other three cores are finished from Kongo
2 May - I spend round 200 DIP power raising dev in places since I am about to hit my cap.
10 dev – Bagamoyo- Ivory, order a Con Center here
16 Aug – I grant Bengal access in their war against Europe and our mutual ally Shun
31 Aug - Event – Diplomatic Insult from Russia - I ease tensions and raise our relations with a few neighbors by 60 each.
2 Oct – I order 40k to board my navy in the Zanzibar Strait
24 Oct – I order it south to the Mozambique Channel next to Madagascar
1 Nov – Our truce with Kilwa ends.
I declare war for their capital, and order 3 armies into it
11 Nov – My army begins to unload
27 Nov – We win and defeat a 19k army in Kilwa and begin the siege
13 Dec – Rund converts, next is nothing, they all have zeal. Anything to build here? Perfect
1 Jan, 1819 – Relations max with Korea at 162 I pull my diplomat
6 Jan – My army arrives in a minor called Iboina
14 Jan – Mpemba converts! Anything here? Nope
25 Jan – I order another 40k army to load from Kilwa’s siege to the fleet
1 Feb – Iboina is ours
11 Feb – Kilwa falls – I order armies back to my space
22 Feb – My fleet wins a battle
26 Feb – I defeat a minor 10k army in Madagascar
I have a 34% warscore, will they do Kilwa?
Yes, but not anything here on the Island even though they are pretty low so I keep on grabbing things
1 Mar – I claim Halicz from the Commonwealth
18 Mar – 40k more arrive on the Island
27 Mar – Another minor falls
I order a 37k army to board
11 April – Mpasu converts! Anything to build here? Upgrading the Church to a Basilica
14 April – Westphalia no longer considers us a rival
16 April – Our third army arrives, I bring them against a 58k army here on the island
1 June – A minor falls
22 July - Another minor falls I order to the Fort of Betsileo
2 Nov – Rebellion in Mpangu
18 Nov – I win
15 Dec – They recapture Iboina
20 Jan, 1820 – Betsileo falls!
I have a warscore of 61, can we get Kilwa and land here now?
Kilwa – 14 badboy, 7 warscore – yes
Antankara – 4 bb and 2 score – yes
Iboina – 10 BB and 6 warscore – yes
Maroantsetra – 5 badboy, 3 score – yes, no coalition,
Tsimihety – 9 bb and 5 score, yes and no coalition
Hmm….
Besalampy – 9 and 6 respectively, yes and no coalition
Merina – 10 bb and 6 score, yes
Anything else, the Ottomans join
https://i.ibb.co/Nnxbpgn/20230114113727-1.jpg
I accept peace for 61.7 badboy and a bunch here at Madagascar. I spend ADM power around 165
I’ll keep my three armies here for now for rebels
Kilwa – Former capital, Gold here, coastal, Kilwa City great work is here, 23 dev, Coastline, Tropical, Natural Harbor, Drydock, Con. Center, Basilica, Stock exchange, Grand Shipyard, the accepted Swahili culture, Sunni faith,1.26 made here,
Antankara – North coastal point – Jungle, Tropical, 8 dev, Tropical Wood, Con. Center, Grand Shipyard, Malagasy culture, Fetishist faith, 0.27 made here
Iboina – North west coast south of Antankara, Savannah, 20 dev, Fishers, Tropical, Fetishist, Malagasy, Con. Center, Grand Shipyard, two open building, make us .33
Maroantsetra – North east coast south of Antankara,10 dev, Jungle, Naval Supplies, Tropical, Con. Center, Grand Shipyard, open slot for a Naval Equipment Manufactory, makes us 0.32, Fetishist and Malagasy here too
Tsimihety – Inland, next to everything we took and Kilwa, Hills, 16 dev, Tropical, Tropical Wood, Mill, Counting House, Con. Center, Malagasy and Fetishist, make us 1.09
Besalampy – Coast – North west, south of Iboina and next to Kilwa – Fishers, 17 dev, Savannah, Malagasy, Fetishist, 0.46 made here, Tropical, Naval Equipment Manufactory, Grand Shipyard, Con. Center
Merina – Inland – next to Kilwa, south of Tsimihety, Grain farmers, 20 dev, Hills, Malagasy and Fetishist, Farm Estate, Con. Center, Counting House they make for us 0.88 monthly. This is NOT tropical
Another 7 additions, since my navy could now pass Kiliwa’s could take things from this island of higher dev and lower value stuff. But we got the gold of Kilwa.
Abe Sargent
01-18-2023, 07:55 PM
The Historical Hegemon Series
Volume 12 - Theodoro
Chapter 194 - The Final Year
One year-ish left!
I have built a bunch of ships in the Indies and have just not worried about them since I was at war with Kilwa. I order them to consolidate in the usual place in Buton, I have 46 more ships here and I order them to join my navy in Africa
1 Feb – I lose my casus belli on Kilwa since only Kilwa we had a claim too. This peace ends 1828
13 Feb – One of my general passes
1 Mar – I reup my influence over Delhi
13 Mar – I grant access to a few at war like Annam.
3 Jan, 1821 – The Final Review! I’ve never played a EU4 dynasty to the end, or EU3 for that matter, but a few in EU2.
Abe Sargent
01-18-2023, 08:18 PM
MAPS!!!!
Let’s start with a map of me on the Black Sea, Caspian Sea, Persian Gulf, Arabia, and Central Asia:
https://i.ibb.co/19k5mfc/20230114121542-1.jpg
I have added in some key holdings in Central Asia against Transoxiana again and Khorasan. Khiva would be out if they were not allies of the Turks. If I want to keep playing my peace with Oman is up this year.
Now Africa:
https://i.ibb.co/5Wr98Np/20230114121825-1.jpg
Everything purple is ours. Now that Kilwa is off the board, we have everything in East Africa and much of the habitable parts of Centra Africa, a nice post in Kongo, and then the northern half of Madagascar. I also added Berbera in the Horn of Africa.
Now the Indies and SE Asia:
https://i.ibb.co/FK7JBCG/20230114122110-1.jpg
As you can see we have holdings in SE Asia, our trading post from Shun, you can see how big Annam has gotten next to us in two locations, and then we have lots of holdings on Ajeh isle, Borneo, the Philippines, Papua, one on Sulawesi and then many more here and there. I didn’t military expand here after our wartarget starting sending cash to Shun so they would defend them, and then I was busy in Africa and Arabia and Central Asia with a bunch of wars.
Now the world:
https://i.ibb.co/89MZtHV/20230114122508-1.jpg
Here you go, enjoy! No major colonial nation is free yet.
Abe Sargent
01-18-2023, 08:26 PM
The Ledger:
Military – We have a forcelimit of 677k and just 632k in troops
Navy – We have 236 of 278 forcelimit
Tech – 32/32/32 – 96 total
Income – We have the 2nd most after the UK more than Shun, the Ottomans or Gujarat
Development - With 3813 we are 2nd behind the Turks
We are tied for the most techs. And Ideas too.
There are 13 Empires
There are 5 Orthodox nations but 680 holdings
Compared to Catholics? 30 and 953
Our Top Ten Provinces by Tax Revenue –
1. Pate, 47.25
2. Urgench, 25.25
3. Uzkend, 24.96
4. Pariaman, 24.96
5. Mokha, 24.75
6. Crimea, 24.75
7. Khiva, 24.45
8. Taiz 22.50
9. Three with 21.12: Batak, Ternate, Tidore
Our Top Ten Provinces by Production (ANY) –
1. Ceram, 112.28, Cloves
2. Sofala, 96, Gold
3. Uzkend, 94.45, Coal
4. Mombasa, 94.25, Ivory
5. Quelimane, 83.93, Ivory
6. Palawan, 71.64, Sugar
7. Malindi, 70.83, Iron
8. Pontianak, 69.60, Gold
9. Zimbabwe , 69.60, Gold
10. Tyn, 68.07, Coal
Our Top Ten Production Non-Gold, Cloves or Coal -
1. Mombasa, 94.25, Ivory
2. Quelimane, 83.93, Ivory
3. Palawan, 71.64, Sugar
4. Malindi, 70.83, Iron
5. Katapang, 65.25, Ivory
6. Naju, 64.62, Paper
7. Batak, 64.35, Incense
8. Luba, 63.69, Iron
9. Taiz, 60.79, Coffee
10. Aden, 6.21, Incense
I have 293 holdings!
At 632k our army is the 6th biggest after Turks.
Our manpower is 3rd highest
Navy:
96 heavy ships
90 Light
9 Galleys
41 Transports
Total – 236 which is 7th biggest after the UK
Charts:
% Religion of my Nation at our above 2%:
Orthodox – 92.8%
Fetishist – 3.4%
Culture with 4% or More:
Gothic – 6.3
Khorasani – 4.2
Mashriki -4.2
Nyasa - 4.1
Persian – 7.7
Swahili- 6.4
Uzbek – 6.4
Top Ten Trade Nodes by Total Traded:
1. English Channel, 718.34
2. Sevilla
3. Ivory Coast
4. Gujarat
5. Caribbean
6. Constantinople
7. Rheinland
8. Malacca
9. Lubeck
10. Cape of Good Hope, 169.55
Ours:
Basra – 39.50
Congo – 40.74
Crimea – 108.15
Great Lakes – 19.44
Hormuz – 61.0
Persia – 43.26
Samarkhand – 105.95
Zambezi – 42.88
Zanzibar – 118.78
Trade Goods by Current Value:
10.0 - Coal
8.0 – Cloves
5.40 – Cocoa
5.25 – Sugar
5.0 – Ivory, Dyes, Silk
4.95 – Cotton
4.72 – Paper
4.50 – Iron, Tobacco
4.05 – Cloth
3.5 – Fur
3.45 – Glass, Copper
3.40 – Livestock
3.30 – Coffee, Spices, Salt
3.12 – Wine
3.0 – Gems, Incense, Tropical Wood, Chinaware, Tea, Naval Supplies
2.87 – Wool
2.2 – Slaves
2.0 – Grain, Fish
We are the production leader of:
Cloves
Gems
Incense
Tropical Wood
Spices
Ivory
We are the trading leader in Ivory
The 8 Great Powers:
1. Spain
2. Ottomans
3. Theodoro
4. Great Britain
5. Portugal
6. Gujarat
7. Shun
8. Westphalia
Not there, Commonwealth, Russia, France.
We have three non-Christian at 2, 6 and 7.
And there we go!!! In real life, Theodoro was a former aspect of the fallen Byzantium Empire just like Trebizond, so for both to survive almost 400 years past their former parent is something great
Abe Sargent
01-18-2023, 08:28 PM
Goals?
Let’s look at my goals:
My goals for Theodoro:
1. Make nice with Genoa, and see if I can ally with them. NOPE! Never happened.
2. Ally with others nearby if possible. YUP, I got early game with Crimea.
3. Poach land when needed from an ongoing war with Crimea to bite off more than I can chew. DONE! Also don’t be afraid to expand elsewhere in the Black Sea like one province holding Orthodox Trebizond or the two province Muslim holding Candar. DONE until I lost to the Turks and then I never came back.
4. Create friendly relations with Portugal – YUP but that didn’t work out.
5. Let Portugal act as a place for fleet basing rights, YUP, but I couldn’t colonize.
6. Expand colonially to establish myself financially and militarily, DONE very strongly.
7. Build a Thalassocracy that has a huge navy, and places like islands in the Mediterranean, colonies, and loads more. Building a huge navy never happened until I needed a navy to beat Ternate and then a bigger one for Kilwa in the last decades as a place to use my money, and I never expanded into the Great Sea, my intended initial goal. The farthest east I expended was my Romania war. This was an Empire forged by the Sword, not the Sail.
8. Control the entire Black Sea region. Not even close, and I lost a war here and never came back.
9. Repeat! Not with the Black Sea, but my many wars in Central Asia, East Africa, Arabia, the Persian Gulf, and more to build over time certainly repeated. How many wars against Kilwa or Transoxiana happened?
Chas in Cinti
01-19-2023, 11:29 AM
Cool!
vBulletin v3.6.0, Copyright ©2000-2026, Jelsoft Enterprises Ltd.